IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

>.*-^

.^^4

t^A^ .

:/.

1.0 ^1^ ££

II « U& 12.0

lit

Photografiiic

Sciences
Corporation

f^^

23 WEST MAIN STRIET

WIBSTER.N.Y. 145M

(716) •73-4S03

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHJVI/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical lyjicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

T«chnical «nd Bibliographic Not«s/Not«t tachniquM at l»ibliogr«phiquM

Tli« inttitut* lias attamptad to obtain tlia baat
original copy avaiiabia for filming. Faaturas of this
copy which may ba bibliographicaliy uniqua,
wliich may altar any of tha imagaa in tha
raproduction, or which may aignificantly changa
tha uaual .mathod of filming, ara chaclcad balow.

D
D

Coiourad covars/
Couvartura da coulaur

F~| Covara damagad/

Couvartura andommagAa

Covars rastorad and/or laminatad/
Couvartura rastauria at/ou pallicuMa

□ Covar titia missing/
La

titra da couvartura manqua

Coiourad maps/

Cartas gAographiquas an coulaur

Coiourad inic (i.o. othar than blua or black)/
Encra da coulaur (i.a. autra qua blaua ou noira)

Coiourad plataa and/or illuatrations/
Planchas at/ou illustrationa %n coulaur

Bound with othar matarial/
RallA avac d'autras documants

Tight binding may causa shadowa or distortion
along intarior margin/

La re liura sarria paut cauaar da I'ombra ou da la
diatortlon la long da la marga IntAriaura

Blank laavas added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages bianchea ajoutiea
lore d'une restauration apparaissent dana la texte,
mais, lorsque cela 4tait possible, ces pagea n'ont
pas 4tA filmtes.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplAmentaires:

L'Instltut a microfilm^ la meillaur exemplaira
qu'il lul a 4t4 poaaibla de ae procurer. Lea details
da cat exemplaira qui sont paut-Atre uniquea du
point da vua bibliographiqua, qui pauvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dana la mithoda normala de filmaga
aont indiquAa cl-daaaoua.

□ Coiourad pages/
Pagaa

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document eat filmi au taux de riduction indiqu* ci-dessoua.

Pagaa de couleur

Pagea damaged/
Pagaa endommag4ea

Pagea reatorad and/oi

Pagaa reatauriea at/ou pelliculAes

Pages discoloured, stained or f oxei
Pagaa d^coloriaa, tachatiea ou piquAas

Pagaa detached/
Pagea dAtachtes

Showthrough/
Tranaparance

Quality of prir

Qualit* InAgala de i'impreasion

Includes supplementary matarii
Comprend du matArial suppMmentaire

Only edition available/
Seule Mition diaponlble

I — I Pagea damaged/

I — I Pagea reatorad and/or laminated/

rTTj Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

r~| Pagaa detached/

Pyj Showthrough/

r~] Quality of print variea/

r~~| Includes supplementary material/

I — I Only edition available/

Tha
tot

Tha
pos
oft
fllnn

Orif
beg
the
sioi
oth
firsi
slot
or I

Th«
she
TIN
whi

Mai
diff
enti
bei
rigl
req
me

Pagae wholly or partially obacured by errata
slips, tissuea, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Lea pages totalement ou partiellement
obacurciaa par un fauillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc.. ont M filmAea A nouveau da fa^on A
obtonir la meilleure image possible.

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

aox

•

12X

16X

20X

24X

28X

32X

lira
dAtailt
IM du
modifiar
l«r una
filmaga

i4as

Ira

>y arrata
•d to

int

n» palura,

ipon k

Tha copy filmad hara hat baan raproducad thanks
to tha ganarosity of:

National Library of Canada

Tha Imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality
posslbia consldaring tha condition and laglbility
of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha
filming contract spaclflcatlons.

Original copias in printad papar oovars ara filmad
baglnning with tha front covar nnd anding on
tha last paga with a printad or illustratad impras-
slon, or tha back covar whan approprlata. All
othar original copias ara filmad baglnning on tha
first paga with a printad or illustratad impras-
sion. and anding on tha last paga with a printad
or illustratad Imprassion.

Tha last racordad frama on aach microflcha
shall contain tha symbol -^ (moaning "CON-
TINUED"), or tha symbol ▼ (moaning "END"),
whichavar applias.

Maps, platas, charts, ate, may ba filmad at
diffarant raduction ratios. Thosa too larga to ba
antlraly includad in ona axposura ara filmad
baglnning in tha uppar iaft hand cornar, laft to
right and top to bottom, as many framas as
raquirad. Tha following diagrams illustrata tha
mathod:

L'axampiaira filmi f ut raproduit grica k la
g4n4rosit4 da:

BibliothAqua nationala du Canada

Las imagas suivantas ont 4t4 raproduitas avac la
plus grand soin, compta tanu da la condition at
da la nattat* da raxampiaira film*, at an
conformity avac las conditions du contrat da
filmaga.

Las axamplairas originaux dont la couvartura 9n
paplar ast imprimia sont fiimAs ^n commandant
par la pramiar plat at an tarminant soit par la
darnlAra paga qui comporta una ampralnta
d'imprassion ou d'lllustration, soit par la sacond
plat, salon la cas. Tous las autras axamplaire«
originaux sont filmte an commandant par la
pramiAra paga qui comporta una amprainte
d'imprassion ou d'lllustration at an tarminant par
la darnlAra paga qui comporta una talla
ampralnta.

Un das symbolas suivants apparattra sur la
darnlAra imaga da chaqua microfiche, salon la
cas: la symbols — »* signlfia "A SUIVRE", la
symbols V signlfia "FIN".

Las cartas, pianchas, tableaux, ate, pauvent Atre
filmto A das taux da reduction diffArants.
Lorsque la document ast trap grand pour Atre
reproduit en un seul clichA, 11 est film* A partir
da Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche k droite,
et de haut an bas. an prenant la nombre
d'images nAcessaira. Las diagrammas suivants
illustrant la mAthoda.

32X

■

•

• .

iii

THE

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY

BRITISH AMERICA,

AND OF THE

OTHER COLONIES OF THE EMPIRE;

« ■

TO WHICH IS ADDED A SKETCH OF THE VARIOUS INDIAN TRIBES OF CANADA, AND BRIEF BIOGRAPHICAL
NOTICES OF EMINENT PERSONS CONNECTED WITH THE HISTORY OF CANADA.

BY J. GEORGE HODGINS.

illustratftr initf) .Sebcnts-JTour ^ngrafiinsa on SUSootr.

TORONTO:

PUBLISHED BY MACLEAR & CO., KING STREET EAST.

1857.

' PRINTED BY LOVBLL AND GIBSON.

SCARBOROUGH TOWNSHIP
PUBLIC LIBRARY

" In scientid cxcellere pulchrum est ; »ed nescirc turpe.''

Entered, according to Act of tho Provincial Legislature, in the year 1857, by

John George Hodgins,
In the office of the Registrar of the Province of Canada.

■"™'w»l<l8li

muma

PREFACE.

The necessity for a work of this kind is the primary reason of its
publication. Until a very recent period, the pupils of our public and
private schools were left either to glean a scanty knowledge of their own
and the sister Provinces through the often uncertain and inaccurate
medium of an European geography ; or to adopt the foreigner's unfriendly
interpretation of our colonial institutions and laws. This unwise and
anomalous state of things has become the more serious, since, under
the system of self-government so frankly and freely conceded to all the
British North American Provinces, commercial intercourse has Jbecome
frequent between them, and a political and social bond of sympathy has
been created, which renders absolutely necessary a fuller acquaintance
with the mutual history, condition, and capabilities of each. To supply
this information, in the simplest form, lias been tlie author's aim. The
best accessible authorities have been consulted, and the latest parlia-
mentary returns made available. The paragraphs relating to the special
subject of geology, have received their final corrections from Sir "William
Logan, the distinguished geologist of Canada, and from J. W. Dawson,
Esq., LL.D., Principal of McGill College, and a high authority upon
the geology of Nova Scotia, &c. To the Honorable G-eorge Coles,
Secretary of the Prince Edward Island, the author is indebted for
valuable information in regard to that island.* Brief notices of the
other British possessions in Europe, Asia, and Africa have been added, in
order to make our colonial survey complete.

* Acknowledgments are also due to Alpheus Todd, Esq., Librarian of the Canadian Parlia-
mentary Library ; to William Spink, Esq., of the House of Aswembly ; and to Andrew Russell, Esq.,

PREFACE.

til

Slowly emerging from tbe insignificance of colonial infancy, the firitisb
North American Provinces have at length passed the period when their
history, social or political progress, can he said to he either uninteresting
or uninstructive. At the Great Exhibition of 1851, "the cold and in-
hospitable regions of North America," — these ** few^ arpents of snow,"*
so long and so ignomiuiouly dismissed in histories and books of travel, as
fit only for the abode of uncivilized man or of hardy adventurers, — were
enabled to take their 'place in that great industrial gathering of nations,
with dignity, and even with the applause of Europe.

The present political, social^ commercial, and educational condition of
the various British North American Colonies, are peculiarly encouraging,
and indicative of a noble future. " Although veiled," as Lord Elgin ob-
serves, " in the decorous trappings of a monarchy, the social and political
institutions of the British North American Provinces have their root in
equality of condition, no less than those of the adjoining American
States." The more responsiblity rests, therefore, upon us, as the in-
heritors of the laws and free institutions of two great empires, to do no
discredit to our monarchial origin and predilections ; but, freed from the
feudal, social, and military restraints which, like a net-work, are thrown
around almost every nation of Europe, it should be our endeavour, as the
inheritors and occupants of these noble Provinces, to build up com-
munities and nations upon the broad and firm basis of an enlightened
Christianity, a reverence for liberty and order, a loyalty for our Sovereign,
and a zeal for the free and universal education of the people.

of the Crown Lands Department. For many of the iUnstrations of the work, the author is indebted
to Messrs. Harper Brothers, D. Appleton & Co., and Mason Brothers, of New York ; and the Messrs.
Lovell, of Montreal and Toronto. Several of the most spirited ones are ft-om the pictorial works
of Benson Lossing, Esq , aiithor of the •' Field Book of the Revolution," " History of the United
States," &c. A few are taken from Cornell's Geography, and from other sources.

• " On salt aujourd'hui ce qu'il faut penser de ces quelqnes arpents de neige, c6d6s d, I'Angleterre
par le gouverneraent de Louis XV.," disait au mot Canada M. le Comto .Jaubert, dans son ouvrage
intitule La Botaniqtie & VExposition Universelle de 1855. Tach6.

A FEW WORDS TO THE TEACHER.

To the teacher a few words from the author may nut be inappropriate. In teaching
the geography and history of a country, a map of the phice described is an almost indis-
pensable necessity. It aids in illustrating the lesson, gives interest to the instruction, and
associates in the mind of the pupil the outline and chief features of the country, with its
history, its memorable places, and the achievements of its sons. The Heights of Aima
and the Heights of Queenston are historic spots alike to the French and English ; but to
be enabled to trace the course of the Alma and the Niagara, now so famous in our
annals, gives interest to the otherwise dry details, and fixes indelibly in the mind of the
pupil the lesson of instruction sought to be imparted by the teacher.

Where a large map is not accessible to the teacher, it might be well to direct an expert
pupil to draw upon the black-board from an atlas, an enlarged outline of the country de-
scribed, — its rivers, mountains, and political divisions. This adds interest and variety to
the lesson ; and even where maps are available, practice of this kind is a sure means of
imprinting upon the memory the boundaries, physical features and peculiarities of outline
of the country thus depicted. Where this can be done by the class on a smaller
scale, and as an exercise upon paper from time to time, — accompanying the outline with
a written sketch of the subject of the lesson, — clearness and accuracy, as well as
thoroughness will be acquirea.

It would greatly facilitate the labor of the teacher were he, before assigning any les-
son in geography and hiotory, to test, by a few conversational questions, the pupil's know-
ledge of his own immediate neighborhood or residence, or that of the school house, the
adjacent hills, streams, vallies, roads, country, town or village boundaries, etc. The
pupil could thus be led to see that the geography and history contained in the text book
was but an aggregate of his own local knowledge collec*^ - 'uto a convenient and acces-
sible shape.

To the foot of each page has been added a series of questions in the form of exercises
on the preceding lesson. These questions are simply designed to indicate the nature of
the lesson on the page ; and may oe varied or omitted at the discretion of the teacher.

In regard to the geography and history of Upper and Lower Canada, the biographical
and other notices inserted in the work, it may be proper to remark that they are given
with some minuteness of detail. The teacher can, however, select such portions only as
he may deem suitable for the less advanced among his pupils, and require the parts
omitted to be mastered at some future time.

The short sketches of the Gulf Stream, (page 74,) "the banks," and submarine tele-
graph, of Newfoundland, etc., (pages 94, 95,) are inserted because of the general interest
which attach to them.

In order to make the survey of the Colonial Empire of Britain complete, brief notices
of the British dependencies in Europe, Asia and Africa have been added to the work.

CONTENTS.

PAOB

Preface iii

I. Inteoductory Chapter : Geography — The Earth — Proportion of Land and

"Water— Snow Line, or Limit 9

IL The British Empire: Extent — Government— Colonies - - - - 11

in. British America: Extent — Divisions 18

IV. Upper Canada : Extent — Physical Features — Climate — Natural Products —

Population, Religion, and Education — Civil Divisions - - • - 18
V. Lower Canada : Extent — Physical Features— Climate — Natural Products
— Population, Religion, and Education — Civil Divisions - - • - 28

VI. The Province of Canada: Political Condition — Elements of the Constitu-
tion — Civil Government— Judiciary — Trade and Commerce — Railways —

Telegraphs — Post Offices 37

VII. The Indians op Canada: Introductory — Domestic and Tribal Habits— The

Various Tribes — Indian Names 45

VIII. The History of Canada: Discovery and Settlement — French Colonial
Government — English Colonial Government — Province of Quebec — Divi-
sion of the Province — Re-union and Present State of the Province • - 5(»

IX. Famous Canadian Battle-G rounds, or Fortified Posts : American Posts
captured by Canadians— Canadian Posts captured by Americans — Present
Military and Militia Force of the Province 59

X. Biographical Sketches : Of Persons connected with the History of Canada,
«fec., viz.: Columbus — The Cabots — Cortereal — Americus Vespucius —
Verrazzani — Jacques Cartier — Roberval — Cbamplain — Bishop Laval —
Perrot— Frontenac — Marquette— La Salle— Montcalm— "Wolfe — Pontiac—
— Brant — Sir "Wm. Johnson— Governor Simcoe — Bishop Macdonell — Sir
Isaac Brock — Tecumseth — Bishop Mountain. Cotemporaries : Bishop
Strachan — Hon. L. J. Papineau — Sir A. N. Maenab— Lord Durham-
Lord Sydenham — Sir J. B. Robinson — Sir L. H. Lafontaine— Hon. R,
Baldwin— Hon. M. S. Bidwell— Rev. Dr. Ryerson— Lord Elgin— Hon. F.
Hincks— Sir "W. E. Logan— Hon. W. H. Merritt— Rev. P. Jones. List of
Governors of Canada 68

jMUmv

CONTENTS. vii

XL Province or Nova Scotia : The Peninaula— Capo Breton— Physicftl Fea-
tures—Climate — The celebrated Gulf Stream — Natural Products — Rail-
ways, Manufactures, and Commerce — Population — Religion and Educa*
tion — Civil Divisions — Constitution and Civil Government - - -72
XII, HisTOBY OF Nova Scotia and Cape Breton : Indians — Discovery, Settle-
ment, and Wars— Present Condition— List of Governors • - - - 79

XIII. Province of New Brunswick: Extent — Physical Features— Climate and

Natural Products — Population — Religion and Education — Political Divi-
sions and Civil Government — Commerce, Railways, and Manufactures • 82

XIV. History of New Brunswick: Indians — Discovery — Wars — Present Con-

dition — List of Governors 86

XV. Province of Prince Edward Island : Extent — Physical Features— Natural
Products — Population — Religion and Education — Political Divisions and

Civil Government — Commerce and Revenue 88

XVI. History of Prince Edward Island : Discovery— Settlement — Wars and

Present Condition 91

XVII. The Province of Newfoundland : Extent — Physical Features — The Banks

— Climate and Natural Products — Population, Religion, and Education —
Political Divisions — Submarine Telegraph — Fisheries, and Commerce —
Civil Government 92

XVIII. The History of Newfoundland; The Red Indians — Discovery — Settle-

ment — Fishery Contests, and Present Condition — List of Governors - -97
XIX. The Labrador Peninsula : Extent — Physical Characteristics — Climate-
Commerce and History 101

XX. Hudson's Bay Territories: Extent — Title — Hudson's Bay Section — Bay,
and Tributary Lakes and Rivers — Red River and Saskatchewan Section —
Mackenzie River Section — New Caledonia Section — Vancouver's Island
Section — Tlieir Extent and Physical Characteristics - - - - 102
XXI. History of the Hudson's Bay Territories : Discovery — Henry Hudson —
Trade — Charter — French and English — Rival Companies — Lord Selkirk's
Colony — Territorial Divisions — Exports— Government and Population, <fec. 105

XXII. The Other British Colonies in America: The Bermudas — Jamaica —

Leeward Islands — Windward Islands — Trinidad— St. Lucia — British
Guiana — Honduras and the Bay Islands — The Falkland Islands and Pit-
cairn's Ish.nd — Their Extent — Physical Features and Separate Conditions
— History— Commerce — Government, &c. 108

XXIII. British Colonies in Asia: British India — Ceylon — Hong Kong and
Labuan 116

▼iii CONTENTS. ♦

XXIV. British CoLONiiti IN Australasia: Austrulia — Taamaula and New Zealand 117
XXV. Thb British Colonies at or near Africa : Cape Oolouy — Kaffraria—
Sierra Leone — Oambia — Odd Coast — Mauritius — Seychelles — St.
Helena and Ascension 119

XXVI. British Depbndbnoiis in Europe : Ionian Islands — Malta — Gibraltar —

Heligoland — Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands • • • - 121
Conclusion 128

XXVII. Table of Colonial Chronology 124

XXVIII. Table of Colonial Precedence 128

, *

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY.

I. INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER.

OEOOBAPHT.

1. Geography is a description of the Earth. It is divided into
Astronomical, Physical, and Political Geography. Astronomical, refers
to the relation of the Earth to the other heavenly bodies ; Physical, to
its peculiarities of surface ; and Political, to its division under various
governments and rulers.

THE EABTH.

TH E SEASONS

2. Form, Size, and Mo*
tion. — The shape of the Earth
is like that of an orange —
slightly flattened at the N.
and S. poles. It is 24,000
miles in circumference, and
8,000 in diameter. It is 96,-
^1 000,000 of miles from the sun,
/ ' and 237,000 from the moon,
(which makes a monthly revo-
lution round it.) The Earth
has a daily motion round itself,
and a yearly one round the
sun. The daily rotation of the
Earth produces day and night.
Its annual revolution round the sun, and the inclination of its axes (See lino
N. and S. in the diagram of the seasons) to the plane of its orbit, causes
the change of seasons known as Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter.

JErerme*.— What is Geography ? How divided ?— Describe the form, size, and motion of the earth ;
Rive the distance from the earth ot sun and moon. What arc, and wliat cause, the seasons ?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

3. Surface.— The Earth's Surface is divided into and land water. The
1* \d occupies but one fourth of its surface, and this lies chiefly in the

.rthern Hemisphere. (See diagram.) The water covers three-fourths
of the Earth s surface, or nearly the entire Southern Hemisphere, and is
divided into Oceans, Seas, Gulfs, Lakes, and Rivers.

'. ^

PROPOETION OF LAND AND WATEK.

4. Oceans. — The Oceans are the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic,
and Antarctic.

5. Various Phenomena' — The chief phenomena, which are observ
able on the Earth's surface, are winds, clouds, fogs, rain, snow, hail, gla
ciers, avalanches, water spouts, meteors, volcanoes, tides, and hurricanes.

6. Rain and Snctv. — Rain falls sometime during the year on every

SNOW LINE OR LIMIT.

Sxercises.—Descrihc the Earth's surface : "What is said of the proportion of water ? the principal
oceans P Tell what you know of the chief phenomena.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — BRITISH EMPIRE. 11

part of the Globe, except in the centre of Africa and Asia. These are
called " Eainless districts.'*

7. Snow falls at the sea level upon Europe, the Northern parts of Asia,
Africa, and North America, and on the Southern parts of Australia, Africa,
and South America. Within the tropics, it falls on the mountains, at a
height of from 16,000 to 20,000 feet above the sea level. Its limits in the
different zones is shown in the foregoing diagram.

8. Land Divisions. — The land surface of the Globe embraces the five
following divisions :

Sqr. miles of area. Population.

Continent of Europe 3,800,000 270,000,000

Do. do. Asia 17,140,000 650,000,000

Do. do. Africa 9,160,000 100,000,000

Do. do. America ...15,500,000 60,000,000

Islands of Oceanica 4,500,000 30,000,000

9. The most important of these divisions are Europe and America ; and to
the resident in British America, next to Jiis own country, the most interest-
ing is the land of his forefathers.

II. THE BRITISH EMPIRE. ' ^

10. The British Empire, "on which
the sun never sets," embraces the British*
Islands proper and the widely extended
Colonial possessions of the Queen in every
quarter of the Globe.

11. The British Islands include the
three kingdoms of England, Ireland, and
Scotland, now united under one Sovereign
and legislature. England occupies the
chief place. London, the metropolis, is the
greatest commercial city in the world, and
the seat of the administrative and executive
power of the Empire.

EED ENSIGN AND PENNANT. [R, red.] 12. Her Msjesty the Queen, as the

head of the executive, and the fountain of
all honor and dignity, is the chief personage in the realm. Her official resi-

Exercises.—Wh&t is said of snow and rain ; of the land divisions of the Globe ; of the British
Empire and Islands ; and of the Queen F describe the flags.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

dence, in London, is St. James' Palace. Her court is also held at Buck-
ingbam Palace, near the city; Osborne, (Isle of Wight), and Balmoral m
Scotland. Her chief residence is Windsor Castle, situated on the Thames,,
and originally built by William the Conqueror.

WINDSOR CASTLE, THE CHIEF BESIDENCE OF THE QUEEK.

13. The British form of Government is an hereditary, limited
monarchy. The legislative power is vested in the Queen, (in whose name
all laws are promulgated) ; the House of Lords, (consisting of Bishops and
Peers of the United Kingdom, certain representative Peers from Ireland
and Scotland, and Bishops from Ireland) ; and the House of Commons, con-
sisting of 658 members, elected from the counties, cities, and boroughs.

14. Colonial Governments. — The acts of the British Parliament ex-
tend only to the Colonies when specially passed for that purpose. The au-
thority by which Canada, Newfoundland, and other Colonies assemble legis-
latures of their own, and pass laws for their government, is derived from
acts of the Imperial Parliament. Some, however, derive this right by
Eoyal Charter (or order in Council), such as Nova Scotia, New Bruns-
wick, &c. The remamder are " Crown Colonies," — the power to legislate
for which is vested in the crown. The most important Colonies are in, —

Uxercises.—KoMr are the (Queen's residences Jistinguished ; what is said of the British foi*mIof
government; and of the British Colonics; whoreare the most important situated?

BRITISH NOKTH AMERICA— CANADA.

III. NORTH AMERICA.

15. North America. — The northern portion of the Continent of
America, which stretches from the Arctic regions to the tropics, contains,
according to the latest authorities, 8,325,000 square miles of surface.
The political sections into which it is divided include the following areas :

Area, Square milei. Area. Square milet. Area. S. milet.

BritUb America 8,807,660 Russian America 481.876 Arctic Lands 600,000

UnitedSUtes 8,986.116 Danish America (Greenland) 880.000 French Fishing Islands US

Mexico (Mealtli, Altec Mars) 689,910 Central America 800,000

Population, 16.000,000. Total square miles 8,886,000

16. British North America contains nearly the same area as the United States ;
although the northern portion is not equally available for the purposes of either agricul-
ture or commerce. Population, 8,000,000. It is divided into the following Provinces*
all but Hudson's Bay enjoying the free institutions of Great Britain, and the advantage
of her powerful protection :

Area. Square miles. Area. Square milet. Aaea. S. milet .

Canada (Upper and Lower) . . S&8,88'i New Brunswick 87,6:0 Newfoundland 86,000

NoTh Scotia and Cape Breton 18,744 Prince Edward Island 8, 178 Hudson's Bay Territory 8,436,000

Population, 3,000,000.

Total square miles ■2,897,660

17. Canada, the most important of the British colonies, is divided into two parts, —
Upper and Lower, or Eastern and Western. The river Ottawa is the great central
boundary between them. Population, 2,000,000. The number of square miles and the
acres of surface included in these divisions are as follows :

Square mile$. Acrei. Square milet. Acret.
UpperCanada 147,888 77,606,400 Lower Canada 809,990 184,418,800

IV. UPPER CANADA.

18. Extent. — Upper Canada, the most fertile of the British North
American Colonies, presents the appearance of a triangular peninsula.
It extends from 40^ to 46^ north latitude, and from nearly 74** to 84^
west longitude, from G-reenwich.

19. Boundaiies. — It is bounded on the west territory, Lakes Superior, Huron, St.
north by the Hudson's Bay Territory and Clair, and the rivers St. Clair and Detroit,
the river Ottawa ; on the east by the river 20. Size. — It is 750 miles in length,
Ottawa; on the south by Lakes Ontario from south-east to north-west; and from
and Erie ; and on the west by the north- 200 to 300 miles in width.

PHYSICAL FEATURES. \

21. The Surface of Upper Canada, for the most part, is gentlv undulating
rather than hilly or mountainous, and is agreeably diversified by rivers and lakes. The
escarpment, which enters the Province at the Falls of Niagara, extends to Ancaster,
Hamilton, and Dundas ; and forming the Blue Ridge, is continued to Owen's Sound,

Exereises.— Where is, and what are the political divisions of, North America ; of British America ;
what do we enjoy as colonists P Describe Canada. Give the derivation of " Mexico."

>«

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

thence to Cubot's Head, aad through the Manitoulin Islands. The Laurentide Hills run
-westward from the Thousand Islands, and extend north of Lake Simcoe, forming the
coast of Lake Huron to Shebahanhning. Beyond this, the Lacloche Mountains of the
Huronian age, present an elevation of 1,800 feet above the sea, and a table-land exists
between Lake Huron and Lake Superior. Between the Laurentides and the St. Law-
rence and its lakes, Upper Canada presents a general level surface, admirably adapted
to the pui'suits of agriculture.

22. Geology. — In Upper Canada, the Laurentian system occupies the north, while
the more horizontal surface on the south is underlaid by Silurian and Devonian deposits.
Lake Superior, Georgian Bay, Lake Simcoe, and Lake Ontario are excavated out of the
Lower Silurian deposits ; and the main body of Lake Huron and Lake Erie out of the
Devonian. The upper Silurian strata compose the ridge of land separating these two
ranges of water. The iron-bearing Laurentian rocks are described at page 28, § 4. The
Huronian are interposed between them and the Silurian ; their eastern boundary runs
from Lacloche to Lake Temiskamang ; and they occupy the country westward to Lake
Superior, and along its north coast. They consist of sandstones, silicious slates, and
conglomerates, of which the pebbles are quartz, jasper, syenite, and gneiss. They are
greatly instratified and intersected with trap and other volcanic rocks ; but they are
not so much altered and disturbed as the Laurentian series. They abound in the ores of
copper, with which are associated those of iron, lead, zinc, nickel, and silver ; and they
afford agates, jaspers, amethysts, and other hard stones capable of ornamental applica-
tion. Like the Laurentian, these rocks are without fossils. The Silurian and Devonian
series rest unconformably on the Laurentian and Huronian, in an attitude nearly hori-
zontal, and appear to have suffered no disturbance since they were deposited. They
abound iu beautiful and characteristic fossils, and are largely composed of limestone.
A 140 feet band of this rock, underlaid by fifty or sixty feet of shale, exhibits a proof
of the retrocession of the Niagara Falls. The water, precipitated over the limestone,
which dips gently up the river, wears the shale from beneath it ; and the calcareous
rock, thus deprived of support, breaks vertically off in great masses. A similar action
going on for ages, has produced the retrocession. The economic minerals of the Silu-
rian and Devonian series are freestone and limestone, for building ; marble, lithographic
stone, hydraulic cement, and gypsum. The drift formation is accumulated to a great
thickness over the harder rocks in the level part of Upper Canada ; and one of the
geological phenomena connected with it is a succession of terraces, shewing ancient
beaches, which mark the gradual recession of the water, as the continent rose from be-
neath a tertiary sea. Besides the marine remains mentioned in connection with the
drift of Lower Canada, that of Upper Canada displays the bones of mammoths and
other land animals. The drift produces clay for red and white bricks and for common
pottery ; and supports patches of bog iron-ore, fresh water shell-marl, and peat ; while
petroleum, in some places, oozes up to the surface from bituminous rocks beneath, and
gives origin to beds of asphalt.

23. The 'Water-Sheds of Upper Canada, though of course the highest land be-
tween the hydrographical basins they separate, are not in general sharp ridges, but are
often extensive, rather level, and often marshy surfaces, on which the streams interlock.
A main one is that separating the waters of the Ottawa from those flowing into

JExercises.—DeBcnhe the surface and geology of Upper Canada. What is said of the retrocession
of the Falls of Niagara ; also of the great water sheds of Upper Canada ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPPER CANADA.

)g into

Namei.

Length

Greatest

Area

Height

Width in

above Sea.

Miles.

Sq. Miles.

Feet.

353

160

32,000

627

280

190

20,000

574

360

571

250

6,000

655

180

6,000

230

Main

Depth.

Fee^.

988

300

200

600

Lake Huron and into the St. Lawrence. The second divides the streams
falling into the Bay of Quinte and into Lakes Simcoe and Erie, from those
falling into Lake Ontario. This latter ridge, Col. Bouchette thinks was
the original shore boundary of Lake Ontario.

524. Lakes. — The magnificent lakes (or inland seas) which form the
southern and western boundaries of Upper Canada, contain nearly half the
fresh water on the globe. Their total length is 1,534 miles ; and they
cover an area of 90,000 square miles. They are as follows :

1. Superior

2. Huron, including Georgian Bay

3. St. Clair

4. Erie

5. Ontario ,

25. Supe'rior.— First in size. Northern 28. B'-rle.— Third in size. Receives,
shore bold and rocky. Clififs from 300 to tlirough the Detroit river, the waters of the
1500 feet in height. South shore low and upper lakes. The rivers Maumee, Sandusky,
sandy; broken by limestone ridges, called Huron, and Raisin, (U.S.,) flow into it; also
the Fictiired rocks, 300 feet high, with the Ouse or Grand river. Western extreml-
caverns and projections. Islands are nu- ty shallow, and frozen in winter. Stormy,
merous ; chief one, Isle Royal. This lake 29. Onta'-rlo. — Fourth in size. The wa-
drains an area of 100,000 square miles, ters of the other lakes flow into it through the
200 streams (30 of them large) flow into it. Niagara river, and over the celebrated Falls.
It empties into Lake Huron by the Sault It also receives the Genesee, Oswego, and
Ste. Marie. Products, white fish, trout and Black rivers, (U. S.) It never freezes, ex-
sturgeon. Copper is found in rich abun- cept near the shore. Products, salmon, bass,
dance on its shores and islands. &e. Last of the great chain of lakes.

26. Hu'-ron — Second in size. Receives 30. Nip'-issing— The largest interior
the waters of lakes Superior and Michigan, lake in Upper Canada ; is situated N. E. of
the Maitland, Saugeen, Severn, and French Georgian Bay, into which it discharges its
rivers. There are good harbors on its coasts, waters by the French river. There are
Water clear and transparent. Contains numerous islands in the lake. It is 50 miles
8,000 islands ; the chief are Manitoulin, in length, and 35 in width.

Cockburn, and Drummond. Separated from 31. Slm'-coe.--(Sim-ko.) Situated S.E.

the Georgian Bay by the peninsula of the of Georgian Bay, into which it empties itself

County of Bruce. Chief product, white by Lake Gouch-i-ching, the River Severn and

fish, which is caught in abundance. Matchedash Bay. The waters are deep and

27. St. Clair. — Fifth in size (but next in transparent. It contains many islands ; the
order). Receives the waters of Lake Huron, chief of which are Canise, Graves and Snake,
through the St. Clair river ; also the Clinton, It is 30 miles long by 18 wide. Covers an
(U. S.,) Thames, and Sydenham rivers, area of 300 square miles, and is 7*70 ft. above
Chief islands, Parsons, (U. S.,) Walpole, the level of the sea. Its principal tributaries
Ac. are the Holland and Beaver rivers.

Steercises.—QivQ the size and area of the lakes ; what is said of Lakes Superior, Huron, St. Clair,
Erie, Ontario, Nipissing, and Simcoe?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

32. Rice Lake This lake, 20 miles in 33. Minor Lakes.— The chief remaiDing

length nnd 5 wide, may be considered rather lakes are Gouch-i-ching, Scugog, Balsam,
as one of the numerous expansion? of the Fenelon, Sturgeon, Pigeon, Buckhorn, Che-
River Trent, in its course towards the Bay mong. Salmon, Trout, Ebony, White, Crooked,
of Quinte. It is situated between Cobourg Loughboro' and (Burgess ; also the lakes in
and Peterboro'. the Ottawa and St. Lawrence Rivers.

34. The principal Rivers in U. Care the Nation, Eideau,Madawaska,
Bonne chere, Petawawee, French River, Maganetawan, Muskoka, Severn,
Nottawasaga, Saugeen, Maitland, Aux-Sables, Sydenham, Thames, Ouse
or Grand Eiver, "VNTeliand, Credit, Humber, Otonabee, Trent, and Moira.

35. Boundary Rivers. —Those larger rivers which form the boundary
lines of Upper Canada and the United States, or Lovrer Canada, are, the
St. Clair, Detroit, Niagara, St. LaAvrence, and Ottawa.

36. The St. ClEiir is 25 miles long, and three islands : St. Ann's, Walpole, and Par-
from three-quarters to one and a half miles sons, (United States.)

in width. Through it the waters of lakes 37. The Detroit is 23 miles long and
Superior and Huron fall into Lake Erie one to two miles wide. The American city
through Lake St. Clair and the Detroit liver, of Detroit is on its west bank. It contains

There are many springs in the bed of the
river causing considerable agitation in its
waters. At the mouth of the river are

numerous islands, the chief of which are
the Pearl, Fighting, and Bois Blanc, (White
Wood.)

FALLS OF NIAGARA, AND GREAT WESTERN RAILWAY SUSPENSION BRIDGE.

Exercises.— \y\vAt of Rice Lake ; the minor lakes ; the principal rivers ; boundary rivers ; St.
Ulair: Detroit; what is showu in the engraving?

n- 1

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPPER CANADA.

38. The Niagara is 34 miles long, and
from 600 feet to 3 miles wide. The falls,
'which occur 20 miles from its entrance, and
14 from its mouth, are the most celebrated in
the world. They are 166 feet in height, and
are divided by Goat Island into the Ameri-
can (920 feet wide), and Canadian or (from
its shape) Horse Shoe falls, (1,900 feet wide.)
The river here is three-fourths of a mile in
width. The rapids immediately above the

falls descend 67 feet in half a mile. There
are several islands in the river. Grand,
Navy, Goat, and Iris are the principal ones.
About 40,000,000 of tons of water flow over
the falls every hour, or 600,000 tons per
minute ! Besides the falls themselves, the
whirlpool is an object of interest There
are two suspension bridges over the river :
a passenger bridge at Queenston and a rail-
way and passenger bridge at Clifton.

PASSENGER BUSPENSIOlf BBIDOE AT QUEENSTON.

The river is navigable to Queenston, seven called the Iroquois or Ca-ta-ra-qui river,
miles from its mouth ; and to Chippewa, It is 750 miles in length. The descent
eighteen miles from its entrance, at the foot to Montreal, 200 miles, is 230 feet, and
of Lake Erie. to tide water, 284 feet. The chief rapids

39. The St. La'wrence flows from Lake in Upper Canada are the Galops and
Ontario at Kingston, where it was originally Long Sault; and the Coteau, Cadres, Cas-

.. _ ■* cades and Lachine, in Lower

Canada. These are overcome by
canals. The lakes in the river
are the beautiful Lake of the
Thousand Islands in U. C. ; and
Lakes St. Francis and St. Louis
in L. C. In addition to the Thou-
sand Islands, of which there are
1C92, the principal islands are
Wolfe, Howe, (Carleton, Ogden,
Croyles, Long Sault, Barnhart's,
U. S.,) Shreeks and Cornwall, in
Upper Canada.

(The remainder of the river
belongs so exclusively to Lower
Canada that we treat of it in
that section. — See page 29.)

BAFIDB AND CANAL ON THE ST. LAWEENCE.

JEa?erc«c«.— Describe the Niagara River; its wonders, and the two Suspension Bridges; trace
the St. Lawrence through Upper Canada ; describe its rapids and islands.

G EGG II A I'll Y AND IIISTOKY OF

40. The Ottav;a.— Tlie great Canndijui
river. Oltnwn, liscs 100 miles Kbt)vc Luke
Teini.-euining (G? niiles lon^ l>y wide), aad
flows loO t'» Montreul. It drains an area of
SO.oOo .-(|uare inilep. The cliief trihutaries
on tlie western, or U. C. side are the Peta-
wft-Avee, (140 miles long), llie I'onneeliere,
(110 MiiUv,) Maila-Wiis-ka. ('210 luilcs,) aial
Kid.!;i!. (IK* miles.) On tlio eastern, or L.
C >ide. are tho Du ^loiis, (Uo miles,") liiack,
(ISO miles,) CoiiloTigc, (lUO miles, ) (Jati-
nciii. (420 miles,) Le Lievro, ('200 miles,)
Du Xord, (IGO miles,) and L'As'um])ti(in,
(130 miles.) The principal islands uie the
AUumotte and Grand Calumet The lake
expansions of the river, arc Coulonge, Des

Chats, Chaiidicr'; and Two Mouulains. There
are numerous rajiids and falls in the river ;
the ehief rapids are the Lnng Sault at
Temiscandug, (ID feet,) the Levier, etc., (84
feel.) and tlie Long Sault, :tt Greuville. The
falls ar(f tho AlluuK-ttes, Des Chats and
Chaudiere. The scenery on the river is
stiiking and beautiful. Tho Ottawa falls
into the St. I awrcncc by a threefold branch;
tlie main stream to the north, is divitled by
tl'.e Isle Jesus ; its southern branch is als(»
divided by the Isle Perrot. At the middle
en ranee, heUvecrn the Isles Perrot and Mon-
trviil. occur the rapids of Ste. Anuo, ren-
dt-red famous bv iJoorc's " Canadian Boat
Song."

8TB. ANNE's KAPID3 AT THE JUNCTION OF THE OTTAWA AND ST. LAWRENCE.

41. The Trent is the most important merous beautiful lakes. It falls into the
inland river in U. C. It is about 100 miles Bay of Quiute, at the hcid of the bay, at
long; and in its course expands into nu- Trenton.

42. Bays. — The principal bays are tlie Georgina, Nottawasaga, Matche-
dash, Owen Sound, Burlington, Toronto, Quinte, and the bays at various
points of the county of Prince Edward.

43. Georgina is a vast inlet from Lake N. E„ and Owen Sound to the N. W, of
Huron. Georgina Bay proper is 120 miles Nottawasnga Bay.

long by 20 wide, and has an area of 6,000 45. Burlington Bay, at the City of

square miles. The north-eastern portion is Hamilton, is a triangular sheet of water at

called the North Channel, and has an area the western extremity of Lake Ontario. It

of 1,700 square miles. is about five miles across. The entrance to

44. Nottawasaga is the southern por- it is through the Burlington canal.

tion of Georgina Bay. Matchedash is to the 46. Quinte — This is a beautiful river-

Exercises. —Tra.CG the course of the Ottawa River and its tributaries ; give the rapids and falls ;
trace the Trent. Which are the chief bays P describe them.

a.^

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPI'ER CANADA.

Ill

shaped hay. It extends westward from windings. It is named nfter a French ex-
Kingston about 70 miles, including its plorer.

47. Islands. — The principal islands in Upper Canada are ilie Great
Calumet and Allumette, Ottawa Iliver; Manitoulin and Cockburn [Co-
burnj ; St. Joseph; Fitzwilliam, Lake Huron; Pele and liyerson lyland, Lake
Erie; Grand and Navy, in the Niagara Iliver; Amherst, Wolfe, and
Howe, in Lake Ontario ; and the Thousand Islands, at the entrance to
the St. Lawrence.

48. Manltoulin.--Tlii8 is a remarkable
group of islands in Lake Huron. The chief
one — called the Great Manitoulin, or Sacred
Isle — is 80 miles long by 20 broad, and in-
cludes an areu of 1,600 square miles. It
has numerous bays. The surface is elevated
and rugged. The principal settlement on
the island is »t Manitowaning. Remnants
of the Ottawa, Chippewa or Odjibway, Sau

dian?, were collected here in 18:^5, under
the authority of the Governnu-nt, to re-
ceive their yeai*ly presents, instead of at
Penetanguinhine, as formerly.

49. The Thousand Isles.— This beauti-
ful cluster of islands, which gives such charac-
ter to the scenery of the St. La-.vrence, is
situated at the entrance of that river.
They are 1,692 in number — part belonging

geeu and Pottowattamie, or St. Clair, In- to the United States and part to Canada.

CLIMATE.

50. Climate. — The climate of Upper Canada, though inclined to be ex-
treme in winter and summer, is singularly tempered by the influence of
the great lakes. It is milder than in Lower Canada, or in many of the
American States of the same latitude. The dryness and clearness of the
atmosphere renders it healthy and agreeable as a place of residence. The
Indian summer, which generally occurs in October, is a delightful time of
the year. The sleighing season, in winter, is also a pleasant period,
Eains are abundant in spring and autumn. Fogs are rare. In the hot
months of suminer (July and August) the thermometer sometimes reaches
90*'; and in the cold months of winter (January and February), rarely
falls to 20" below zero. -

PEODUCTS.

white brick clay at London, Toronto, Co-
bourg, and Peterboro' ; marble at Elzevir,
the Ottawa, Cornwall, and Paekenham ;
peat in the Counties of Welland, Renfrew,
and Preseott.

52. Mineral Springs, &c. — The miner-
al and other springs in Upper Canada are aa
follows : 1. Saline — Ancaster, Alfred, Cale-

Exercises.—VniKt is said of the islands of Upper Canada ; the climate and its peculiarities ; what,
are the chief mineral products; what do you know of their value ?

NATTJEA.L

51. Mineral. — The mineral products
of U. C. are iron and copper ; also gypsum,
sandstone, limestone, flagstone, white and
red brick clay, marble, peat, &c. Locali-
ties — Iron is chiefly found in Marmora and
Madoc ; gypsum at the Grand river ; sand-
stone at Niagara ; limestone at Kingston ;
flagstone at Toronto and neighbourhood;

■^01

*i'

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

donia, Plnntagenet, Gloucester, Kingston,
L'Origiual, Fitzro^, Packeulmra, West-
meath ; 2. Sulphuric Acid, or Sour Spriugs
— ^Tuacarora, Niagara, Chippewa, and St.
David's ; 8. Sulphur — Charlotteville ; 4.
Oil (Petroleum)— Mosn, Lake Huron and
EDniskilleu ; 5 Bituminous — Niagara Falls.
53. Vegetable.— Wheat is the staple;
barley, oats, rye, peas, buckwheat, ludiaa-
coro ; beans, carrots, onions, beet, parsnips,
lettuce, turnips, potatoes, tomatoes, and all
other domestic vegetables, are raised in
abundance. Hemp, flax, hops, and tobacco
are easily cultivated iu the western parts
of Upper Canada, lu economic vegetable

Eroducts, maple sugar, Canada balsam, lo*
elia, gentian, ginsing, dec, deserve notice.

54. Cultivated Fruits.— Apples, pears,
plums, cherries, raspberries, currants, and
strawberries. The peach grows in abun>-
dance in the Niagara peninsula.

55. Wild Fruits. — Whortleberriea
[called Huckleberries], blueberries, choke-
cherries, cranberries, raspberries ; chesnuts,.
hazel nuts, beech nuts, hickory nuts, butter
nuts, &c. &o.

56. Timber. —
Pine and oak are the
staple. Among the
other more valuable

descrip-
tions of j
timber in
terCa-

MAFLE LEAI<.

(Acer Saccharinum.)

nada are
walnut,
maple, ce-
dar, ash,
elm, birch, iron-wood, <fec. Ac.

57. Wild Flowers.— The chief
are the wild rose, sweet-brier, pit-
cher plant, calceolaria, violet, lily
of the valley, Michaelmas daisy,
dandelion, sun-flower, <fec. <fec.

58. Animals In addition to

various domestic animals, the fol-
lowing wild animals are bund in
Upper Canada: Bear, raccoon,
weasel, mink, Canada lynx, or wild
cat ; wolf, fox, wood-chuck, porcu-
pine ; black, grey, and brown squir-
rels ; chipmonk ; the Canada bea-
ver, otter, musk rat, <fec. <fec.

59. Game. — Red, and moose
deer [from the Indian word Mu-
see, or wood-eater], turkey, grouse,
pigeon, wood-cock, snipe, plover,
duck, geese, <&c.

^ 60. Birds.— Eagle, hawk, owl,

RED OB PALLOW DEER. (Cervus clapJitcs ; C. Vtrffitiianus.) t^TH&hj crow, humming-birds.

Exercises— \\h&t raineral springs are there ; what are the vegetable products, fruit, timber, flow-
ers, animals, game; what of the deer?

,^M

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPPER CANADA.

king-fisher, swallow, whip-poor-will, blue- 62. Plah.— Speckled trout, salmon trout,

birds, starling, jays, robius, meadow-lark, white fish, perch, busrt, pike, sturgeon,

tanager, goldfinch, oriole, woodpecker, raaskiuiutgi'', pickerel, eels, sunfish, «fec.
gulls, <bo. 63. Insects. — Dcetlos. ear-wigs, grass-

61. Repttles. — Riv^^r tortoise, or snap- hop])cr8, crickets, draLjon-flies, antH. liorncts,

ping turtle ; marsh and land turtle ; garter, wasps, bee$>, butterflic!*, moths, gnats, moa-

green, black, milk, and rattlesnakes ; frogs, quitoes. Hies, tkc.
red and common lizards ; Inke proteus, &c.

64. Population. — Upper Canada is chiefly settled by emigrants from
the British Isles. In 1/80-3, great numbers of the United Empire
Loyalists, who had remained faithful to the British Crown during the
American revolution, settled in various parts of the Province.

The census of 1852, gives an analysis of the origin of races, and of the

population of Upper Canada, as follows :

Anglo-Canadian 626,093 Nova Scotia and Prince Ed. Island . 3,786

Ireland 176,267 New Brunswick 2,634

England and Wales 82,699 France arid Belgium 1 ,007

Scotland 75,811 Other places 3,602

United States 43,732

French Canadian 26,41 7 Total population 952 ,004

Germany and Holland 9,967

65. Religion. — Each religious persuasion is on an equality. With the
settlement of the Clergy Reserves
question, all " semblance of con-
nection between Church and
State" was abolished. In the
census taken in the year 1852,
the census of the religious deno-
minations throughout Upper
Canada was given as follows :

Church of England (3 dioceses) . . 223,190
Church of Rome (5 dioceses) .... 167,695
Methodists :

Wesleyan 96,640

Episcopal 43,884

New Connexion 7,547

Other Methodists 59,585

JPreabyterians : 207,656

Church of Scotland .... 57,542

Free Church 65,807

Other 80,799

204,148

Baptists 45,353

Lutherans 12,089

Menouists and Tuukers 8,230

Quakers 7,460

CongregationaUsts 7,747

Bible Christians 5,726

Christian Church 4,093

Universalists 2,684

Others not reported 65,983

952,004

JExercises.—Wh&t are the birds, reptiles, fish, and insects ; which are most useful ; How was Upper
^Canada settled ; who were the United Empire Loyalists ? Give the population, &c.

GEOGRAPHY AND HTSTORY OF

66. Education. — By the munificonce of the Legislature, Upper Canada
has abundant facilities for Education, in the primary, superior, and collegiate
departments. There are also many excellent private academies, seminaries,

and schools, in the Province.

67. Universities The University of Trustees, elected by the pooplo, and in-

Toronto (including University College) and spected by a local Superintondeut. About

Trinity College, Toronto; Victoria College, 3,500 have been estublisbcd in U.C. All

Cobourg ; and Queen's Cdlle^'e, Kingston. the tciicbors are licensed by local Boards,

68. Colleges.— Upper Canada, Knox's, except those trained and licensed at the
and St. Miehael's, Toronto; Regiopolis, Provincial Normal School, Toronto.
Kingston ; and Bytown, Ottawa. 72. The Educational Department,

69. Grammar Schools, — Kighty-threc situated at Toronto, is presitled over by a
have been established — one or more in each ^^ Chief Superintendent of
county. They are the link bt-tween the ^St Education, (appointed
Common Schools and Universities, and ..re J^sasl^^a^ by the Crown.) aided by
managed by local Boards of Trustee?, and ^^^-ift-f IK. "■ ^^""C'l of Public In-
inspected by Provincial Inspectors. They ^^'Jfl^5^. struction. To him is
report to the Chief Superintendent, and ^K^^^B©^ confided the adminis-
receive aid through his department. The ft.^^^^^yJ^ tratiou of the laws rela-
senior County Schools are Meteorological ^<^h!^^wcM^^ ''''" *" Grammar and
Stations. ^''^pJ^jl^Qpr'^ Common Schools. He

70. Seminaries at Belleville, Picton, and also distributes the
Brantford. Ladies' academies, various places. Legislative School Grants, and issues a

71. Common Schools are aided by the Monthly Journal of Education, for the
Legislature, and are each manageil by three Public Schools.

73. Cities and Towns. — The cities are : Ottawa, Kingston, Toronto,
Hamilton and London. The chief towns are Brantford, St. Catharines,
Belleville, Brockville, Cobourg, Port Hope, Dundas, Niagara, Cornwall,
Peterboro', Chatham, Prescott, Perth, G-uelph, "Woodstock, &oderich, Gait,
Picton, Whitby, Paris, Simcoe, Bowmanville, Amherstburgh, Stratford, &c.

74. Counties. — Upper Canada is divided into 42 Counties, as follows :

County.

^rea in
sqr miles
surveyed.

576
416
992
898
620
37 7
703
677

Acres surveyed.

Population
in 1852.

Chief Towns.

Addington

386700
266004
634764
574520
396600
241200
450200
433300

15165
25426
2827
31397
30732
18811
25418
16817

Bath, (v.)
Drantford

Brant

Bruce

W^allvGrton -

Oarleton

Ottftwn

Durham

Port Hope.
Morrisburgh, (v.)
St Thomrm

Dundas

Elgin

Essex

Sandwich.

^xemse.v.— What are the Educational advantages of Upper Canada ; her Universities, CoUestes,
Schools, Educational Departmeut ? Refer to the Cities, Towns, and Counties.

UUITISII N UTII AiMEHICA— ll'PEll CANADA.

Ooiuity. '

Area iu
sqr. iuil(*!i i
MinoycilL

l34-i
450 '

2;^n

421

459

3fti

1824

139?

870
1093
I ISO

805

170

306
1079

730

600

851

710

458

698
1005

475

334
1133

379
1797

391

749

613
1237

366

426

808

Vcn.'H Hurvcycd.

Pijptjliitfon

♦ .hU'f Towiu.

Fronteiuio '

858910

288080

1485' '06
'i69280
2936 i I
2 ".2000
8n8<»0
892769
657000
699826
75r.ooo
515100
108000 '
195701'
690698
467 5: ;0
3 So 2 00
544600
457600
293200
446728
643300
805620
303000
725000
242400
1150000
250200
478200
328463
791604
228000
273000
517100

66770416

30736
17595
13217
20707
18788
1^'322
31977
19198
17469
10815
27317
30280
7955
238()8
39S99
:51229
2US1
3057<)
32638
24816
15545
15237
10487
18887
9415
2870
27165
14463
11657
20537
26796
20141
42619
79719

Kin"»tttn

Gleiiirtirv

AlfXiUulria. (v.)
i hvi'ii SdiiikI

Grey

Ort'iivillo

[luldiniiuul

llalloii

Pr«'>c<>lt.

Cavugii, (v.)
Milt«>n.

Ha^'tiiiir.'^

lii'lU'ville

Hurun

( r»)d<'l'icll.

Kent

Cliutluini

Latnbton

Sjiruiii.

LaD.ark

PlMtli.

Lecclii

Hr(;c'kvill('. '

Lennox

Niipanoo, (v.)
Nin''".i!*;:.

Lincoln

Middlesex

North uuiborhmd '

LoUildM.

Cobou'.'"'.

Norfolk

Simcoc.

Ontario

Whiibv.

Oxford

Wod'istuok.

Peel

Brampton.
Sti'atlord.

Perth

Pete''horo'

Poteiboro'.

Prescott

L'Ori"nal.

PriucG Edward

Picton.*

Renfrew

Burnstown.

Ruasell

Cuiiiburland, (v.)
Barrie.

Sinicoc

Storniont

Cornwall.

Victoria

Lindsay, (v.)
Berlin.

Waterloo

Wellinj/ton

Guelph.
Merrittsville.

Welland

Weutworth

Hamilton.

York

Toronto.

Acres unsurveyed

42 Counties

82,492

77,606.400

962,004

Toronto.

75. Divisions of the Province. — Taking the cities as central
points, we group the counties around them as follows :

I. OTTAWA DIYISION.

76. The City of Ottawa (formerly called Bytown) is situated on the right bank of

Xote.—ThQ teacher should here get the pupil to give the boundaries and chief town of any of
these Counties on the map.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

the Ottawa river, in the Township of Nepean. It is 120 miles from Montreal, 126 from
Kingston, by the Rideau Canal, and 53 miles from Prescott, by the Ottawa and Prescott
Railway. It is connected with Hull, on the L. 0. side of the river, by a handsome sus-

{)ension bridge. It contains a court-house, two hospitals, nunnery, Roman Catholic col-
ege, grammar and common schools; various churches; bank agencies, stores, lumber
merchants' establishments, mills, foundries, market, printing offices, Ac. Its chief trade
is derived from the transport of lumber to the Quebec and English markets. The value
of the exports passing through the city is about $4,000,000 per annum. Ottawa was first
settled in 1800 by Philemon Wright, from Massacliusetts. It was originally called Bytown,
after Col. By, of the Royal Engineers, who was charged with the construction of the Rideau
Canal. The name was changed to Ottawa in 1855. The Chaudi^re and Rideau Falls near
the city are very picturesque.

77. Counties. — The counties in this division are Renfrew, Lanark, Leeds, Gren-
ville, Carleton, Russell, Dundas, Stormont, Glengary, and Prescott.

78. Ottawa Country. — Timber.— In the counties of Carleton, Lanark and Renfrew,
white pine is the chief timber. It grows in an area of 100 miles from N. to S., and from
20 to 40 in width. Westward, an area of 130 miles from N". to S, and from 20 to 50
wide, is covered with red pine. Between the rivers Bonnechdre and Madawaska, hard
wood and better land are foimd. Further north, hard wood prevails, with a little white,
but no red, pine. This area, embracing; 7,000 square miles, is 130 miles from S. E. to
N. W., and 75 wide. It contains the head waters of th>^ Ottawa tributaries, Madawaska
and Petawawee; and the Lake Huron tr'butaries, Maganetawan and Muskoka. Roads.—'
Several leading roads have recently beon opened through this tract by the government.
The chief are the Mattawan, (90 miles long) ; Opeongo, (100) ; Muskoka, Hastings, Fron-
tenac, (59) ; Addington, (56) ; Bobcaygeon, (45) ; tmd Bell's Line. Lakes and rivers are
numerous, and water power abundant.

79. Frontier Counties — G^/ew/zary.— The Glengary Highland Militia have long been

noted for their loyal devotion to their country. In
the war of 1812 they particularly distinguished
themselves ; and in token of their patriotic loy-
alty, during the insurrectionary trouble of 1887-8,
the inhabitants (men, women, and children) erected
on one of the small islands opposite the shore, in
Lake St. Francis, an immense cairn of stones, 60
feet high, surmounted by a flag-staff, inserted in the
muzzle of a cannon placed in an upright position.
Dundas. — Chrystler's Farm, in the Township of
Williamsburgh, was one of the battle fields of 1812,
'14, on which the Americans were defeated, Nov.
1813. Grenville — Windmill Point at Prescott is
noted for the obstinate defence of three days which
was here made by the insurgents from the U. S. in
November, 1 838. The windmill and adjacent build-
ings still remain blackened and battered ruins, as

OLENGAEY CAIRN.

^xej'cises.— What is said of the City of Ottawa? bound the Counties; describe the Ottawa
country ; what of the frontier Counties ; Glengary Militia ; Chrystler's Farm ; and Windmill Point P

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPPER CANADA.

=a monument of the misguided attempt
of a few men to sever the happy con-
nection with the land of our fathers.
Prescott is connected with the Ottawa
by railway. Leeds. — Lakes are numer-
ous in this county; the Rideau Canal
also passes through it. Lanark is an
interior county, and was settled in 1815.
Perth is the chief town. It is proposed
to connect it with the Grand Trunk Rail-
way at Brockville by a branch line. The
geological features of the adjoining
townships are very marked. Iron and
copper are abundant.

WINDMILL POINT, PKESCOTT.

)re, m
60
n the
litioD.
ip of
1812,
Nov.
att is
vhich
S. in
uild-
is, as

II. KINGSTON DIVISION.

80. The City of Kingston (formerly called Cataraqui and Frontenac) stands at the
north-eastern extremity of Lake Ontario. A fort was built here by Count de Frontenac,
a French Governor, in 16*73. In 1756, the fort was captured by Colonel Bradstreet. Its
settlement dates from 1783. It possesses a safe harbor, and has for many years past

been a chief naval and mili-
tary station. The fortifica-
tions on Point Henry and on
Snake Island, <fec., are formid-
able and extensive. The city
is well laid out, and substan-
tial looking. The market-
1 house is a fine structure.
A Churches are numerous. There
5 are two colleges (Queen's and
~ Regiopolis.) The Provincial
Penitentiary is also situated
here. Commercially, Kingston
has many advantages. Situa-
Jted on Cataraqui Bay, at the
foot of lake navigation, with
the Rideau Canal to the east,
and the beautiful Bay of
Quinte to the west, and one of
the chief stations of the Grand
Trunk Railway, she has easy
access to all the adjacent
counties. She has also the advantage of a marine railway. In 1838, the city was
incorporated; and in 184:1, Lord Sydenham, who is buried here, made it the first

Exercises— '^YiVi.i is said of Leeds and Lanark Counties, and of the City of Kingston , its history
fortifications, and situation P

CITY OF KINGSTON,

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

capital of United Canada. The entrance
towers. Population about 15,000.

81. CountleB in this division are Fron«
tenac, Addington, Lennox, Hastings, Prince
Edward, Northumberland, Durham, Peter*
boro*, and Victoria.

82. Frontier Counties.— Grand Trunk
Railway passes through the towns of Belle-
ville, Oobourg, and Port Hope, in these
Counties. The River Trent flows into the

, beautiful Bay of Quinte, and conveys from
the interior quantities of lumber for the
American and English markets. Victoria
College — one of the important educational
institutions of the Province — is situated at
Cobourg. There is also a Collegiate Semi-
nary at Belleville. A railway runs from

to the harbor is guarded by two Martello

Cobourg to Pe-
terboro', and
from Port Hope
to Lindsay.

83. Interi-
or Counties
are noted for
their numerous
lakes and rich
mineral trea-
sures. Iron is
found at Mar-
mora, and marble at Madoc and adjoining
townships. Peterboro', on the Otonabee,
is the chief town.

MARTELLO TOWER.

;li'

III. TOEONTO DIVISION.

84. The City of Toronto (formerly called York) is situated on a circular bay of the
same name, and was founded by Governor Simcoe, in 1794. It is 165 miles from
Kingston, 45 from Hamilton, and 50 from the Falls of Niagara. The city is laid out at
right angles. Its chief public buildings are the Cathedrals and Churches, the Parlia-
ment and Government Houses, University of Toronto, Trinity College, Normal School
St. Michael's College, Osgoode Hall, St. Lawrence Hall, Mechanics' Institute, Lunatic
Asylum, Post Office, Exchange, and City Schools. It is the permanent seat of the
Superior Law Courts, and Department for Public Instruction for Upper Canada. It is
connected by railway with Montreal, Hamilton, Lake Huron, Stratford, «fec. King and
Yonge Streets are the principal streets : the College Avenue and the Normal School
and Grounds, are the chief places of resort. A detachment of soldiers are stationed
here. The value of exports at the Port is about $1,500,0C0 per annum, and of imports
$'7,500,000. It is the capital of U. C, and has been the alternate seat of Government
with Quebec. It is an agreeable place of residence. The population is about 50,000. '

85. Counties in this division are On- 87. Interior Counties, Simcoe, Grey,
tario, York, Peel, Simcoe, Grey, Wellington, and Bruce, are bounded on the north by
and Bruce. Lake Huron and Georgian Bay. It is pro-

86. Frontier Counties — Grand Trunk posed to construct a railway from Guelph
Railway, from Montreal to Stratford, passes to Saugeen, so as to connect Toronto with
through Whitby, Toronto, and Guelph, in Lake Huron direct. It would pass through
these Counties. Lake Simcoe skirts the a rich agricultural country, now in process
northern boundaries of York and Ontario, of rapid settlement. One is also projected
and is reached by railway— a canal to the from Toronto, via Weston, to Owen Sound,
lake is also proposed. ^ *

Uxercises—Wh&t is said of the Frontier and Interior Counties ? bound them. Point out and
describe Toronto : what is it noted for ? Give the adjoining Counties, ana bound tliom.

■'M.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — UPPER CANADA.

IV. HAMILTON DIVISION.

88. The City of Hamilton, situated on Burlington Bay, at the western end of
Lake Ontario. It was settled in 1813, when the camp on Burlington Heights was an
important centre for military operations against the American invaders of Upper
Canada. It ia situated a mile from the bay, at the foot of the hilly range which extends
from the Niagara Falls, and which is here called the " Mountain." It is the chief
station of the Great Western Railway, from the Niagara Suspension Bridge to Windsor,
opposite Detroit. Is is an important commercial city, — its trade, and imports and
exports rivalling those of Toronto. It is the projected seat of a college. Its admirable
public schools are most efficient. Dundurn, the seat of Sir Allan MacNab, and the
numerous villa residences near the mountain, evince great taste, as well as wealth
and prosperity. Population about 25,000.

89. The Counties in this division are nects Lakes Erie and Ontario, thus sur-
Halton, Wentworth, Waterloo, Brant, Nor- mounting the difficulties of navigation
folk, Haldimand, Lincoln, and Welland. caused by the celebrated Falls.

90. The Frontier Counties are noted 91. The Interior Counties are famous
for their historical interest, containing for their agricultural capabilities. The Ouse,
many of the battle-fields of the war of 1812. or Grand River flows through them, and
The Falls of Niagara are also situated at is navigable as far as Brantford. Gypsum
the eastern boundary of this group of is found in abundance at Paris. Dundas,
counties. The Welland Canal crosses the Stratford, Gait, Paris, and St. Catharines
counties of Lincoln and Welland, and con- are flourishing towns in the division.

V. LONDOIJ DIVISION.

92. The City of London is the only city in Upper Canada not situated on a
navigable stream or lake. It stands, as does its great prototype, upon the river Thames
(or la Trenche), and is 80 miles west of Hamilton, and 120 miles east of Detroit, United
States, — with both of which it is connected by railway. It is surrounded on all sides
by a rich agricultural counti-y, upon which it depends for its prosperity. It formerly
contained a garrison, and was the military head-quarters, as it now is the great com-
mercial dep6t at the west. The public buildings and churches are handsome. It
contains a number of very good schools. Population about 10,000.

93. The Counties in this division are
Middlesex, Elgin, Oxford, Perth, Huron,
Lambton, Kent, and Essex.

94, The Northern Counties extend
along the south-eastern shore of Lake Hu-
ron, and along half the northern shore of
Lake Erie. They embrace almost every
variety of soil, are affected by different de-
grees of temperature, and present the vari-
ous stages of social and agricultural develop-
ment. The hop and tobacco plant, Indian

corn, (fee, grow freely at the south ; wheat
and other grains are at present the chief
staples along the northern tier. Principal
rivers : Thames, Sydenham, and Maitland.

95. The Interior Counties are well
settled, and embrace some of the best
farming lands in Canada. Goderich, Strat-
ford, Woodstock, and Chatham are the prin-
cipal towns in this division. The Great
Western Railway has its terminus at Wind-
sor, opposite Detroit, United States.

; and

Exercises.— Wh&t is said of the City of Hamilton ? For what is the frontier Counties noted, and
the interior famous P Describe London, and the adjoining Counties.

GBOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

VI. LAKE SUPEEIOB DIYISION.

96. This section of the Province is yet unsurveyed. It extends from the mouth o f
the French river, westward, to the source of the Pigeon river. Its length is 410 miles ;
breadth, 160 ; area, 48,000 square miles ; coast line, 600 miles — 180 on Lake Huron and
River St. Mary, and 420 on Lake Superior. The coast is bold and rocky, and the har-
bours are numerous and safe. The timber, commercially speaking, is not very valuable,
being chiefly spruce, balsam, fir, white birth, and poplar. Hardwood, and red and
white pine, are scarce. The country on the north shore of Lake Huron is more wooded
and fertile. At the mouth of Spanish river there is a good harbour. Copper-ore and
white fish are the great commercial staples of this division. The Indian population is
about 2,500. Indian reserves, 590,000 acres.

V. LOWER CANADA.

1. Boundaries. — Lower Canada is bounded on the north by Labrador
and the Hudson's Bay Territory ; on the east by Labrador and the G-ulf
of St. Lawrence ; on the south by the Bay of Chaleurs, New Brunswick
and the States of Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and New York ;
and on the west by the river Ottawa and Upper Canada.

2. Size.- >Lower Canada is about 600 miles from east to west, and 300 from north to
south. Its area is about 210,000 square miles, and it contains nearly 134,500,000 acres.

PHYSICAL FEATUEES.

3. Face of the Country. — ^Though not a mountainous country, the scenery of
Lower Canada is more picturesque than that of Upper Canada. Its rivers and moun-
tain ranges are also on a grander scale. Its climate, though severe in some par ts, is
agreeable and healthy. Fogs prevail in the autumn, on its navigable waters.

4. Geology. — The lower St. Lawrence is enclosed by tw o atiountain ranges : the
Appalachian, on the south, running along the peninsula of Gaspe, there known as the
Notre Dame Mountains, and extending to Alabama; and the Laurentides, on the
north, running from the Gulf to Cape Tourment, near Quebec, and thence gradually
turning to the north-west, and extending into the interior of the continent, north-west
of Lake Superior. The rocks of the latter range, termed by Sir William Logan the
Laurentian system, are described as ancient sedimentary unfossiliferous strata, altered
to a highly crystalline condition, and greatly corrugated and disturbed. They constitute
the oldest series known on the continent of America, and are supposed to be equivalent
to the iron-bearing rocks of Scandinavia. They consist of micaceous and hornblendic
gneiss, interstratified with important beds of limestone and lime-feldspar rock. They
abound in iron-ore ; and among the economic minerals belonging to them are found ores
of lead and copper, with rensselaerite, phosphate of lime, barytes, plumbago, mica,
labradorite, marble, and traces of corundum. The southern range consists of Silurian
and Devonian rocks, in an altered condition, and they afford a mineral region yielding

Exercises.— Describe the Lake Superior division.
Whatis said of its physical features and «r«ologyP

Give the boundaries and size of Lower Canada.

•V

''■.«0mmm

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — LOWER CANADA.

serpentine and variegated marbles, potstone, soapstone, granite, and roofing slates, with
the ores of chromium, iron, copper, and gold. In moat parts of this region the fossils
are obliterated : in some they appear distorted by molecular movements, resulting from
crystallizing forces. The eflfects of metamorphism diminish, proceeding from south-east to
north-west ; and in the area between the mountain ranges mentioned, it disappears, the
fossils become distinct, the rocks assume an attitude approaching horizontality, and the
surface of the country is even. The superficial deposits covering the solid strata are
composed of clay, sand, and gravel, derived from very recent tertiary drift, and contain
marine remains, consisting of shells, fish, seals, and whales, — many of the species being
identical with those now living. The economic minerals of the flat country are lime-
stones, building-stones, sandstone for glass-making, clay for common bricks and common
pottery, fullers' earth, moulding sand, bog iron ore, fresh water shell-marl, and peat.

5. Mineral Springs. — Mr. Hunt gives the following list of sal'ne springs in Lower
Canada, in the order of their strength : Bay St. Paul, la Baie du Febvre, 1 ; St. Leon,
Caxton, River Quelle, Lanoraie, Vareunes, 1 ; Varennes, 2 ; Point du jour, Belceil,
la Baie, 1 ; Chambly, 1 ; la Baie du Febvre, 2 ; Ste. Anne de la Pocatiere, 1 ; Pike
River, 1 ; St. Benoit, Tike River, 2 ; Chambly, 2 ; Ste. Marti ne, Nicolet, les Eboulemens,
Ste. Ours, Ste. Anne de la Pocatiere, 2 ; Jacques Cartier Ri\rer, Nicolet, 2 ; Matane, 1.

6. Lakes. — The principal arc St. John,
Fapimonagane, St. Peter, St. Louis, and
Grand Lake.

7. The Minor Lakes are Os-ke lanaio,
les Quinzes, Ke-pee-wa, Two Mountains,
Ou-a-reau, Way-ag-a mac, and Commission-
ers (north of the St. Lawrence) ; and Me-ta-
ped-i-ac, Tem-is cou-a-ta, St. Francis (Co.
Beauce), Megantic, and Mera-phram-a-gog
(south of the St. Lawrence.)

8. Rivers. — The chief are the St. Law-
rence, Saguenay, St. Maurice, Ottawa (in
part), Richelieu, St. Francis, and Chaudiere.

9. The St, Lawrence, as it leaves
Upper Canada, expands into Lakes St.
Francis and St. Louis. Passing the mouth
of the Richelieu, it again expands into Lake
St. Peter. Thence it gradually widens and
deepens until its waters mingle with those
of t^e Gulf, and then pass into the Atlantic
Ocean. In size and greatness it has only
one equal in North America — the Missis-
sippi. Its tributaries are the other chief
rivers of Lower Canada. It discharges into
the ocean nearly five millions of tons of
water annually.

10. The Saguenay, or outlet of Lake
St. John, is 100 miles in length, and falls
into the St. Lawrence, at Tadoussac. It
has thirty tributaries, and drains a triangu-
lar area of 27,000 square miles. In many
places its banks are high, perpendicular
rocks. It is navigable for 75 miles: above
that the rapids are numerous. Its scenery
is grand, particularly at Ha ! Ha ! Bay.

11. The St. Maurice, or Three Rivers
(from its three-fold debouch into the St.
Lawrence), rises in Lake Oskelauaio. In-
cluding its windings, it is nearly 400 miles
in length. Its principal tributaries are the
Pisnay, Ribbon, Matawin, Vermillion, "Win-
dago, and Croche. It drains an area of
21,000 square miles. In its course it ex-
pands into numerous lakes, and is navigable
for 120 miles. Its banks are from 200 ft. to
1,000 ft. high, and are covered with groups
of majestic trees. Besides the great Falls
of the Shawanegan (160 ft. in height) it has
a great number of minor falls and cascades,
and many beautiful islands. Its timber
seems inexhaustible, thus rendering its
commercial value very great.

Bxercises.—Wi&t minerals are found ? Wliat do you know of their value ? What of the mineral
springs, the lakes, and i-ivers? Describe the St. Lawrence, Saguenay, and St. Maurice rivers.

""-K;s-"'

12. The Richelieu

(formerly called Cham-
bly, St. John, and Sorel)
issues from Lake Cam-
plain, and flows northward to the St. Law-
rence. Its length is 75 miles. Up this river
Champlain penetrated, in 1690, when he
discovered the beautiful lake that bears his
name. The forts at Isle-aux-Noix, St. John,
and Chambly, have given historical interest
to the river. {See " Battle Fields," d;c.)

13. The St. Francis rises in the eastern
townships, and falls into the St. Lawrence
at Lake St. Peter. The waters of the beau-
tiful Lakes Masawipi and ilemphramagog
flow iato it by two tributary streams.

14. The Chaudiere, a picturesque
river, rises in the angle of the Appalachian
mountains (which divide Canada from the
State of Maine, near its north-west corner),
and passing through Lake Megantic, falls
into the St. Lawrence, near Quebec. The
Falls, two-and-a-half miles from its mouth,
are about ! .0 feet in height .

15. Montmorenci. — Among the lesser

rivers, Montmorenci is the most interesting.
It rises in Snow Lake, and flovvs south-
wards towards the St. Lawrence, till it
rushes, in a narrow torrent, over the cele-
brated Fall of Montmorenci, six miles from
Quebec. (See illustration on opposite pa^e.)

16. Minor Rivers. — The principal
minor rivers, on the north side of the St.
Lawrence, are the Belsamite, Pericoba,
Jacques Cartier, Ste. Anne, L'Assomption,
and Le Nord ; on the south side, Yamaska,
Nicolet, Etcherain, Du Loup, Matane, York,
Metapediac, and Ristigouche, in part;
Chateauguay river is famous for its histo-
rical interest. (See " Battle Grounds.'*)

17. The Principal Bays are Chaleurs
(in part), Malbaie, Gasp^, Kamouraska,
Murray, St. Paul, Mille Vaches, Laval,
Outarde, and Seven Islands.

18. The Chief Islands are Magdalen
(off the Gaspe coast), Anticosti, Orleans,
Montreal, Jesus, and Perrot. The lesser
ones are Aux-Noix, Bic, Green, Hare, Aux-
Coudres, St. Antoine, St. Ignace, Bizard,
Grosse, Grand, and St. Helen's.

CLIMATE.

19. The Climate of Lower Canada, although similar' to that of Upper,
is more severe and steadily fine in winter, and warmer in summer. Spring

Exercises.— Tnjce and describe the Richelieu, St. Francis, Chaudiere, and Montmorenci. Give the
other rivers, the bays, and islands. What mountains divide Lower Canada from the State of Maine ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — LOWER CANADA.

bursts forth in great beauty, and vegetation is rapid. Winter is always a
gay and agreeable season, owing to the fine social qualities of the people.

NATUEAL PRODUCTS.

20. Mineral — See the Geology of Lower Canada,
page 28.

21. Vegetable Products are similar to those of
Upper Canada. The best apples ou the continent
are grown at Montreal.

22. Timber With few exceptions, the same

timber is found in Lower as in Upper Canada The
trees are said to attain even greater perfection in
Lower Canada.

23. Fruits and Flcwers are similar to those of
Upper Canada, except the peach.

24. Animals. — In addition to those enumerated
for Upper Canada, the moose deer is peculiar to
Lower Canada.

25. Birds similar to those of Upper Canada. The
partridge, however, abounds in Lower Canada.

26. Fish. — In addition to the fresh-water fish of
Upper Canada, cod, mackerel, herring, pilchard, sea-
trout, eel. salmon, <fec., abound in great numbers.

27. Reptiles similar to those of Upper Canada.

28. Population. — Lower Canada, on
the banks of the St. Lawrence, is chiefly
settled by Norman French ; but in the east-
ern townships the inhabitants are of British
origin, including United Empire Loyalists
and Americans. The census of 1852 gives
the following origin of races in Lower
Canada : —

Franco-Canadian 669,528

Anglo-Canadian 125,580

England and Wales 11,230

Ireland 51,499

Scotland 14,565

United States 12,482

Other Countries 5,377

890,261

FALLS OP MONTMOKEKCI.

• : i I
I

'-:r

Hxercises.—WhOit is said of the climate? Give the natural products; which are peculiar to Lowev
Canada-to Upper Canada ? Wlio originally settled Lower Canaday

„J

OE06RAPHT AND HISTORY OF

29. Religion. — All religious denominations in Lower Canada are pro-
tected by law. In point of wealth and numbers, the Ohurch of Eome takes
precedence. The census of 1852 thus classifies the religious persuasions :

Church of Rome (4 dioceses) .... 746,866 Baptists 4,493

45,402 Congregntionalists 8,92'7

Uaiversalista 3,460

Second Adventists 1,869

Others not reported 80,089

Church of England (2 diocesed)...

Presbyterians :

Church of Scnt'und. . . . 4,044
Other 29,488

33,532
Methodists 21,188

Grand total 890,261

30 .Education in Lower, as in Upper Canada, is liberally supported by
the Legislature. The Colleges and Academies are numerous, and of a
superior class. There are also many good Seminaries and private schools.

SLUnlversitles. — McOill College, Mon- There are 2,700 established. They are in-

treal ; Laval, Quebec ; Bishop's College, spected by 24 Inspectors. Three Normal

Lennoxville. Schools have recently been established, to

32.Colleges. — At Montreal and Quebec; train teachers. French (Jacques Cartier),

also in the Counties of L'Assomption, Nico- English (McGill), and French (Laval). The

let, Kamouraska, Richmond, Ste. Hyacinthe, two first at Montreal, the latter at Quebec.

Terrebonne, Chambly, Joliette, Argenteuil, 35. The Educational Department of

Laval, Levis, Yaudreuil, Rimouski, Beauce, L. C. is presided over by a Chief Superin-

Bouville, Bellechasse, and Yerch^res. tendent who divides among the Colleges,

33. Academies, are established in all Academies, and Common Schools, the
the principal towns of Lower Canada, annual Legislative Grants, and generally
There are 68 for boys and mixed, and administers the School laws. A Journal
54 for girls; total, 117, aided by the Legis- of Education, in French and English, is
lature. published by the Educational Department,

34. Common Schools, similar to U.C. for the public schools of Lower Canada.

36. Cities and Towns. — There are three cities in Lower Canada :
— Quebec, Montreal, and Ste. Hyacinthe. The chief Towns are, Three
Eivers, Sherbrooke, and Eichmond. ^

37. Counties. — Lower Canada is divided into 60 counties, as follows :

Counties.

Argenteuil ....
Arthabaska . . .

Bagot

Beauce

Bellechasse . . .

Population
in 1852.

Chief Towns.

14,129
6,539
16,622
16,507
12,094

St. Placide.

Upton.
Ste. Marie.
St. Michel.

Counties.

Population

in 1852.

Megantic

15,357

Missisquoi

15,203

Montmagny . . .

11,945

Montmorenci . .

9,598

Montcalm

12,824

Chief Towns.

Somerset.
Philipsburg.
Montmagny.
ChateauRicher
St. Patrick.

:Exercises.— What are the Educational advantages of Lower Canada ? What of her Universities,
Academies, Schools, and Educational Department P Give the cities and chief towns.;^

,IJ.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — LOWER CANADA.

4,493
8,927
8,450
1,869
80,039

Counties.

Population
in 1852.

Chief Towns.

Counties.

Population,
in 1852.

Chief Towns.

Beauhnrnois . . .

12,162

Beauharuois.

Napierville . . .

13,641

Sherrington.

Berthier

16,890

Berthier.

Nicolet

18,967

Nicolet.

Brome

10,010

Brome.

Ottawa

13,038

Aylmer.
Allumettes.

Bonaventure . .

10,858

Carlisle.

Poutiac

9,865

Chambly

12,636

Chambly.

Portneuf

19,951

Gap Sant^>.

Ghateauguay . .

17,354

Ghateauguay.

Quebec

60,941

Quebec.

Ghamplain ....

18,896

Batiseao.

Richelieu

19,350

Sorel.

Charlevoix. . . .

13,041

Bale 3t. Paul.

Rimouski

13,361

Rimouski. '■'

Ohicoutimi. ...

7,079

Ghicoutimi.

Rouville

16,338

St. Hilaire.

Gompton

Dorcnestep ....

7,463

Gompton.

St. John's

16,226

St. Jean. ,

12,790

St. Anselme.

St. Maurice . . .

14,147

Three Rivers.

Drummond . . .

9,025

Drummond.

Sherbrooke . . .

11,487

Sherbrooke.

6asp6

10,094

Perce.

Stnnstcad

10,255

Stan stead.

Huntingdon . . .

15,190

Huntingdon.

Sheflford

11,083

Granby.

Hochelaga ....

■ 77,881

Montreal.

Ste. Hyacinthe

17,344

Ste. Hyacinthe.

Jacques Cartier

Soulanges ....

11,512

Goteau du lac.

Iberville

14,861

St. George.

Sagueuay

1,865

Tadoussac.

Joliette

18,218

Joliette.

Temiscouata . .

14,652

Rivi^reduLoup '

Kamouraska . .

19,875

Kamouraska.

Terrebonne . . .

16,355

Ste. Th6r6se.

Laprairie

14,054

Laprairie.

Two Mountains

16,726

StScholastique

Laval

11,050

He Jesus.

Vaudreuil ....

9,917

Vaudreuil. J

L'Assomption .

16,866

L'Assomption.

Vercheres ....

14,465

Varennes. '

Levia

14,865

St. Joseph.

Wolfe

2,235

■ f

L'Islet

10,691

L'lalet.

Yamaska

14,748

La Baie. 1

Lotbiniere ....
Maskinonge . . .

15,061
18,415

T>nf Kini/^ri^

Maskinonge.

Total ....

890,261

Quebec. .^M

38. Divisions. — As the St. Lawrence is a natural boundary, we will
consider Lower Canada in four divisions : Quebec, Montreal, the Eastern
Townships, and Gaspe.

I. QUEBEC DIVISION.

39. Quebec Division. — Quebec, the oldest city in Canada, was founded in 1608, by
Ghamplain, near the site of the Indian village of Stad-a-cona. It was taken by Sir
David Kirke, in 1629 ; but was restored to (he French in 1632. It was finally captured
by "Wolfe, in 1769, after an heroic defence by Montcalm. The Americans attacked it in
1776, but were repulsed, and their General, Montgomery, slain. The Gitadel and fortifi-
cations are the most famous in the world, next to Gibraltar. They cover an area of
40 acres, and crown the summit of Gape Diamond, which is 850 ft. above the river. The
city is divided into Upper and Lower Town. Upper Town includes the Gitadel, and
adjoins the Plains of Abraham. Lower Town is tl^ seat of commerce. From this

Note.— The teacher "-an require the pupil to bound any or all of the counties here given on the
map, and point out their chief towns.

GEOGRAPUY AND IIlSTOllY OF

place tho export trfitlo in tini-
uer, grain, ashos, and furs, val-
ued at 8(),00o,000, is carried
on. About 1,600 vessels clear
annually from the port. Among
tbc public buildings are the
Music Hall, upwards of twenty
Churches, three Colleges, and
a Normal School. Tiicrc urc
also monuments to Wolfe and Mont
calm. Spencer Wood adjoins the
city. Population about 45.000.

40. The Counties embraced in
the Quebec division are: Saguenay,
Chicoutimi, Charlevoix, Montmorcnci. Quo.
bee, Portneuf, and Chauiphxin. The Island
of Anticosti, connected with the County of
Saguenay, is 135 miles long and oG wiilo.
It is an important fishing statiim. It has
two light-houses, and two depots toiTidshif)-
wrecked mariners. Up the Snguonay itivor
the scenery is grand. Timber and fur aio
its chief exports. Tadoussac, at tlm moulh
of the river, is a principal station of the
Hudson'.^ Bay Company. The Isijuul of Oi-lcatis,
near Quebec, is 20 miles long by 6 Aviiio. It is ferti e
and well wooded. The ancient Huron Indian villa;;e
of Lorette, and the Beauport Lunatic Asylum, aie
near Quebec. The counties of Quebec, Portneuf,
and Champlain are well wat(^red. They are the old-
est and mo!?t thickly-settled counties in L.C. The
Laurentide Mountains, commeiicing near Quebec,
extend along the northern banks of the St. Lawrence
to the Gulf. The River Saguenay pierces them, and
falls into the St. Lawrence about 100 miles below Q

CITADliL, CAPE DIAMOND.

uebcc.

II. MONTREAL DIVISION,

ii-itM,!

I ,1

ii^

41. Montreal Division.— City of Mon-
treal was founded in 1640, under the name
of Ville Marie, upon the site of the Huron
Indian village of Hoch-e-la-gu, It is at the
head of ship navigation; and is 600 miles
from the sea, 420 from New York, and 180
from Quebec. It stands on the island of

Exercises —Vor what is Qu(ibeo so famous?
What is said of Anticosti, the Saguenay, the Islai

tlie same name, :it the confluence of the
Ottawa nnd the St. LaAvrence ri%'ers. It is
the chief commercial city in Canada ; and
its maj^aiiicent stone quays, a mile in length,
are unequalled in America. Its manufac-
tures embrace cotton, wool, ropes, cordage,
type, cast-iron, India rubber, sugar re-

Dc.scribo the City ; aivo the adjoininsr comities,
id of Orloans, au(l other places ?

BRITISH NORTU AMERICA—LOWER CANADA.

fininic, ttc. Sec. Tlio water woiks cost
$l,20(),0UO. There are 23 Churchus, two
College?, and two Normal Schools. The
French Cathedral of Notre Damo is the
largest in America: it will hold 10,000
people. The otlier chief public buildings
are the Bonsecours Market, the Banks, vai'i-
0U8 Churches, &c. Tlie Victoria Bridge of
the Grand Trunk Railway, when complete,
will be the most remarkable structure of
the kind in the world. It is nearly two
miles long. {See illustration on next pacjc.)
Population about 75,000.

42. The Counties embraced in the Mon-
treal Division are the St. Maurice, Maski-
nonge, Berthicr, Joliette, Montcalm, L'As-
somption, Hochelaga, JacquesCartier, Laval,
Soulonges.Vaudreuil, Two Mountains, Terre-
bonne, Argenteuil, Ottawa, and Pontiac.
This is the most important division in L. C.
It includes the counties bordering on the
Rivers St. Maurice to the East, and Ottawa
to the "West, and embraces the entire com-
merce of these noble rivers. The soil is
excellent, and the products varied and ex-
tensive. The iron works at Three Rivers
have long been famous. The Ottawa tim-
ber rafts reach Quebec by its Northern
branch, and in their passage down have a
very picturesque effect .

IMiJNEYt,

TIMBER RAFT ON THE ST. LAWRENCE.

NOTRE DAME CATHEDRAL.

The count rv is well watered, and
the iutcivahi laiidf; rich and fer-
tile. While pine tidiber and iron
ore are ubunchmt. By the roads
which have bee n recently opened,
and the timber slide at the

43. The St. Maurice territory has re- great falls of the Shawenegaii, facilities for
cently been explored, and partially settled, internal and external trade have been large-
The timber trade in the river is extensive, ly increased. A railroad is projected.

III. EASTERN TOWNSniPS DIYISIOjr.

44. Eastern ToTvnships Division. — Sherbrooke is tlie central point of this Division.
This town is situated on both sides of the River Mngog. It has abundance of water
power, which, when applied, will make it the seat of exteusivt; manufactures and trade.

-Earemses.— Give a sketch of Montreal ; describe the adjoiiur.g ct-untics.
Rivers, the Ottawa timber rafts, and the St. Maurice countiy ?

^yhat is said of Three

GEOaRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

VIOTOBIA TUBULAB BBIDOE— QBARD TBVItE BAILWAT, MONTBEAL.

45. The Counttes in this Division are Yercher^s, Richelieu, Ste. Hyacinthe, Bagot,

Beauharnois, Chateauguay, Huntingdon, Drummond, Wolfe, Beauce, Megantic, Ar-

Napierville, St.John's, Iberville, Missisquoi, thabaska, Yamaska, Nicolet, Lotbinidre

Brome, Stanstead, Compton, Sherbrooke, and Levis. The capital of the County of

Shefford, Rouville, Laprairie, Ohambly, Ste. Hyacinthe is now a city.

BEL(EIL MOUNTAIN ON THE BICHBLIETJ.

JExercises.— Trace the counties of this division on the map. Wliich are the most central? What
oityliLs in this division? Describe the illustrations.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— PROVINCB OF CANADA.

46. The Physical Features of tbis ex-
tensive DiviBion arc yery marked. The Divi-
sion includes the whole southern poi;^ion of
L. 0., and it abounds in rivers, lakes, vallies
and table lands, diversified by lofty eleva-
tions and isolated mountain peaks. Beloeil,
on the Richelieu River, is one of the latter.
Further to the east, the Orcen Mountains
of Vermont extend into Canada, and form
the natural divisiuns between the rivers.

47. The Eastern Townships proper,
which comprise the area lying to the
south, and between the Richelieu and
Chaudi^re Rivers, contain nearly 5,000,000
acres of land — 700,000 of which were sold by
Government to the British American Land

Co., with a view to promote the speedy
settlement uf the Townships. These Town-
ships promise to become a rich and popu-
lous part of Lower Canada. The climate is
milder than on the St. Lawrence, and the
soil is generally fertile.

48. Hlstorioally this Division is inter-
esting. The forts of Wm. Henry, Chambly,
St. John, IsIe-aux-Noix, have each a stir-
ring tradition or legend. The name of Cha-
teauguay is also memorable ; while those of
many places on ho beautiful Cham plain,
which are mingled with the lights and
shades of our own history, make that spot
still almost classic Britii<(i ground, though
it is u> w outside our Provincial boundary.

IV. GASP£ DIVISION.

49. Oaspe Division. — This Division includes the peninsula reaching from the Gulf of
St. Lawrence to the Eastern Townships Division on the West, and from the St. Lawrence
River to the boundaries of New Brunswick and the United States on the South,

50. The Surface to the East is mountain-
ous and uneven. The soil on the table lands
and vallies is good ; and the forests are well
wooded. The chief mountains are the Notre
Dame range, which, in some places, reach
a height of from 2,000 ft. to 4,000 ft. Mount
Logan is .3,780 ft. The chief rivers are :
Matanne, Ste. Anne, and St. John. The
Magdalen Islands, lying off the coast, are
important fishing-stations. This coast is
memorable in the history of Canada, as
being the spot on which Jacques Cartier
first landed, when he planted the Jleur-de-li/s
in the New World.

51. The Counties in this division are:
Dorchester, Bellecha8se,Montmagny, L'lslet,
Kamnura8ka,Tcmi8Couata, Rimou8ki,Gaspd,
and Bonaventure. The Peninsula proper
is 175 miles in length, between C^e Gaspe
to the east an<1 the head of Lake Petapedia
to the west. It is* 90 miles wide. In form
and area (which is 11,800 square miles) it
resembles Denmark. Its coast line is 400
miles ; and the value of the fish caught
annually there amounts to $600,000. The
population is 23,000. Cacouna, or Kakouna
(Temiscouata County) is a favourite bathing
place ; also Du Loup.

VI, THE PROVINCE OF CANADA.

I. United Canada. — Although physically, and, to some extent, nation-
ally distinct, the two provinces of Upper and Lower Canada are politically
and commercially united. As an integral part of the great Empire of
Britain, Canada owes a willing allegiance to the Sovereign ; but the execu-
tive government and legislature of the Province (except in rare cases) are

Exercises.— Veacrihe the physical features. "What is said of the Eastern Townships ? Describe
the Gasp^ division, its surface, and counties. Why is the coast of Gaap6 memorable P

•i. A

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

practically independent of Imperial control. "With
her people, loyalty to the sovereign, obedience to
the laws, love for mankind, and reverence for sacred
things, are felt to be duties enjoined by the impera-
tive injunction to " HoNOE all men ; lote the

BBOTIIEEHOOD ; FEAE GOD ; HONOE THE KiKG."

2. Elements of the Constitution. — Our

Constitution is founded upon that of England. It
is embodied in Acts of the Imperial and Canadian
Parliaments, and based upon those great national
compacts which are embraced in the following hiz-
torical documents :

I. NATIONAL AND EUNDAMENTAL COMPACTS.

3. I. Magna Charta, or Great Charter,
granted by King John, at Runnymede, near
Windsor, in 1215, and again by Henry III,
in 1224. It secures t ) us personal free-
dom, a constitutional form of government,
trial by jury, free egress to and from the
kingdom, equitable and speedy justice.

4. II. The Charta da Poresta, granted
by King John, in 1215, abolished the royal
privilege of hunting all over the kingdom,
and restored to the lawful owners their
woods and forests.

5. III. Couiirmatio Chartarum, or
confirmation of the Great Charter, and
Charter of the Forest, granted by Edward
I., in 1297.

6. IV. Statute of Treasons, declared
by Edward III., in 1350, at the request of
Parliament. It strictly defines treason, and

puts an end to judicial doubt or caprice in
the matter.

7. V. Petition of Right, or declaration
of the Rights and Privileges of Parliament,
assented to by Charles I., in 1621.

8. VI. Habeas Corpus Act, passed in
the reign of Charles II., 1679. It compels
persons in charge of a prisoner to bring his
body and warrant of commitment before a
judge, within a specified time, so as to in-
quire into the legality of his arrest. The
judge's writ of habeas corpus may be de-
manded as a right, and cannot be refused.

9. Vn. The Bill of Rights, declared the
Rights of the Subject ; and settled the suc-
cession of the crown, after the English Re-
volution of 1688. Passed in the first year
of the reign of William and Mary, in 1689.

10. Canadian Constitutional Acts, &c. — The chief documents or
acts affecting the present civil and political condition of Canada are as
follows :

II. IMPEEIAL ACTS. - .

11. 1. Treaty of Paris, 1761, ceded Can- secured to the people of Lower Canada the
ada to the Crown of England. This treaty free exercise of their religion, laws, and

Hxereises.—Kow does Cianada appreciate her political advantages ; what sacred iiyunction in-
fluences her people ? Describe the national compacts. .

m^^mm

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA.

institutlor.j:. In 1768 the En<;Iiph Inws were
introduced !)y royal pi-oclamatioii. By the —
12. II. Quebec Act of 1774 the pro-
claraatios; wns annulled, and tlie ancient
Coutunie de Paris (Custom of Paris) restored
in civil matters. Bv tins Act, the English
criminal law was oerjDetuated, and a supreme

legislative council estahlishe<

13. III. Constitutional Act of 1791

divided tlie Province into Upper and Lower
Canada ; introduced the representative sys-
tem of government, and set apart the Clergy
Reserves. Under its authority, the Upper
Canada Parliament introduced English law.

14. iV. The Union Act ot 1840 united
the Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada.

III. CANADIAN ACTS.

15. V. The Repre.'sentation Act,
Franchise Act, and Independence of Pariia-
raent Act, passed in 1853.

16. VI. Iiegislative Council made
elective in 1850.

17. VII. Selgncrial Tenure abolished
in L.C., and the Clergy Reserves of U.C.
applied to municipal purpo:'os in 1855-6.

18. VIII. Municipal Institutions

introduced into Upper Canada in 18-11, and
into Lower Canada in 1847-55.

19. IX. Systems of Education de-
vised for Upper and Lower Canada in 1841-6.

20. X. La'w of Primogeniture re-
pealed in 1851. Partially restored and
modified in 185*7.

- CIYIL GOVERNMENT.

21. Executive Gov 3rnment. — The system of Government is monarchical, in its most
popular form. The Queen is represented by a Oovornor. The Executive consists of a
Governor General and a Cabinet Council, comprising ten officers, or heads of departments,
viz.: Speaker, Legiielative Council, Attorney General, (U.C.,) Attorney General, (L.C.,) In-
spector General of Public Accounts, Receiver General of the Public Revenue, Commis-
sioner of Crown Lands, Commissioner of Public Works, Postmaster General, Provincial
Secretary, and Minister of Agriculture. The members of the cabinet are appointed by
the Governor and hold olSce (unless removed ^ so long as they retain the confidence and
support of the Legislature, — in which they must hold seats. [In this respect our system
differs from the American. In the U. S , the members of the Cabinet, appointed by the
President, hold office for four years, and are independent of Congress. They cannot be
changed during the President's four years' tenure of office, except by his will.]

22. The Legislature consists of 3 bran-
ches: 1, The Queetk, (represented by the
Governor) ; 2. The Legislative Council, and
^. The House of Assembly. The consent of
each branch is necessary before a Bill can
become law.

23. The Governor General is selected
by the Crown, and generally holds office for
six years. He is guided by general, or
special, instructions, by law and usage, and
report on public matters from time to time

by despatches to tY e Imperial Government.
He is the chief executive officer, grants
marriage licenses, and is commander-in-
chief of the militia. He assembles, pro-
rogues, and dissolves parliament, and assents
to al! unreserved bills passed by it previous
to their becoming law. Reserved bills await
Her Majesty's pleasure ; and any law can be
disallowed by the Queen within two years
from the date of its passing.
24. Legislative Council corresponds

til

Exercises.— Give the Imperial and Canadian elements of the constitution of Canada. What
are the chief features of her civil governraent ? Describe them.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

to the House of Lords in England, or the 25. House of Assembly corresponds to

Senate of the Congress of the U. S. The the House of Commons in England and the

members were formerly appointed by the House of Representatives in the U.S. It

Crown for life ; but they are now elected for consists of 130 members (65 from L.C. and

eight years ; each electoral district return* 65 from U.C.), elected by freeholders and

mg one member. The old members retain householders in counties, cities, and towns.

their seats. The speaker is appointed by The Speaker is elected by the House, for

the Governor, and is a member of the each parliamentary term of four years.

Cabinet. The Council can originate any This branch can originate any bill. It

but a money bill. It may also reject any controls the revenue and expenditure of the

bill passed by the Assembly. It can bo dis- Province. The forms of procedure in both

solved by the Governor. There are forty- branches of the Legislature, are similar to

eight electoral divisions, twenty-four in each those of the Imperial Parliament.

province.

JUDICIAET. (

NoTB.— The original constitution of tlie Superior Courts is given ; but in Upper Canada the Courts of Queen's Bench
and Common Pleas have nearly co>ordinate powers and jurisdiction.

26. Superior Courts, U. C, are: 1.
Queen's Bench, presided over by a Chief
Justice and two puisn6 Judges. It is the
highest Common Law Court, has an almost
exclusive authority in criminal matters, and
can compel all inferior courts and public
officers, to perform acts required of them.
2. Chancery, presided over by a Chancellor
and two Vice-Chancellors. It is a Court of
Equity, and is designed to supply, in civil
matters, the deficiencies of other Courts,
either in their machinery or rigid adherence
to peculiar forms. 3. Common Pleas, pre-
sided over by a Chief Justice and three
puisne Judges, has more special jurisdiction
in actions between subject and subject. The
Judges of the Queen's Bench and Common
Pleas hold the Courts of Assize, in the
various counties, twice a year. 4. Error
and .4j«pea?, presided over by the Chief
Justice of U. C., and is composed of all the
Superior Judges. Its name and composi-
tion indicate its jurisdiction and authority.

27. The other Courts are : 1. Heir and
Devisee, to determine claims of land from
the Crown. 2, Probate^ to give legal effect
to wills. 8. Surrogate, relating to the ad-

ministration of estates. 4. Cminty Courts,
to try all civil cases under $200 and $400.

5. Courts of Quarter Sessions, to try cases,
of larceny and other petty oflFences ; Record-
er's Courts are Quarter Sessions for cities. 7.
Division Courts, try summarily, in divi-
sions of counties, small civil cases. 8. /»-
solvent Debtors* Court^ held by County
Judges.

28. Superior Courts, L.C, are: 1.
The Queen's Bench has one Chief Justice
and three puisne Judges, — hears appeals,
and gives judgment in serious criminal mat-
ters. 2. Superior, has two Chief Judges
and eight puisfte Judges,— gives judgment
in cases and appeals from the inferior Courts.
3. Circuit, has nine Judges, — tries cases
under $200. 4. Admiralty, has one Judge,
— tries maritime cases.

29. Other Courts are ; 5. Commission-
ers, in parishes, tries civil cases under $26.

6. Quarter Sessions. T. Special Magis-
trates.

30. Final Appeal — There is a Final Ap-
peal, in all civil cases over $2,000, from the
Superior Courts of Upper and Lower
Canada, to the Privy Council in England.

Exercises.— VPa&t is said of the Legislative Council and the House of Assembly P
exist ? Describe them. Final Appeal.

What Court*

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

TBADE AND COMMERCE.

31. Commercial Facilities. — Pew countries, with the same amount of
revenue, have done so much to develope trade and commerce as Canada.
Stimulated by the munificence of the Giveh of all GtOOD, in conferring
upon the Province the magnificent lakes and extensive rivers which she
possesses, the Legislature has still further increased her facilities for in-
ternal communication and trade, by promoting the construction of nu-
merous canals and railroads, with their invaluable adjuncts : telegraphic lines.
The postal system is also very complete. Canada has reciprocity treaties,
or arrangements, with Great Britain, the British North American Colonies,
and the United States They refer principally to the free exchange of the
natural products of each country.

32. Imports. — The annual value of the
imports into Canada, is between $40,000,000
and $50,000,000. fn 1856, it was $43,600-
000: — $18,000,000 from Great Britain;
$22,000,000 from the U. S. ; and $1,000,000
from the North American Colonies. The
chief articles of import are woollens, cot-
tons, silks, iron, tobacco, tea, aud sugar.

33. Exports. — The annual value is be-
tween $30,000,000 and $40,000,000. In 1856
it was $32,000,000, and included : Produce
of the mine, $165,000 ; sea, $.^^00,000 ; and
forest, $10,000,000. Animais and their
produce, $2,500,000; agricultural products,
$15,000,000 ; manufactures and ships.

$1,600,000. Exports to Great Britain,
$10,500,000; United States, $18,500,000;
British North American Colonies,$l ,000,000.

34. Manufactures are principally wool-
ens, cottons, iron, India rubber, cabinet ware,
soap, candles, &c., &c., for domestic use.

35. Revenue. — The net revenue in 1856,
was about $6,000,000. Customs, $4,500,000 ;
Public Works, $500,000; Crown Lands,
$500,000 ; Casual, $820,000.

36. Ezpeiiditure in 1856 was $5,200,-
000 : Interest, nearly $1,000,000 ; Civil Gov-
ernment, $225,000 ; Legislation, $450,000 ;
Justice, $450,000; Education, $380,000;
Collection of Revenue, $940,000.

37. Canals. — The Canals of Canada are extensive and important. They
are as follows :

38. "Welland, connects Lakes Erie and
Ontario, and thus overcomes the Niagara
Falls. Length, 28 miles. It has 30 locks, and
Burmounts 334 feet. There are two en-
trances on Lake Erie — Ports Maitland and
Colborne ; and one on Lake Ontario — Port
Dalhousie. Projected by Hon. Wm. H.
Merritt, in 1823; completed, 1829. It has
been further enlarged. Cost, $6,500,000

39. Rldeau, connects Lake Ontario with

the River Ottawa. It is 126 miles long ; has
41 locks, and surmounts an elevation of
437 feet: 154 from Kingston to Lake Ri-
deau, and 288 from Lake Rideau to the
Ottawa. The entrance at Kingston is by
the Cataraqui River; and the outlet, at
Ottawa, by the Rideau River. It was ori-
ginally constructed by the British Govern-

ment, for military
$6,000,000.

purposes, and cost

Courts

JSxercises.—Wh&t are the commercial facilities of Canada-her imports, exports, mauufactures,
revenue, aud expenditure P Describe and trace the canals.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

'■"la

40. St. La'VTrence, consists of a series of
canals extending from near Prescott to the
entrance of Lake St. Louis, as follows :
1. Williamsburgh^ four in number ; 9f
miles long, with six locks, and designed to
surmount the rapids at Galops, Point Iro-
quois, Rapid Plat, and Farren's Point. 2.
Camwallt&t the Long Sault Rapids; 11|
miles long, with seven locks. 3. Beauhar-
nois, from the foot of Lake St. Francis to
the head of Lake St. Louis; 11^ miles
long, with nine locks, and surmounts the
rapids at Coteau, the Gddres, and the Cas-
cades. Total cost, $5,600,000. The obstruc-
tions in the intermediate navigation of the
St. Lawrence have also been very lately
removed.

41. Ottawa, as follows : 1. Chats, between

the Chats and Chaudi^re Lakes, ne^^r the
City of Ottawa. 2. Carillon, two miles
long^, with three locks. 8. Grenville, 5f
miles long, with seven locks. 4. 8te. Anne^s
lock, at the Ste. Anne*s Rapids (the scene
of Moore's " Canadian Boat Song.") 6. Za-
chine, from the rapids at the foot of Lake
St. Louis, to Montreal ; 8^ miles long, with
seven locks.

42. Chambly, e:stends from St. John's to
Chambly, on the Richelieu River, 11^ miles.
With St. Ours' Rock, it completes the navi-
gation from the St. Lawrence to Lake
Champlain. Cost $500,000. A canal by
another route is in contemplation.

43. Burlington, connects Burlington Bay,
at Hamilton, with Lake Ontario.

EAILWATS OF CANADA.

44. Within the last few years, the Railway system of Canada has been
rapidly developed. In
1850, there were only
two railways, extend-
ing respectively to 29
and 49 miles each. In
1857, there were four-
teen, with an aggregate
length of 1,667 miles.
A Canadian line of
ocean steamships has

also been successfully established. The two principal railways in Canada
are the Grand Trunk and Great "Western. The Grand Trunk line, when
completed, will extend to 1,112 miles, including the celebrated Victoria
Tubular Bridge, of two miles in length, [fifee illustration on page 36.]
The famous Suspension Bridge on the Great Western line is also a won-
derful structure. [See illustration on page 16. J The following are the
completed and projected railways of Canada, in 1857 : —

JExereises.—'Dcsonhe and trace the remaining canals. What is said of the railways of Canada?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.
45. I. Railivays completed or under contract.

Railways.

1, Ohamplain and St. Lawrence

2. Montreal and New York . . .

(Nos. 1 and 2 are now amalgamated.)

Miles.

3, Grand Trunk

962

4. Ottawa and Prescott

5. Cobourg and Peterboro' ....

6. Fort Hope and Lindsay ....

7. Ontario, Simcoe, and Huron

8. Hamilton and Toronto

9. Great Western

10. Gait and Guelph

11. London and Port Stanley. . .

12. Buffalo (U.S.) andjLake Huron

13. Erie and Ontario,

229

160

Remarks.

Cost $1,600,000, and connects Montreal with

Lake Champlain.
Cost $1,100,000 ; extends to the Province line :
includes the Lachine Railway, and a Ferry
two miles in length.
Cost $60,000,000, and connects Portland (Maine)
and Quebec with Sarnia, Upper Canada; in-
cludes the Victoria Bridge, 2 miles long. At
Richmond the line divides into two branches ;
one running to Portland, the other to Quebec.
Has an extension to Trois Pistoles, <fec.
Joins the Grand Trunk Railway at Prescott,

opposite Ogdensburgh, N.Y.
Joins the Grand Trunk Railway and Steamers

at Cobourg. May extend to Marmora.
Joins the Grand Trunk Railwaly and Lake
Steamers at Port Hope. It is proposed to
extend the line to Beaverton, Lake Simcoe.
Cost $3,300,000, and extends from Toronto to
CoUingwood, on Nottawasaga Bay. Steamers
connect with this line on Lakes Simcoe and
Huron.
A branch of the Great Western Railway, con-
necting the two cities.
Cost $14,000,000. Passing through Upper Can-
ada, connects the State of New York with
Michigan, at Detroit ; has a branch to Gait, &c.
Connects with the Great Western Railway at
Gait ; passes through Preston to Guelph and
Berlin. May extend to Owen Sound.
A branch of the Great Western Railway, ex-
tending to Port Stanley, on Lake Erie.
Connects Lake Erie, opposite Buffalo (U.S),
and Stratford. Will be extended to Goderich.
on Lake Huron. Crosses the Great Western
at Paris, and Grand Trunk, at Stratford.
Extends from the mouth of the Niagara River
to Chippewa, thence to Buffalo, by steamer.
Connects with the Great Western Railway
at the Suspension Bridge.

J«ar«rci«e«.— Trace the principal railways, and say what chief towns do they pass through and
connect.

^,fci

:^:|

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

•I it

Railways.

14. Welland

16. Woodstock and Lake Erie, .
Total Miles

46.

16. Great Southern

1*7. Belleville and Peterboro' . . .
18. London and St. Mary's

Miles.

Remarks.

Will run parallel to the Welland Canal. Con-
nects Ports Dalhousie and Colborne.
May extend along Lake Erie either way.

1,892
II. Projected Railways.

19. Brockville and Ottawa

20. North Shore

21. St. Maurice

22. Toronto & L. Huron (Central)

23. Hamilton and Port Dover . .

230
50

130
40^

To run parallel to the Great Western Railway

along the coast of Lake Erie.
An extension of the Grand Trunk Railway.
An extension from Port Stanley to St. Mary's,

passing through London.
To connect with the Grand Trunk Railway
To connect Quebec with Lake Superior, along

the north shore of the St. Lawrence, <fec.

To connect Lakes Ontario and Erie.

I I, u_ li^,il..,,,||y|i|i;i v: , ,

47. Simultaneously with the system of
Railways, corresponding lines of Telegraph
have been established throughout Canada.
They are the Montreal line, extending,
with its branches (to all the principal ci-

ties and towns, and to the U. S.), to an
aggregate distance of 2,800 miles ; the
International, to 1000 miles ; and House's
Montreal and New York line, which ex-
tends 34 miles to the Province line, and
thence to N. Y.

48. Post OfSces are established in
1,400 places in Canada. The post routes
extend to an aggregate distance of 12,000
miles. An uniform rate of five cents
conveys a letter to or from any part of
Canada, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick,
and Prince Edward's Island ; 1 2^ to New-
foundland , 12^ to Great Britain and Ire-
land, by Canadian steamers (16 by Cu-
nard steamers) ; 10 cents to any of the
United States except California and
Oregon (which is 15 cents.) Canadian
letters may be registered for 2 cents, and
American for 5 cents. Money orders are
granted on various Post Offices in Canada,
at 3. very trifling charge.

Exercises.— ^TzxiQ the projected railways. What is said of the telegraphs ? Trace them along the
railway lines. What is said of post-offices ? , .

Led m
Iroutes
2.000
cents
lart of
jswick,
New-
id Ire-
|y Cu-
(f the

and
ladian

and
>s are
mada,

igthe

BRI7:iSH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA. 45

VII. THE INDIANS OP CANADA.

INTRODUCTOET.

1. Although numerous tribes of Indians have been
scattered over the entire continent, they have been
all found to belong to eight distinct groups or families.
Two of these, the Algonquin and the Huron-Iroquois,
occupied the present area of Canada. Each of the
tribes spoke a different dialect of their own origi-
nal tongue, yet in all, a remarkable similarity in cus-
toms and institutions prevailed. In color, form, tem-
perament, religion, belief and pursuits, there was little
difference. The men engaged in war, hunting and fish-
ing ; while the women performed other kinds of labor.

2. Domestic Habits. —Their -w^igwams their recorded deeds. The following is an
were of the simplest construction, — poles account of a warlike foray. The canoe and

INDIAN WAEEIOE.

INDIAN WIGWAM.

covered with mat
ting made from
the bark of trees.
Their implements
were made of
bones, shells, and
stones. Meat they
roasted on the
points of sticks,

nine paddles indicate nine warriors; the
figures, prisoners, with tomahawk, gun, <fec. ;
one, with the shading below, is a woman.
The fire and animals indicate a council held
by chiefs of the bear and turtle tribes. The

totum, or outline of an
animal, was always the
chiefs signature to a trea-
ty. The chief was the
leader of the war-party,
TURTLE: ^hile the sachem was

MOHAWK TOTCM. ^j^^ ^^^j ^f ^^^ ^^.^^6.

4. TVampum. — ^Their
money was tubes made of
the clear part of clam shells,
either fastened on belts or

or Doiiea ii m
stone or earthern vessels. They dressed in
skins, with or without the fur, and orna-
mented with feathers, porcupine quills,
bones or shells. They tatooed, or painted,
their faces.

3. Hieroglyphics. — ^Their treaties wer© ^,^„^^ xaoi^u^v. ««
generally hieroglyphical, as werejilso all gj^ung ikrieads" anrcalled

"" "Wampum. This was used

in trade or politics. Wam-
pum belts were the official
records of alliance, and in
hands of a chief the ratifi-
cation of treaties of friend-
ship, <&c.

BECORD OF A WAR PARTY. *^

Hxercises.-Whfit is said of the preat Indian groups ; what is common, and what peculiar to all?
Deis their domestic habits. Dcoiphor the hieroglyphics given. Wiiat is wampum ?

WAMPUM.

iiit!;!i

1 .ijoj..

miii

r'i

li s

liii

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

5. The Calumet, or peace pi pc, was made
of clay, and ornamented ; and when smoked
by the sachem'^, with an enemy or stranger,
indicated peace or fi<]ol'ty.

6. The Weapons of war

SCArFOLD BUBIAL.

INDIAN WEAPONS.

CALUMETS.

or the chase, consisted of (a) bow and arrows ;
(b) war club ; (c) iron tomahawk ; (d) iron
axe ; («) scalping-knife of bone or iron.
War was their chief occupation, either
among themselves, or, later, upon the white
settlements. Forty, or sometimes six, con-
stituted a war
party. For
protection
the colonists
had to erect
timber pali-
sades about
their dwel-

FALISADED BUILDINGS.

hngs,

and

around wiiich the Indian would stealthily
watch for his victim. (See illustration.)

7. Burial.— The dead were usually placed
on a high scaffold,
either sitting or
lying; sometimes
they were wrap-

i)ed in skins, and
aid on sticks in a
pit. Weapons,,
food, paints, &c.,
were placed be-
side them, for use
in the happy hunting-grounds beyond the
setting sun.

8. Religion. — Their religion consisted
chiefly in the belief in a good and evil
spirit. There were no infidels among them.
Although they deified the heavenly bodies
and the elements, they pre-eminently a-
dored the Great Manitou, or Master of Life.
They had dim traditions of the creation,
the aeluge, and the great atonement.

9. The Saohem, or head, was frequent-
ly an hereditary monarch, and sometimes
owed his elevation to his prowess or orato-
rical powers. He could be deposed; but
while in power he was supreme. In council
composed of the elders, he presided as um-
pire, and to his decision all bowed with
submission.

INDIAN TEIBES OF CANADA.

10. The Tribes. — Tbe principal tribes of the Algonquin and Huron-
Iroquois group,wliich occupied the area of Canada at the time of its discovery,
were the Adirondacks (the Algonquins proper,) the Wyandots (Hurons,)
the XJtawas. and the Odjibwas (or Chippewas.) The minor tribes are no-
ticed in detail. After the war of the American Revolution, several of the
Iroquois or Six Nation Indians (who had previously subdued the Hurons
and other tribes) removed to Canada and settled on lands granted to them
by King George III.

Exercises.— "What is the calumet P
religion. Who is the sachem ? What wert

Describe the weapons, palisaded building,
ert the principal Indian tribes of Canada ?

Indian burial,

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA,

11. Ad-l-ron-dacks, or principal tribe
of Al-^on-quins. These Indians, with the
Utawas and Huron-Iroquois, are said to
have descended from the north, by the
Utawas Cor Ottawa) River, at the close of
the 16th century, and occupied the left
bank of the St. Lawrence. They were
called Adirondacks, (or bark eaters) in de-
rision, by the Iroquois. They received the
general name of Algonquins from the
French. In arts and other attainments
they excelled the Iroquois; and are sup-
posed to have been at the head of a great
northern confederacy similar to that of the
Six Nation Indians. In later times they
were allies of the French and Wyandots in
their wars against the No-do-was, or Iroquois.
Their descendants still inhabit the county
of Saguenay, and annually bring in large
quantities of furs for sale.

12. "Wy-an-dots, or Hurons. These In-
dians are called also the Qa-to-ghies. They
claim to have originally been at the head of
the Iroquois group of tribes. They occu-
pied the Northern shores of the St. Law-
rence, westward from the present site of
Montreal, Lake Ontario, Lake Simcoe, &c.
After their alliance with the Adirondacks,
the Iroquois waged a war of ex*;ermination
against them, and pursued them up the
Ottawa to the Manitoulin Islands, (in the
Lake since called Lake Huron,) Mich-il-i-
mack-i-nac, and to the Northern shores of
Lake Superior. Here the Odjibwas shel-
tered them, and defeated the Iroquois at
Point Iroquois, or the place of the Iroquois
bones. The French missionaries afterwards
collected the scattered remnants of the
tribe and settled them at the Village of
Lorette, near Quebec.

13. Ut-a-was, Ot-ta-was, or A-ta-wa-was.
A tradition of this tribe asserts that they

were members of a Northern Confederacy
(see Adirondacks), that they migrated and
separated, the Adirondacks fixing their
hunting grounds near Quebec, the Hurons,
along the Upper Lakes, and the Utawas
near Michilimackinac and Detroit. They
exacted tribute from the tribes passing
through their territory. They are chiefly
noted for their famous union, under their
chief, Pontiac, with the Ohippewas and Pot-
tawottamies, for the capture of nine British
posts in 1763. Remnants of the tribe are
now settled on the Manitoulin Islands in
Lake Huron.

14. Od-jib-waa, or Ojibways. These In-
dians occupied the Northern shores of Lake
Superior, and included the Mis-sis-sa-gies,
(Mes-sas-sag-nes, or Mis-se-sau-gas), who oc-
cupied the area at the mouth of a river
(tailed by their name, lying between Point
Tessalon and La Cloche, on the North shore
of Lake Huron. The Odjibways sheltered
the flying Hurons, and defeated their pur-
suers at Point Iroquois, Lake Superior.
The Odjibwas and Missisagies are both
called by diflferent writers Chep-e-wy-ans,
Chip-pe-was, or Chip-pe-ways. Remnants
of these tribes are now settled at Alnwick,
Rice Lake, New Credit and Lake Simcoe.

15. Minor Tribes. — The minor Canadi-
an tribes are tae Missisagies (see Odjibwas);
the Pot-to-wat-to-mies or Pou-te-ou-a-ta-mis,
originally from Green Bay, (Michigan), now
occupying an island in Lake Superior ; the
Nip-is-sing, near the lake of that name ; also
the Ath-a-bas-kan and As-sin-na-boin Indi-
ans. A few Mun-seys (De-la-wares) and Nan-
ti-cokes, branches of the Len-ni-Le-napes
(or original people), are settled in the west-
ern part of the Province, near London. The
At-ti-kam-i-ques, in the north of Canada,
were destroyed by the pestilence of 1670.

16. The Iroquois or Six Nation Indians. The history of these Indians, although chiefly
identified with that of the State of New York, is also intimately connected with that of

Uxercises.— Give a sketch of the Adirondacks, Wyandots, Utawas, Odjibwas, and minor Cana-
dian tribes of Indians,

'h'
1 '"

^■■;j

LliMi

GEOGRAPHY AND BISTORT OF

Canada. Thoy were the faithful allies of the English Grown from the earliest colonial
times until the close of the American Revolution. The Six Nations embraced the follow-
ing cantons, or tribes: 1. The Mohawks; 2. Oneidas; 8. Onondagas; 4. Cayugas; 6. Se-
necas ; and, 6. The Tuecaroras. In their wars, they extirpated the Eries, utterly destroyed
the power of the Hurons, defeated the Adirondacks and Utawas, and thus placed Canada
under their sway. At the close of the Revolutionary war, the Mohawks, Oayugas, Onon-
dagas, and others, removed to Canada and settled 1st. at Brantford, on the Grand River,
(so called after Brant, the celebrated Mohawk chief,) where they received a grant from
the Crown of 160,000 acres along both sides of the river, to its mouth ; 2nd. at Tyendinaga
on the Bay of Quints, (so called also after Brant's Indian name;) and 8rd. on the River
Thames. A portion of the Mohawks settled, in 1660, at St. Regis, near Montreal.

17. Origin and Settlement.— The origin of the Iroquois is very obscure. Their
own tradition is, that they originally descended the River Ottawa and resided as a small
tribe at Hochelaga, (Montreal.) They were subject to the Adirondacks and learned the
arts of husbandry and war. Becoming numerous, they sought to secure their independ-
ence ; but being vanquished, they were compelled to fly. Having ascended the St. Law-
rence and coasted the Southern shore of Lake Ontario, they entered the Oswego River,
and scattered themselves In separate bands in various parts of the State of New York.

18. Confederacy. — Afterwards, for mutual protection, and at the desire of the Onon-
dagas, they formed a league under the title of Hode-no-sau-nee, or " People of the Long
House." This House extended from the River Hudson to the great lakes of Canada.
The Mohawks guarded one end, and the Senecas the other. The structure of this
league suggested the union of the thirteen colonies in the Revolutionary war, afterwards
matured and developed into the political compact of the present United States. The
confederacy is supposed to have been formed in 1640. It was successfully maintained for
upwards of 200 years. It has nevei been formally dissolved. Originally it only included
five cantons, or nations; but, in 1714, the Tuscaroras were admitted, and became the sixth
nation. The Neca-ri-a-ges, a remnant of the Hurons at Mich-il-i-mac-inac, (abbreviated
to Mack-i-naw,) was nominally admitted, in 1723, r.s a seventh nation. By the Adiron>
dacks they were known as the Mingoes ; Nodowas by the Hurons ; Iroquois by the French,
and Six Nations by the English.

19. Wars. — In 1640-1670, they drove the At-ti-ouan-di-rons, or "Neuter Nation,"from(
the Niagara Peninsula ; and, after their conquest of Canada, established colonies along the
Northern shores of Lake Ontario. In 1740 they reached their zenith; and after the close
of the American Revolution, their power began gradually to decline. (See " Brant'' in
Biography.)

20. INDIAN NAMES Or PLACES IN CANADA.
{Chiefly Iroquois and Odjibway.)

Englich.

Indian.

Quebec (It is stopped) . . .
Montreal

Sta-da-co-na, (a wing) ; Ke-a-done-da*a-ga
Hoch-e-laga and Do-le-a-ga

Signification.

Two forts near.
Almost broken.

E.rerclses.—Givc a sketch of tlio Iroquois, or Six Nation, Indians ; their origin and settlement

cont'cilt'iacv antl wars. *

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

English.

Indian.

•#••••

St, Lawrence. .
Arthabaska . . .

Oacouna

Ohicoutimi ....
Temiscouata . .
Shewanegan ..
Yamachiche . .

Yamaska

Maskinonge

Madawaska

Missisquoi

Rimouski

Tadoussac

SagueDay

St. Regis

Caughnawaga

Ottawa (an ear) River. . .

Lake St. Francis

Gananoque

Kingston

Cataroqui

Carrying Place

Ontario

Otonabee

Toronto

Spadiua

Credit

Etobicoke

Ghinguacousey

Eramosa

Nassagaweya

Hamilton

Burlington Bay

Welland River

Niagara River

Queenston

Brock's Monument

Niagara Falls

Chippewa.

Grand River

Lake Erie

Lake Superior

Ga-na-wa-ga

Arth-a-bas ka

Ka-kou-nak

Chi-kou-ti-mi

Te-mis-kou-a-ta.

She-wan-e-gan

I Yam-a-chi-che

I Ya-mas-ka

Mas-ke-nonge

Mada-was-ka

Mes-sis-qua

Re-mous-ki

Ta-dous-sak

Sa-gue-nay

Ah-qua-sos-ne

Caugh-ne-wa-ga

Git-che-sip-pi

Ga-na-sa-da-ga

Ga-nan-o-que

Ga-dai-o-que

Ca-ta-ro-que

Gwa-u-gweh

Ska-no-da-ri-o

0-ton-a-beo >

De-on-do

Spa-de-na

Muh-ze-nu-he-ga-zee-be ....

E-to-bi-coke

Chin-qua-chou-chy

E-re-mo-sa

Nas-sa-ga-we-ya

De-o-na-sa-de-o

Jo-na-dok

Ne-ah-ga

Do-che-ba-o

Gus-ta-o-te

Date-car-sko-sase

Jo-na-dak.

Swa-geh

Do-sho-"weh

Git-che-gu-mee

Signification.

The rapid river.

The place of hay, or rushes.

Home of hedgehogs.

It is deep.

Deep everywhere.

A needle.

Mud at bottom.

Rushes in shore.

A pike changed in form.

River entering throughrushes

A great woman.

Home of dogs. ^

A mountain. '

Water coming out. .

Partridges drumming.

Place of the Christians.

The great river,

A side hill

Rocks in deep water.

Fort in the water. : '

Rocks above water.

Trail to carry boats.

Beautiful lake.

The Eagle tribe. ;.;:

Trees in the water.

A little hill.

River where credit is given .

Alder district.

Young pine trees.

A dog.

River with two outlets.

See above.

Sand bar.

(Lost.) [between lakes.

From 0-ne-ah, a neck or strait

Mountain dies in the river.

The highest falls.

Flowing out.

Big sea water.

iVo^e.— The teacher can exercise his discretion in regard to these names. They are taken from the
best authority accessible. In some cases, opinions differ as to the orthography of particular names.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

Englbh.

Indian.

Signiflatiou.

^iniaainrf . . ....

Nen-is-Binff

Little water.

"WmnAnACf

Win-ne-pcflf

Dirty water.
Island of evil spirits.
The place of spirits.

Manitoulin.

ManatouaninfiT » • •

Mu-ni-tou lin

Ma-na-tow-au-ning

Pene-tan-gui-8heen

Mat«cha-da8h

Shain-e-onff •...•

PenetanguishecD

Matchadash

Running sand.
Marshy land.

Tifikfl SimcoQ . •

Saugeen

Mis-sis-sau-geeu

Outlet of rivers.

21. Other Names. — There are other
Indian names, the signification of which is
doubtful, viz. : Nottawasaga, Scugog, Ome-
mee, "Wawanosh, Napauee, Gonsecon, Osh-
awa, &Q. The designation of the cuntona of
the Six Nation Indians has been given to
seyeral localities, viz.: Mohawk, Oneida,
Onondaga, Cayuga, Seneca, and Tuscarora.
Also the names of three celebrated chiefs,
viz. : Brant (Tyendinaga), Te»'um8eth, anl
Pontiac. The derivation of "Canada" is
yariously given. A Oiistiliuu tradition
states, that the Spaniards visited the coun-
try before the French, anil having found no
mines, exclaimed frequently, " Aca nada,"
— " Here is nothing." The natives repeated
the expression to the next European comers.
Charlevois derives it fioni the Iroquois
word ''Krt na-ta," ji villiigf or collection of
hut — a word m ed by Brimt, in his trans a-
tion of !he Gospel <»f 8t. Matthew, to siAMiify
avillnfre. Tl>e origin of then ime "Queb c"
is doubtiul. It may be dorived from the
Indian word Quebio, a strait ; or owe its

origin to " Quel-bec 1" the exclamation of
the French, when they first saw Cape
Diamond. Montreal is a contraction of
" Mont Royal," the name given to the
mountain by Jacques Cartier. Lobo, a
wolf, and Oro, gold, — are Spanish. Flos,
Tiny, and Tay were named after three lap-
dogH belonging to Lady Sarah Maitland.
Sir Perigrine (when Lieut. Governor) and
Lady Maitland also named several other
townships in Upper Canada. It is much to
be regretted that the beautiful Indian names
have not been retained in more instances.
Caprice, or fancy, too often govern in the
selection of these naines. In Europe, Lon-
don, Paris, Vienna, Berlin, and St. Peters-
burg are known only as capitals of as many
great kingdoms or empires ; yet in Canada
they represent only the rural towns in a
few counties of a sinale Province.

22. Indian Population. — The present
Indian population of Canada is as follows :
Upper Canada, 8,065 ; Lower Canada,
4,068; total, 7.123. •

Vin. HISTORY OP CANADA.

1. The History of Canada naturally divides itself into five periods, as
follows: — L Discovery and settlement, 100 years ; II. French Colonial
G-overnmeiit, 125 years; III. "Rnglish Colonial Government of the Pro-
vince of Quebec, 30 years ; IV. Division of the Province, and separate

Exercises.— WhKt Indian names have been retained? What is supposed to be the derivation of
the names " Canada," *' Quebec," and " Montreal ?" "What Spanish names, &c., were given?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA.

;uwDB in a

Wiis ac-

Jacques

left St.

governments of Upper and Lower Canada, 50 years ; and, V. Ee-uniou
of the Provinces under one Government, from 1840 to the present time.

and driven far beyond the reach of Frcnoh
protection. The destruction of the Hurons
and Erics by the fierce Iroquois, is u touch-
ing and torrible episode in the Indian wars
of those times.

5. Capture of Quebeo.— -In 1627, the
Government of Canada, or New France, was
confided by Louis XIII to the Company of
100 Associates. In 1029, Quebec was first
captured by the English under Sir David
Kirkt; but by the treaty of St. Germains,
in 1082, it was formally restored to France.

6. Royal Oovernmeut In 1633, Ca-
nada was erected into a Royal Government,
and M. de M6sy appointed Governor. The
French civil code and laws were also in-
troduced, and their administration entrusted
to the Governor and a Supreme Council of
five members.

7. Commercial Privileges. — For the
promotion of trade, Louis XIV., aided by
the grrat Colbert, established a Went-
Indian Company, and granted tv it exclu-
sive privileges. The chief trading port of
the Company was at 'radou9*^ac, at the
mouth of the Saguenay river There was
also one at the Cataiaqiii river, (Kingston.)

8 Port Prontenac — /n order to pro-
tect this trading monopo^t'. and to exclude
the New York and New England c-donists
from iiaffic on the lake'. Count de Froute-
nac erected a foit < n t)«e s^ite of the present
City of King ton, in 1072. The fort was
afterwaids rebuilt and strengtliened by
Sieur de la Salle, nnd etf>»rts were made to
extend the Fiench rratlin«j ports fuitlier tc
the west, at Niagara, nud Detroit.

9. Prench Exploration At the sug-
gestion of M. Tiilou (tli« luteuilant). Father
Marquette and M. Joliett were despatched
to explore the western waters. These ad-
venturous men traversed the great lakes,

2. Diaoovery.— Although the coasts of
Newfoundland and Labrador were visited
by John and Sebastian Cabot, in 1497, it
was not until 1585 that Canada
tually discovered. In that year,
Ocrtier, a French Vice-Admiral,
Malo, in France, for America, and reached
the coast of Gasp6 on the festival of St.
Laurent. In honor of the day, he gave the
name of St. Lawrence to the magnificent
gulf and river up whose waters he had
sailed He proceeded as far as Stadacona
(Quebec) and Hochelaga (Montreal). He
was received with kindness and dignity by
the native Indians. On his return to France,
he carried away with him the Huron chief,
Donnacona. The chief did not long sur-
vive his exile. Oartier returned to Canada ;
but met with so many disasters, and was
received with suili evident hostility by the
Indians, that he soon left for France, and
shortly afterwards died.

3. Settlement. — For 70 years little was
accomplished; but in 1608, Samuel de
Champlain made the first successful at-
tempt at settlement, and laid the foundation
of 'he City of Quebec. He also discovered
the beautiful Lake, since called Chumplain,
and penetrated as far west as Detroit.

4. Early Indian Wars — For 50 years
from the period of the settlement of Quebec,
the infant colony and its Indian allies, the
Adirondacks and Hurons, were engaged in
a seiies of contests with the Iroquois and
their English allies. At the end of that
period, the Iroquois had extended their
sway over nearly the whole of Canada west
of Montreal ; and even kept at bay, within
their forts, the European rulers. Cham-
plain and his successors made vigorous and
gallant efforts to shield his Indian allies ;
but they were swept from their native soil,

Exercises.— Into what periods is Canadian history generally divided ? Give them ; and give an
account of the discovery of Canada, its settlement, early Indian wars, capture of Quebec, Ac, Ac.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

m !

and at length reached the famous Missis-
sippi in 42' 30° N. lat. In 1678-1683, this
river was again explored to its mouth, by
the heroic Sieur de la Salle, Father Hen-
nepin, and the Chevalier de Tonti.

10. First Colonial Contests.— In 1682,
Frontenac, the chivalrous French Governor,
was recalled, and M. la Barre appointed in
his place. The contests which commenced
at this time, between the French and Eng-
lish colonists, had their origin in the effoits
of the former to protect their monopoly of
trade with the northern and western In-
dians, and to prevent its diversion from the
channel of the St. Lawrence to New York.

11. Diversion of Trade. — In these
commercial contests, we perceive the first
imperceptible beginnings of that gradual
transference of our trade (and it has never
since been finally restored) from its natural
channel of the St. Lawrence to the New
York seaboard direct. Be that as it may,
to the fact itself, as developed nearly two
centuries ago, may be traced one of the pri-
mary ca ses which led to the retaliatory ex-
pediti iirom Boston, under Pbipps, against
the seat of French commerce at Quebec.

12. Second Expedition to Quebec.
— In 1689, Frontenac was reappointed Go-
vernor; but 4ie commercial disputes had
already become so fierce, that the expedition
from Boston agabst Quebec was determined
upon by the New York and New England
colonists. Sir WilHam Phipps, with a fleet,
and Governor Winthrop, with an army,
were accordingly sen\. Wiuthrop returned
without accomplishing any thing ; but Phipps
pushed on. After capturing some inferior
posts on the St. Lawrence, Sir William
reached Quebec in October, 1690. He was
bravely repulsed by FroRtenae, and com
pelled to return to Boston, with his shat-
tered fleet, greatly mortified at his defeat.

13. Iroquois Inroads. — ^From this pe-
riod, until the treaty of Utrecht, in 1713,

JExercises. —Wh&t is said of French exploration, lirst colonial contests, diversion of trade, second
expedition to Quebec, Iroquois inroads^ colonial development, ebb and flow of war, Lord Chatham ?

wars arising out of these trading restrictions
were unceasingly kept up between the rival
colonies. The Iroquois were most active
in their prosecution, and made many fierce
and devastating Inroads into Canada.

14. Colonial Development During

the peace which followed, De Vaudreuil
and Beauharnois, the able French Gover-
nors who succeeded Frontenac, were en-
abled, with but slight interruptions, to in-
troduce various salutary reforms, and to
strengthen the military resources of the
Province. Fort Niagara was constructed ;
trade and population increased ; content-
ment reigned, and agriculture flourished.

15. Ebb and Plow ofWar.— In 1745,
the war spirit was again revived ; but the
treaty of Aix la Chapelle, in 1748, calmed
it down for a time. In 1762, however, in-
dications of a coming struggle were per-
ceptible ; but the defeat of Braddock, the
English General, near Fort du Quesne
(Pittsburg), Pennsylvania ; the failure of
the expeditions of 1755 ; the capture of
Oswego by the Marquis de Montcalm, in
1756, — showed clearly that, without wiser
counsels and more active measures, the re-
sult of the contest would be humiliating to
to the pride of England and her Generals.

16. Lord Chatham. — At this crisis, the
celebrated William Pitt, afterwards Earl
of Chatham, was called to power. Upon
his promise of re-
imbursement, the
American colo-
nists raised 50,000
men. He then
despatched Gene-
ral Abercrombie,
with A mherst,
Wolfe, Boscawen,
and Howe, to con-
duct the nc.:t cam-
paign in America.
Louisburg (Cape

WILLIAM PITT.

ii"i

BEITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

Breton), Frontenac, and Fort du Quesne
were soon afterwards captured; and in
1769, the final struggle was transferred, by
Pitt's direction, to Quebec, the seat of the
French Imperial power in Canada.

17. Campaign of 1759.— Pitt having
reimbursed the colonies for their expenses
incurred in the late campaign (amounting
to $1,000,000), they at once seconded his
scheme for the conquest of Canada. Aber-
crombie was recalled ; and to Amherst,
Wolfe, and Prideaux was entrusted tlie
campaign of 1759. Amherst captured
Ticonderoga and Crown Point, on Lake
Champlain ; Prideaux was killed in his at-
tempt upon Fort Niagara ; but the garrison
surrendered to Sir William Johnson, who
succeeded him. Montreal still remained for
Amherst; but to Wolfe was assigned the
difficult task of reducing Quebec — the key
to the possession of the Province.

18. Capture of Quebec. — Wolfe left
Louisburg, and arrived at the Island of
Orleans, below Quebec, in June, 1759. He

but at length, upon General Townshend's

MILITABY OPERATIONS AT QUEBEC. 1759.

WOLFE'S EAVINE.
(Hal/teay up the Heighli.)

suggestion, Wolfe decided to scale tho
Heights of Abraham. Moving up the river
with muffled oars, he silently, at mid-
night.on the 12th September, landed, at
what is now called Wolfe's Cove, and
began the steep ascent. Slowly the
soldiers emerged from that winding ra-
vine, now so memorable in our annals ;
in the morning, 5,000 British troops
were drawn up in battle array, upon
the plains : having scaled a height of
300 feet above the river. What fol-
lowed is well known. Wolfe achieved
the victory ; but the glory of that
achievement was dimmed by the death
of the two chivalrous chiefs — Wolfe
and Montcalm. History has recorded their
renown; and vanquished and victors, in

was accompanied by Admirals Holmes and

Saunders, who took up the positions shown their descendants, have generously united

in the engraving. In July, Wolfe fixed to erect a noble tribute to their memory,

his camp below the river Montmorenci, and as shown in the engraving on the following

stationed General Monckton at Point Levi. page. (See also page 66.)

For two months little was accomplished; 19. Close of the Contest — In the

Uxercises.—WhsA were the preliminaries of the campaign of 1759?
"Quebec effected? Give the details, and describe the engravings.

How was the capture of

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

WOLFE AND MONTCALM'S MONUMENT.

fall of Quebec, fell also, in Canada, that
Imperial power which, for 800 years, had
ruled the destinies of this Province. Que-
bec and Montreal soon capitulated, and thus
brought the great contest between France
and Engl^^d, on this continent, to a close.
The history of French rule is full of heroic
achievements — of touching and memorable
incidents ; and its termination, though deci-
sive, was still worthy of that great nation,
whose history is parallel to our own in
noble deeds and chivalrous renown.

20. In the Treaty of Paris, which
followed the capture of Quebec, in 1763,
the French language, laws, and institutions
of the people, weie guaranteed to the con-
quered colonists. In 1764, commenced

21. English Rule— And Gen. Murray
was appointed the first English Governor
of the Province of Quebec; in 1774, he
was succeeded by Sir Guy Carleton, after-
wards Lord Dorchester. In the same year,
the Quebec bill was passed, restoring to the

French Canadians what, by Royal procla-
mation, had been unjustly abrogated : the
French civil laws, or Coutume de Paris
(Custom of Paris). The criminal laws of
England, trial by jury, and the Habeas
Corpus Act, introduced shortly after the
conquest, were, however, retained.

22. American Revolution. — The op-
position to the famous Stamp Act, which
passed the British parliament in 1765, reach'
ed so formidable a height in the New Eng-
land Colonies, in 1775, that blood was shed.

23. Influence In Canada.— In that
year, these colonies sent a request to the
Canadians, to send delegates to the Phila-
delphia Congress, to protest against the
act, and to tak<^ hostile steps against Eng-
land, if necessary. Canada having offered
no objections to the Stamp Act, paid no
attention to this request.

24. American Invasion. — ^The Ameri-
cans, therefore, sought to wrest the Province
from its recent conquerors. They despatched
a force of 2,000 men, under General Mont-
gomery, up the river Richelieu, to take
Montreal, and 1,100 men, under Colonel
Arnold, up the Kennebec (from Maine), to
join Montgomery, and capture Quebec.
Montreal, Chambly, and St. John's were
taken by the American General ; but at
Quebec he was defeated, his force dispersed,
and himself kiUed. In June, 1776, the
Americans were entirely expelled from the
Province.

25. United Empire Loyallst8.--It
was estimated that, in 1783, the Province
of Quebec contained a population of 130,000.
About 10,000 of these were United Em-
pire, (or American,) Loyalists, who, from
principle, firm in their allegiance to the Sove-
reigu, nobly abandoned their possessions,
their homes, and firesides, in the United
States, still to enjoy, though as exiles, pro-
tection and freedom under the British
Flag. Their heroic fortitude, under un-

Exercises.— l{o\v was the contest closed P Describe the treaty. What followed ? What is said of
the American Revolution ? How did it effect Canada P Who were the United Empire Loyalists ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

paralleled sufferings and privations, has
rendered their memoiy dear to all Cana-
dians; while the unrelenting severity of
the acts of perpetual banishment and cou-
iiscatiou, passed by the several States which
they had left, has inflicted deep, unmerited
wrongs which should never have followed
the maintenance of principles equally, if
not more, sacred, than these professedly
held by the conquerors. Tiie full and
generous amnesty of the time of Charles
II. must ever remain in striking and chi-
valrous contrast with that of the " thirteen
free and independent States," at the close
of their successful revolution of 1776.

26. Settlement of Upper Canada.
— The western part of the Province having
been chiefly settled by United Empire
Loyalists, to whom the ^British Government
had liberally granted land and subsistence
for two years, it was deemed advisable to
confer upon them a government distinct from
that of Lower Canada, and more in accord-
ance with their own peculiar predilections.
The tenure too by which land was held in
both parts of the province suggested a geo-
graphical and political division. To the
east, the feudal tenure prevailed; to the
west, that of free and common eoccage (free-
hold.) In 1788, Lord Dorchester divided
Upper Canada into four districts, viz. : Luu-
enourg, vVIecklenburg, Nassau, and Hesse.
In 1792, the Upper Canada legislature
changed these names into Eastern, Midland,
Home, and Western; abolished in 1849.

27. Division of the Province. — Un-
der Pitt's auspices, the British parliament
passed a measure, since known as the " Con-
stitutional Act of 1791," dividing the Pro-
vince of Quebec into Upper and Lower
Canada. To each was granted a Legislative
Council (appointed by the Crown), an elec-
tive House of Assembly, and an Executive
Government, consisting of a Lieutenant
Governor and a Cabinet Council.

28. First Upper Canada Parliament

was opened at Newark (Niagara), 1 7th Sep-
tember, 1792, by Lieutenant Governor Sim-
coe. The House of Assembly consisted of
only 16 members, and the Legislative Coun-
cil of 7. Eight bills Avere passed ; one of
which provided for the introduction of the
English Civil Law. Trial by Jury was also
specially introduced, by statute, in that
year. The English Criminal Law, though
previously introduced into the entire pro-
vince of Quebec, by Imperial statute, was
(as it stood in 1792), by Provincial statute,
made the law of the land in Upper Canada.

29. First Lower Canada Parlia-
ment was opened at Quebec, December 17,
1792, by Lieutenant Governor Clarke, in
the absence of the Governor General, Lord
Dorchester. The House of Assembly con-
sisted of 50 members, and the Legislative
Council of 15. Eight bills were passed.
The revenue of the province amounted, in
that year, to $26,000.

30. Slavery abolished.— In 1793,
slavery was abolished in Upper Canada;
and, in 1803, Chief Justice Osgoode decided
that it was incompatible with the laws of
Lower Canada.

31. Toronto the Capital of Upper
Canada. — In 1796 the seat of government
in Upper Canada was removed from New-
ark to York (Toronto). Toronto then con-
tained only twelve houses.

32. Declaration of war, 1812.— Little
of special note occurred until 1812, when
the Americans, anxious to obtain Canada,
and for other reasons, declared war against
England. At that time Lower Canada con-
tained a population estimated at 200,000,
and Upper Canada 80,000.

33. Mackinac Captured. — On the
17th July, 1812, by direction of General
Sir Isaac Brock, Captain Roberts captured
Fort Mackinac, at the entrance to Lake
Michigan, in the Uuited States.

Exercises,— What is said of tlio settlement of Upper Canada— the division of the Province— the
lirst parliaments in each section— laws passed— slavery— Toronto— and tli(! war of 1812 ?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

II i:

•I i IP

MM Hal

34. Detroit taken — The Americans
having collected an invading army at De-
troit, Colonel St. George met and repulsed
them at Amherstburgh on the 20th July.
They were again driven back on the 5th
August; and on the 16th, General Hull, and
the entire army of 2,500 men with the gar-
rison at Detroit, surrendered to General
Sir Isaac Brock.

35. Battle of Queenston. — Another
invading army having collected at Queens-
ton, Gen. Brock hastened to repel them.
On the 13 th October, a battle was fought,
and the Americans were totally routed and
driven over the heights. The gallant Gen-
eral Brock, and his aide-de-camp, Colonel
McDonell, were among the slain. Up-
per Canada has twice erected a monument
to their memory.

36. Campaign of 1812 . — Various
other engagements followed on the Niagara
and St. Lawrence frontiers ; but the cam-
paign of 1812, ended at all points in the
total discomfiture of the American inva-
ding armies. The spirit of the Canadian
people was thoroughly rouped; and "pro
aris et focis " (for our altars and firesides),
resounded throughout the country as the
rallying watch-word of its defenders.

37. Reverses and Successes. '-In
1813, Toronto and
Fort St. George
(at Niagara) were
captured by the
Americans ; but
Major McDonnell
gained important
advantages at Og-
densburgh, and
General Proctor at
Fort Oswego,
which, however,
the failure of Pro-
vost's attack on
Sackett's Harbour

counterbalanced. At Stoney Creek and
Beaver Dams, on the Niagara frontier, the
Canadian troops were victorious. Forts
Schlosser and Black Rock were also suc-
cessfully attacked. But the tide of victory
turned ; and the American victory on Lake
Erie was soon followed by the defeat of
General Proctor and his brave ally, Te-
cumseth, the Indian chief, at Moravian
village, river Thames. At Chrystler's
Farm and Chateaugay river, however, the
Americans were totally defeated. Fort
Niagara was also wrested from them by

KIAOARA FRONTIEE.

POET NIAGAEA, 1813.

Col. Murray. After the failure of their in-
vading army at La CoUe, they turned their
attention to Upper Canada. The capture
of Oswego, by the British, was followed by
their defeat at Sackett's Harbour. Fort
Erie was also lost; and at the battle of
Chippewa, the brave Riall was forced to
retire to

38. Lundy's Lane, where the defend-
ers of Canada again successfully resisted
the invaders. Here one of the most heroic
and desperate engagements of the war took
place. Gen. Drummond and his men main-
tained the unequal fight, on an open plain,
till midnight (six hours), against a force
twice the strength of their own. The Bri-
tish held possession of the field, and in the
morning the Americans had retreated to
Chippewa, and thence to Fort Erie.

39. Close of the War. — Drummond
now sought to retake Fort Erie and to take
Black Rock, but was unsuccessful. The
failure, however, was more than compen-

Exercises. — Trace the various events connected with the war of 1812. In what battles were the
bravery of the Ganadim troops conspicuous P How did the war terminate P

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

sated by the capture of Prairie du Chien,
and the gallant defence of Fort Mackinac,
i'ut on Lake Champlain, the British forces
suffered defeat, to be again followed by a
decline of American naval power on Lake
Erie, and their retirement from Fort Erie.
The destruction of this fort was the last act
in the bloody drama ; and by the Treaty of
Ghent, December 24th, 1814, peace was
finally restored to the Province —our soil
freed from the foot of the invader, and our
lawfl and institutions still preserved to us
by the strong hand of our defenders.

40. Political Progress.— -War having
<}eased, the peaceful arts prevailed; and
social, political, and commercial progress
again marked our career. Gradually the
political questions of the day assumed an
importance and prominence which rendered
the annals of those times somewhat check-
ered. They related chiefly to the powers of
the Assembly, rights of various religious
persuasions, clergy reserves, <fec.

41. Parliamentary Contests — Both
in Upper and Lower Canada, a series of
parliamentary contests took place, which,
although conducted with vehemence and
acrimony at times, still displayed great
ability and power, and developed in many
of the popular leaders a high order of
talent and public virtue, which to this day
-characterise them as a class.

42. Colonial Self - Government. —
The contests to which we have referred,
were mainly directed to the solution of the
delicate and dimcult question of colonial
self-government, based upon the maintain-
ance of the connection which happily exist-
ed between Canada and Great Britain.

43. Reform Policy.— The policy of
the one party aimed at the substitution of a
responsible cabinet for an irresponsible
one : that is, of making the heads of the
government departments (who compose the
cabinet) directly responsible to parliament

for the acts of the Governor in Council,
and not to the Governor alone, as the re-
presentative of Her Majesty.

44. Conservative Policy. — The other
party maintained that so wide a departure
from the principles upon which colonial
governments were conducted, would be a
novel and dangerous experiment, and might
ultimately impair our connection with the
mother country, and jeopardise our rights
as British colonial freemen.

45. In their Administration of the
existing form of government, this party
had the advantage in the contest; and in
many cases may not have either wisely or
judiciously exercised their powers. Un-
pleasant collisions followed therefore.

46. Crisis of 1837-8.— At length,
things came to a crisis in 1837; and an
appeal to arms was made by the more ul-
tra section of the party seekmg a modifica-
tion in the existing system of government.
This attempt at civil war was speedily put
down by the united efforts of the well-
afFected of the two great political parties.

47. Lord Durham.— In 1838, the Earl
of Durham was despatched from England,
to inquire into the causes of discontent in
Canada, and to suggest a remedy. This he
did with great ability, and in 1839 embod-
ied the result of his investigations in an
elaborate report to Her Majesty.

48. Union of 1840.— Lord Durham's
views were, with slight modifications,
adopted; and in 1840, a legislative union
of the Provinces was effected, by Imperial
enactment, under the administration of
Lord Sydenham, and a modified form of
responsible government introduced.

49. System of Compromise. — Thus
were the demands of one great party-
granted ; while to meet the views of the
other party, guards and checks were inter-
posed, which since that time have been
gradually relaxed.

Exercises.— "Wh&t followed the war? Describe the series of events which led to the union of
Upper and Lower Canada, in 1850 ; the compromise. ^ ?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

50. The Result has been, that out of
the strife and agitatioa of the past, " has
grown the Canadian constitution, — that
beautiful and graceful structure of which
England, (and America too) may feel proud"
— which, while it amply provides for Impe-
rial control, secures to the Canadian people
the fullest enjoyment of their rights and

privileges as British subjects ; and confers
upon them the inestimable advantages of
British protection and support. And
never, since the original settlement of the
Province, were the people of Canada more
loyal in their devotion to Her Most Gra-
cious Majesty the Queen, than at the pre-
sent time.

SOCIAL, CITIL, AND COMMERCIAL PEOGEESS Or LOWER CANADA.

51. Latent Resources. — During the
first period after the conquest of Lower Can-
ada, little progress was made. She had, how-
ever, within her own borders the germ and
elements of her future advancement; and
in the activity of her sons, under the fos-
tering care of a more popular form of gov-
ernment, she was enabled, wjieo unchecked,
to develope advantageously her wealth and
resources.

52. Early Enterprise. — The basis for
this development was laid at the time when
the spirit of exploration and discovery,
which so eminently characterised the early
periods of French colonial government, was
evoked, and nobly sustained by the zeal and
heroism of Champlain, Marquette, La Salle,
Frontenac, and Beauharnois. The naviga-
tion of the rivers, first explored by Cham-
plain, has since been rendered complete, by
the construction of the Chambly Canals ;
the course pursued by Marquette and La
Salle is now the great highway of our
commerce; while the example of the self-
reliance and energy of Frontenac and his
successors, is still felt where he and they
so long maintained in the New World the
honor and glory of France.

PEOGEESS OF

53. Material Progress.— Of public
works, the most important in Lower Canada
are the canals, railways, harbours, light-
houses, and timber-slides. The annual
value of her agricultural produce is now
between forty and fifty millions of dollars.

54. Interesting Facts.— The first B.
Catholic mission in L.C. was established in
1612: the first R. Catholic bishop (M. de La-
val) was appointed in 1659-74; the first Pro-
testant bishop (Dr. Jacob Mountain) in 1793 ;
and the first regular Protestant Church ser-
vice performed in L.C, was in the Heed-
lect's Chapel, Quebec, kindly granted by
Franciscan Friars. The Quebec Gazette
(still in existence) was first published in
1764; forty years ago there were but five
newspapers published, — now there are up-
wards of fifty published. The Seminary
of Quebec and Industrial Schools were
founded by Bishop Laval in 1663.

55. Recent Ameliorations. — The
Seignorial Tenure has recently been abolish-
ed ; municipal government introduced;
and primary, collegiate, and university edu-
cation placed within the reach of the entire
population. ; .

UPPER CANADA.

56. French Posts. — Lower Canada the United States, under Governor Simcoe.

had already introduced civilization and 57. Public Improvements. — Imme-

{)Ianted her trading posts on the upper diately after the removal of the seat of
akes when the Province was divided, and government from Newark to York, the en-
Upper Canada settled by the loyalists from ergetic Simcoe constructed the great lines

JSa*ermc«.— What was the result of the compromise ? Give Lord Elgin's words. Mention the
chief points in the social, civil, and commercial progress of Upper and Lower Canada.

iention the

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA.

of road leadiug northward and westward
from his infant capital. The Welland Canal
was projected by the Hon. W. H. Merritt
in 1823, the Rideau Canal in 1826, and the
Kingston Marine Railway in 1827. Other
important works have since followed.

58. Interesting Facts.— The first As-
sessment Act was passed in 1793, and

slaveiy abolished in the same year. Muni-
cipal institutions were introduced in 1841,
and greatly enlarged and popularised in 1849.
The Upper Canada Gazette was first pub-
lished at Niagara, in 1793; now Upper
Canada has one hundred and fifty news-
papers. Legislative provision was first
made for public education in 1807.

IX. FAMOUS CANADIAN BATTLE GROUNDS, OR

FORTIFIED POSTS.

1. Quebec, founded by Champlain, in
1608 ; captured by Sir David Kirkt in
1628; restored in 1633; successfully de-
fended by Count de Frontenac, against ISir
Wm. Phipps, in 1690 ; by Marquis de
Vaudreuil against Admiral Walker, in
1711 ; finally taken by the English forces
under General Wolfe, in 1759 The Ameri-
cans, under General Montgomery, were re-
pulsed before its walls, in 1775-6.

2. Montreal, founded in 2639; devas-
tated by the Iroquois in 1689 ; capitulated

to the English in 1760; taken by the
Americans under Gen. Montgomery in 1775 ;
restored in 1776, when the Americans were
forced to retire from Canada.

3. Isle-auz-Noiz:, in the Richelieu
.River, commands the entrance to Lake
Champlain ; fortified by the French in 1 759 ;
captured by the English in 1760 ; taken by
the Americans in 1775, (from hence they
issued their proclamation to the Canadians ;)
rendered important service in the war of
1812-14. {See illustration on page ZO.)

ST. JOHN'S ISLAND, EICHELIEU uiyiiii..— {See next page.)

JExercises. —Vihsit are the interesting facts connected with the progress of Upper (^anadaP Give
a sketch of the military events connected with tho history of Quebec, Montreal, and Isle-anx-Noix.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

4. St. Johns, Richelieu River, fortified expelled from Canada iu 1776; was the

by the French, under Montcalm, in 1758; pomt of rendezvous for Burgoyne's army,

taken by the English ; fortified and enlarged previous to his ill-fated expedition, which

by Sir Guy Carleton ; captured by the terminated so disastrously at Saratoga in

Americans in 1775 ; retained by them until 1777. St. John's is now strongly garrisoned.

POET CHAMBLT, EICHELIEU RIVKE.

5. Port Chambly, the third important
military post in the River Richelieu, 12
miles from St Johns, was originally built
of wood by a Frenchman named Chambly.
It was often attacked by the Iroquois ; was
afterwards rebuilt of stone, as shown above.
In 1776 it was captured by the Americans, '
but retaken in 1776. It is now a military
station.

6. The Cedres Rapids, on the St.
Lawrence River, 24 miles from Lachine,
was occupied by the Americans as a small
fort in 1776. It was taken by a detachment
of the British army and 500 Indians, under
the celebrated Brant, without firing a gun.
The Americans sent for its support were
<»ptured after a severe struggle.

7. Frontenao, or Kingston. M. de
Coureelles originated the design of building
& fort ber« as a barrier against the Indians ;

but being recalled. Count de Frontenac erect-
ed it, in 1672. It was rebuilt with stone in
1678 by La Salle. In 1689, during the
famous eruption into Canada of the Iroquois,
it was abandoned by the French, and taken
possession of for a short time by the Indians ;
in 1695 it was again rebuilt; and in 1758,
captured by the English. It is now well
fortified.

8. Fort Niagara. — This spot was en-
closed by La Salle in 1679, when on his way
to the Mississippi. In 1725, the French
erected a fort here, which in 1759 was cap-
tured by Sir Wm. Johnson. The legends
connected with the history of this fort un-
der French rule are numerous. They tell of
cruelty and bloodshed. In the war of 1818,
it was surprised and captured by the Cana-
dians. — (See illustration on page 56.)

9. Queenaton Heights, Niagara River.

Exereiaes.—GvvQ a sketch of the military events connected with the history of St. John's and Fort
Chambly, Bichelieu river, the Cedres Bapids, and Forts Frontenac and Niagara.

*•

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA.

I's and Fort

Here on the 13th October, 1812, Sir Isaac
Brock defeated the Americans, but fell in
battle. After his death, the invaders were
driven over the heights. John Brant, son
of the celebrated Joseph Brant, led 100
warriors in this battle.

10. Stoney Creek, 7 miles from Ham-
ilton. On the 6th June, 1813, the American
Generals Chandler and Winder were here
captured in a successful night sortie by Sir
John Harvey, and their invading army
driven back.

11. Beaver Dams, Welland River.
On the 24th June, 1813, (Mrs. James Secord,
having walked 13 miles to apprise the
British officer of the expedition sent against
him,) a picquet of 60 men and 200 Indians
captured, after hard fighting, 500 Ameri-
cans, including 50 cavalry and 2 field pieces.

12. Chippewa.— On the 5th July, 1814,

Gen. Riall, with 2,400, here gave battle to
4,000 Americans. The British fought
bravely, but were compelled to retreat to

13. Lundy's Lane, or Bridge water,
near Niagara Falls. Here on the 24th July,
1814, General Drummond encountered the
American forces. The battle commenced
at 6 P. M., and continued until 9. Both
parties being reinforced, the strife was re-
newed. At midnight the enemy retired
to Chippewa, leaving the British in posses-
sion of the field . The Americans lost 1 ,200
killed, wounded, and prisoners, and the
British 900, including Gen- Riall, captured.
The generals on both sides were wounded.
This was the hardest fought battle in the
whole campaign.

14. Chrystler's Farm, Williamsburgh,
Counter Dundas, 1 1 th November, 1813. The
Americans, under Gen. Wilkinson, in their
passage down the St. Lawrence to attack
Montreal, being harrassed by the Canadian
forces, resolved to land and disperse them.
They were 2,000 strong, and the Canadians
about 1,000. After two hours hard fight-

ing in an open field, the Americans were
compelletl to retire with a loss of one ijeneral,
and 350 killed and wounded. Canadian
loss 200. Medals were granted to the vic-
tors of this battle by the British Govern-
ment.

15. Chateauguay.— To effect ajunction
with the army of Gen. Wilkinson, 26th Oc-
tober, 1813, Gen. Hampton, with 3,600
pushed forward from Lake Cliamplain to-
wards Montreal. At the junction of the
Outard and Chateauguay Rivers, he met
400 Canadians under Colonel de Salaberry
who disputed his advance. By skilful
management and great bravery, on the part
of the Canadian officers. Viper and Doucet,
the Americans were compelled to retreat to-
wards Plattsburg. Wilkinson's army also re-
tired,and thus emled this formidable invasion
of Lower Canada. These two battles so gal-
lantly won by inferior numbers terminated
the campaign. Medals were awarded to
the Canadian Militia whose heroism and
stratagem thus saved Montreal from attack.

16. La CoUe Mill, eight miles from the
head of Lake Champlain, SIst March, 1814.
The campaign of 1814 opened with the at-
tack by Gen. Wilkinson and 5,000 American
troops upon this post, garrisoned by only
500 men. With the aid of two gun boats,
and two sloops from the Isle-aux-Noix, the
Americans were again defeated and driven
back to Hlattsburg.

17. Port Erie.— This fort, defended bjr
only 1*70 men, was captured by the Ameri-
cans, 4,000 strong, on the 3rd July, 1814.
On the 16th August, G«?n. Drummond
sought to retake it, but failed. On the I7th
September, the besieged made a sortie, but
were driven back. The loss on each side
was 600. On the 5th November, the Ameri-
cans blew up the fort and retired from
Canada. It is now in ruins.

18. Thames. — After the capture of the
British force on Lake Erie, Gen. Proctor

Bxercises.— Sketch the battles of Qiieenston, Stoney Creek, Beaver Dams, Chippewa, Lundy's
Lane, Chrystler's Farm, Chateauguay, La CoUe Mill, Fort Erie, and the Tharyies.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

' i;!8

mMm

and Teouinseth with 1,400 msn retreated taken by Gen. Harrison, and an army ot
from Amherstburgh along the Thames river. 3,000 Americans and utterly defeated. The
At the Moravian village, they were over- brave Tecumseth lost his life.

AMERICAN POSTS CAPTUBED DUBINa THE WAB OF 1812-14.

19. By the Canadian Troops.—

Mackinaw, by Capt. lioberts, 17th July,
1812 ; Detroit, (with Gen. Hull and 2,500
Americans,) by Sir Isaac Brock, 16th Au>
gust, 1812; B.t liiver Jiaisins, Gen. Win-
chester and his army, by Gen. Proctor, 22fld
January, 1813 ; Ogdenshurgh, by Major
McDonnell, 22nd February, 1813; F^ort
Meigs, Ohio, by Gen. Proctor, 6th May,
1818; (also various towns on the Chesapeake
River, by the British in May, 1813); Black
Rock, near BuflFalo, by Col. Bishopp, 11th
July, 1818, and again in December ; (the
frontier towns oi Buffalo, Yoimgstown, Lewis-
ton, Manchester {Falls,) and Tuscarora, were

also burnt in Dec , as reprisals for burning
of Niagara by the Americans ; Plattsburg,
by Col. Murray, 31st July, 1813 ; Niagara,
by Col. Murray, 19th December; Oswego,
by Commodore Yeo, 6th May, 1814 ; (towns
on the coast of Maine, by the British, July,
1814 ; and Washington, by General Ross,
24th August.

20. Naval Captures by the British,
not including recaptures. National vessels :
President, Chesapeake, Essex, Frolic, Argus,
Wasp, Rattlesnake, Syren, Nautilis, Viper,
Madison, <fec. Total 64 (15,000 tons) carry-
ing 660 guns, and 3,000 men.

CANADIAN POSTS CAPTUBED BY THE AMEBICANS.

21. Revolutionary Wai-.—Chambb/,
by Col. Bedell, 30th Oct., 1116 ; Si. John's,
by Gen. Montgomery, 3rd Nov., 1775 ;
Montreal, by Gen. Montgomery, 18th Nov ,
1776. In June, 1776, the Americans
evacuated the Province.

22. War of 1B12-1A.— Toronto, by
Gen. Pike (who was killed), 27th April,
1813; Fort George (Niagara River), 27th
May, 1813; Moravian Village, on the river
Thames, by Gen. Harrison, 5th Oct., 1818 ;
Fort Erie, by Gen. Brown, 3rd July, 1814 ;

Ghippciva, by Gen. Brown, 4th of July,
1814.

23. Naval Captures by the Ameri-
cans. — British force on Lake Erie, by
Commander Perry^ 10th Sept., 1813; on
Lake Champlain, by Com. McDonough,
11th Sept., 1814. National vessels (not in-
cluding recaptures) : Macedonian, Cyane,
Alert, Epervier, Dominica, Boxer, St. Law-
rence, Highflyer, <fec Captures at sea (not
including those on the lakes): 30 (10,000
tons) carrying 530 guns, and 2,800 men.

MIHTABY AND MILITIA FOBCE IN CANADA, 1857.

The various military stations of the Pro
•vince of Canada are garrisoned by soldiers
aent out and maintained by the Imperial
Government. This regular force has been
gradually reduced to 2,000 men. The
militia force (both active and sedentary) has

recently been put upon an efficient footing
It now consists of 11,952 officers, 264,257.
men, 1,586 cavalry horses, and 29 guns.
The appearance of the militia is highly
creditable to the Province. The Governor
General is the Commander-in-Chief.

Exercises. — What American posts were captured by Canadian troops, and Canadian by the Ameri-
can ? What were the naval captures on both sides ? What military and militia force has Canada ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

X. BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES

OF PERSONS CONNECTED WITH THE HISTORY OF CANADA

(in CHRONOLOOIOAL ORDEll.)

These sketcbes include notices of many men now living, whose past
career is identified with our colonial history ; or whose public acts
have contributed more or less to our social, political, or commercial ad-
vancement. As such, their names deserve a place in this brief record.

lands, and discover a north-west pasnage.
He left Bristol in 1497; and, on the 24th
June, reached the coast of Newfoundland.
He afterwards proceeded to the coa3t of
Labrador, and thence south to Virginia.

3. S. Cabot (Sebastian), son of the fore-
going, born in England, and a more cele-
brated navigator than liis father. Sailed
from Bristol in 1498, and passed down the
coast of America from latitude 56° to lati-
tude 36°. He made a second voyage in
1517, as far south as the Brazils. He died in
1557, aged 80.— (See " JVcwfcmndland.")

4. Cortereal, Gaspar, a "Portuguese, was
despatched from Lisbon by the King in 1600.
He discovered Labrador, and Greenland.

COLUMBUS.

1. Columbus, Christopher, a native of
Oeooa ; born in 1436 ; went to sea in 1460 ;
to Lisbon in 1670; to Iceland in 1477; to
Spain in 1486 ; to P'rance in 1492, but was

almost imme-
diately recall-
ed, and des-
patched from
Pal 08, on the
river Tinto, in
Spain, on the
3rd August,in
quest of the
New World,
which, he
maintained,
existed to the
westward. On
the nth Oct.,
discovered one of the Bahama
Thinking he had reached further
called .the islands " West India
and the inhabitants " Indians," —
names which both have retained to this
day. He did not reach the continent until
six years after John Cabot visited New-
foundland, Labrador, and Virginia. He
died 20th May, 1506, aged 70 years. His
name, he believed, indicated his destiny:
" Christo ferens," (Christopher) Christ-
bearer, or the Gospel-bearer, to the heathen,
and '• Columbo" (Columbus,) a dove or car-
rier pigeon.

2. J. Cabot, (John), a Venetian, but a
resident in England ; was commissioned by
Henry VII. to conquer and settle unknown

:Exereises.—Wha,t biographical sketches are given? Give a sketch of tlic life and career of Co-
lumbus, of John and Sebastian Cabot, and Gaspar Cortereal.

1492, he
Islands.
India, he
Islands,"

:'l

AMEIMCrS VESPUCIUS.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

m4: i'

(Hla father is said to have discovered New-
foundland lu 1468.) He left Lisbon again
in 1501 ; but was never heard of after-
wards.

5. Amerious Yespucius. A distin-
guished Florentine navigator and scholar ;

festival of St. Laurent, in August, he-
reached the Gulf and river, which, in honor
of the day, he called the St. Lawrence.
On the 7th of September following, he
reached Stadacona, the present site of
Quebec, where Donnacona, an Algonquin

made four voyages to the New World, and chief, welcomed him ; and on the 2nu of

having, the year after the death of Colum
bus, written an eloquent account of them,
in which he cla med the honor of having
first reached the main land, the oontioent
was named after him. He died in 1514. —
{For hia likeness see the preceding paije.)

6. J. Verrazzani,

(John,) a Florentine na-
vigator, in the service
of France. In 1524, he
took possession of the
coast from Carolina to
Nova Scotia, and call-
ed it New France. —
Having given the na-
tives spirits at one
place, they called it
Man-na-ha-tan,. or place
of drunkenness (after-
wards contracted to Manhattan Island), now
the site of the city of New York.

7. Cartler, Jacques, the discoverer of
Canada; was born at St. Malo, in France,
in 1600

JOHX VESBAZZANI.

October, he visited Hochelaga, three miles
from the site of
Montreal. A chief
of the Huron In-
dians here wel-
comed him. He
soon aftei-wards
returned back to
France, taking
with him the In-
dian chief, Don-
nacona. In 1641,1
as second in com-
mand to la Roquti,
lord of Roberval,
he again visited Canada; but having met
with many disasters, he returned to France,
where he died soon after. [The likeness
inserted is taken from a fine painting of Car-
tier standing on the bow of his discovery
ship, by T. Hamel, Esq., Canadian artist,
Quebec]

CABTIEB'S SHIP.

8. Roberval, Jean Francois de la Roque,
He was despached to the west by lord of, a native of Picardy, France ; was

Francis I, in 1584. appointed Viceroy of Canada, &c., in 1540;
On the 20tb April, and sailed thence, from Rochelle, in 1642.
ho sailed from St. He met Cartier (returning to France) at
Malo, reached New- St. John's, Newfoundland, in June. Win-
foundland on the tered at Cape Rouge ; and in June, 1543^
10th May, the Bay explored the Saguenay. In making an-
of Chaleurs on the other voyage to Canada, in 1549, with his

brave brother, Achille, he and his fleet

were lost. For fifty years after his death,.

no further attempt was made to settle

Canada.

9. Champlain, Samuel de, a native of
Brouage, France ; explored the St. Law-
rence in leOS-*?. On the 8rd July, 1608^

JACQUES CABTIEB.

9th July, and the
coast of Gasp6 on
the 24th. He re-
turned to France in
August. He made
his second voyage
in 1535; and on the

Exercises.— Gyte a sketch of the life and career of Americas Vespucius, John Yerazzani, Jacques
Cartier, Roberval, and Champlain. for what is each celebrated !

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA*

be fbunJdd ihi) Cii^ of Quebec. In 1609,
he ascended the river Richelieu, and dis-
covered Lake Cham plain. In 1616, he as-
cended the Ottawa to Lake Nipissing ;
descended French river to Georgina Bapr
(Lake Huron), and went as far as Detroit
river. He had many coDflicts with the
Indians, particularly the Iroquois. In 1628,
his capitol was captured by the English,
under Sir David Kirkt, but, in 1683, re-
stored, when he was appointed the first
Governor of Canada. He died in 1686,
deeply regretted. He was an able govur-
nor and a good man. He was succeeded by
M. de Montmagny, who was also distin-
guished for his ability.

10. Laval, The Right Reverend Francois
de Montmorency. Born at Laval, in France,
in 1623. In 1669, when Abbe de Mon-
tigny, he came to Canada as Vicar Apos-
tolic, with the title of Bishop of Petr^e ; in
1674, he was consecrated first Roman
Catholic Bishop of Quebec. He founded
and endowed, out of his ample fortune, the
Quebec Seminary, in 1663; which, in 1862,
became, by Royal charter, the Laval Uni-
versity. He also established an industrial
school and model farm, at St. Joachim,
below Quebec. He made great efforts to
prevent drunkenness among the Indians;
and by his influence at Court, had the ad-
ministration of government transferred
from a viceroy to a superior council, under
certain wise restrictions, which he had sub-
mitted to Louis XIV. He effected great
good in the colony, and died at Quebec,
6th May, 1708, aged 85 years.

11. Perrot, Nicholas, a French traveller,
was sent by M. Talon (Intendantof Canada)
in 1 67 1 , to induce the north-western Indians
to acknowledge the sovereignty of France.
An island, situated at the western junction
of the Ottawa and St. Lawrence, is called
after him.

12. Frontenac, Louis de Buade, Count

de, a native of France, and Governor of
Canada in 1672 ; was recalled in 1682. In

1672, he built Fort Frontenac (Kingston).
It was rebuilt of stone bjr La Salle, in 1678.
Frontenac was reappomtcd Governor in
1 689 ; and carried on a vigorous war against
the English settlements in New York, and
against their Indian allies, the Iroquois.
The English retaliated; and the Iroquois-
made various successful inroads into Canada.
In 1690, Frontenac defeated Sir William
Phipps and the English fleet, before Quebec.
He died in 1698, aged 78 years. Though
haughty, he was an enterprising and ener-
getic man.

13. Marquette, Jas., a French mission-
ary, and a native of Picardy ; was despatch-
ed, under the patronage of Frontenac, in-

1673, to explore the Mississippi from its
source. He was accompanied by M. Joliett,
a Quebec merchant, and proceeded dowa
the great river as far as the mouth of the
Arkansas tributary. He remained in the
north- west, with the Miami Indians, and
died soon after his return from the explora-
tion, aged 38 years.

14. Hennepin, Louis, a French mis-
sionary. Was born in 1640, and emigrated
to Canada in 1676. He accompanied La
Salle on his exploration of the Mississippi,
in 1678 ; staid with him two years, near the
great lakes, and visited the Falls of Niagara,
— of which he wrote an interesting descrip-
tion.

15. La Salle, Robert Chevalier Sieur
de, a French knight. He sought to reach
China bj way of Canada, and set out on an
expedition for that purpose. His design
was frustrated by an accident which occur-
red at a place called Lachine, — the end of
his journey to China 1 He explored the
Mississippi from its source to its mouth, in
1678-80; spent two years between Fronte-
nac (Kingston) and Lake Erie; and con-
structed the first vessel on Lake Erie (near

■'VI

§t

t
vfM

JExercises.— Give a sketch of the life and carper of the first Roman Catholic Bishop of Lowr^r
Canada; N* Perrot: Count de Frontenac ; Jas. Marquette; Louis Hennepin ; and Sieur de 1» baiia

U:l:

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

Cayuga Greek.) He sought to reach the
Mississippi from the sea, and having failed,
he sought to reacli it overland ; but, in the
attempt, was murdered by his followers.

16. Montcalm, Louis Joseph de (Mar-
quis of St. Veran), a distinguished French
general, was born at Condiac, in France, in

distinguished himself at the battle of Fon-
tenay; and, in 1757, was despatched by

WOLFE.

MONTCALM.

1712. He distinguished himself at the
battle of Placenza; and, in 1756, was made
a Field Marshal. Having succeeded Glen.
Dieskau, in Canada, he took Oswego from
the English in that year, and Fort William
Henry (Sorel) in 1757 ; but was defeated
by Gen. Wolfe, on the Plains of Abraham,
13th September, 1759. In the battle, he
received a mortal wound, and died on the
morning of the 14th, aged 47. He was
buried at »the Ursuline Convent, Quebec.
A noble and chivalrous soldier, he Avas re-
gretted by friend and foe. A monument
to the memory of himself and Wolfe was
erected, by subscription, at Quebec, in 1827,
by the Earl of Dalhousie, then Governor
General. — {Seepage 54.)

17. Wolfe, James, an English General,
born at Westerham, Kent, in 1726. He

Pitt to aid in the conquest of New France.
In conjunction with Boscawen and Am-
herst, he took Jape Breton and Prince Ed-
ward's Island, in 1758 ; and in 1 759, was
entrusted with an expedition against Can-
ada. He reached the Island of Orleans in
June. On the 12th September he scaled
the Heights of Abraham, with 5,000 men,
and next day gave battle to Montcalm.
While leading on his men to victory he fell
mortally wounded. "Support me," he
said ; '• let not my brave soldiers see me fall.
The day is ours : keep it !" Hearing the
officer who supported him say, " They run,
they run !" lie asked, with emotion, " Who
Txm'C "The enemy, Sir; they give way
everywhere.'' Then, giving his last direc-
tions, he said, "Now, God be praised; I
die happy ;" and, in the moment of victory,
expired, aged 32 years. His body was
conveyed to England, and buried at Green-
wich. A monument was erected to his
memory in Westminster Abbey, and another

Exercises.— Gvfo a sketch of tlio life and career of General Louis Joseph de Montcalm and
General Wolfe, and their death, at the battle of Quebec. What were Wolfe's last words ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

His loss was greatly deplored ; for he was
a man of singular sagacity, daring courage,
and of statesmanlike views. A countiy
lying on the Ottawa, in Lower Canada is
called after this renowned chieftain.

19. Brant, Joseph (Thayendanega), a
Mohawk Indian, of pure blood, born on the
banks of the Ohio, in 1742. In the revolu-
tionary war of 1776, he became the ally of
the English ; and, as a prominent chief
among the Iroquois, he influenced several
cantons of that celebrated league to join
the English standard. During the war, he
was cliieflj engaged on the border settle-
ments of ii^ew York and Pennsylvania, in
WOLFE'S MONUMENT, QUEBEC. conjuncti^ou with Sir Wui. Johnsou and

uol. Butler. Jde received a good eduea-

at Quebec (which has since been replaced tion in Connecticut ; and, during the war,

by a better), on the celebrated plains held a colonel's commission from the King.

where " Wolfe died, victorious." At the close of the revolution, he removed

18. Fontiac, a celebrated chief of

an Ottawa tribe of Indians, who, re-
moving from the valley of the great

river of that name, settled near Mi-

chilimacinac. An ally of the French,

he resisted the efforts of the English

to gain possession of their forts, after

the fall of Quebec, in 1659-60. In

1663, be matured a bold and compre-
hensive plan for the extinction of

English power, by the simultaneous

ca{ ture of the extensive chain of

forts reaching from Lake Michigan

to the Niagara. In every instance,

except one, his scheme succeeded.

Nine forts were attacked on the same

day, and their garrisons massacred or

dispersed. Detroit was besieged by

Pontiac himself; but the attack failed,

an Indian woman having discovered

the plot. Pontiac afterwards pro-
fessed friendship for the English ; but

an Indian spy having discovered, in

a speech, symptoms of treachery,

stabbed him to the heart, and fled. Joseph beajjt.

Exercises.— VfhtA monuments were erected to the two heroes P Give a sketch of the life and
career of Pontiac, the chief of the Ottawa of Indians'; andBrant, the celebrated Mohawk chief.

r'^-i

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

to Canada, with the Mokawks, and obtained
from Governor Haldimand the grant of a
territory on the Grand River, six miles in
width, from its source to its mouth. The
town of Brantford, or Brant's ford, on the
river, was named after him; as was also
the county of Brant, in the same locality,
and the township of Thayendanega, un the
Bay of Quintc, where a number of the
Mohawks had settled. He translated the
whole of the Gospel of St. Mark into the
Mohawk language ; and iu many ways ex-
erted himself to promote the temporal and
spiritual welfare of his people. He was
greatly respected and beloved by them and
by the English. He visited England in 1788 ;
and died neai: Wellington Square, Upper
Canada, November 24, 180Y, aged 66 years.
His remains were removed to the Mohawk
village, Grand River, and interred by the
side of the church which he had
erected there. His son John led the
Mohawks at the victorious battle of
Queenston, in October, 1812. He
was a noble specimen of a Christian
Indian, and did much to alleviate
the horrors of Indian warfare.

20. Johnson, Sir William, born in
Ireland, in 1714; came to America in

1784 ; to manage
his uncle (Sir P.
Warren's) lands on
the Mohawk ; was
agent of the British
Government in its
transactions with
the Six Nation In-
dians, in the old
French war. He
was the friend of
Brant ; acquired
great influence over,
and was greatly
beloved by, the Indians. For his defeat of
Gen. Dieskau, at Lake George, in 1755,

he was knighted. In 1759, he took Fort
Niagara ; was made a baronet, and died in
the Mohawk valley, in 1774, aged 60 years.
21. Slmcoe, John Graves, Colonel, born
in England, in 1752' (His father served
under Wolfe, at Quebec, and there lost his
life.) He entered the army at 19, and com-
manded the Queen's Rangers (Hussars)
during the American revolutionary war.
Sir Henry Clinton, in a letter, says, — " The
history of the corps is a series of gallant,
skilful, and successful enterprises against
the enemy, without a single reverse." In
1792, he was appointed Lieutenant Gover-
nar of Upper Canada ; and in September
of that year, he opened the first parliament
of the Province, at the town of Niagara,
then called Newark. In 1796, he removed
the seat of government to Toronto, then
called York. He induced many of the

United Empire Loyalists to settle in Upper
Canada, and sought in every way to pro-
mote the prosperity of the Province. He
constructed Yonge Street as a military
road to the lake which now bears his name.
He was appointed governor of St, Domin-
go in 1796, and Lieutenant General in 1798.
He died on his return to England, in 1806,
aged 64 years.

22. Macdonell, The Right Reverend
Alexander, D.D., first Roman Catholic
Bishop of Upper Canada. He was ordained
priest in 1794 ; was chaplain, in Ireland, to
the Glengarry Fencibles, Scotch Militia
(who were sent over to Ireland to quell the
rebellion), in 1798. For many years, an
active missionary in various parts of Upper
Canada, he was consecrated bishop by the
Pope, in 1826 ; died in the north of Ireland,

JJipercMM.— Give a sketch of the life and career of Sir William Johnson ; Colonel John Graves
Simcoe; and of the first Boman Catholic Bishop of Upper Canada.

SIS WM. JOHirSOK.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— CANADA.

in 1840, but was buried in the family vault,
county of Glengary, Upper Canada. Bishop
Oftulin (who died ia May, 1857) was appoint-
ed his coadjutor, in 1888. Bishop Macdon-
ell was an influential and able man, and
was the first Canadian Roman Catholic
Bishop who spoke the English language.

23. Brock, Major General Sir Isaac,
" the Hero of Upper Canada," was born in
Guernsey, in 17tO. He served under Lord
Nelson, at Copenhagen. In 1811, he held
the oflBce of President of U. C, during the
absence of Governor Gore in England. On
the 16th August, 1812, he made an attack
on Detroit, but the American General, Hull,
surrendered, with 2 00 men; and on the
13th October, he defeated the Americans on
the Heights of Queenston. He fell early
in the action, while gallantly leading his
men, aged 42. Upper Canada has twice
raised a monument to his memory, upon
the scene of his victory.

24. Tecumseth (or Tecumth^), a noted
chief of the Shawanee Indians, was born
in 1770. His brother was the celebrated
"Prophet" of that tribe. In the Ameri-

can war of 1812, he was the warm friend
and ally of the English. Although opposed
to the civilization of the Indians, he adop-
ted, in some measure, the habits of the
whites, and held the rank of Indian Briga-
dier in the British army. He, with the
western tribes of Indians, had been involved
in hostilities with the United States, in
1811; and when war with Great Britain
was declared, in 1812, Tecumseth and his
warriors co-operated with the Tn^-jjigij
forces. On the 5th October, while i seat-
ing from Detroit with General Procto.-, the
Americana overtook them at Moravian
Town (river Thames), and a battle en-
sued. The allied forces were defeated, and
the brave Tecumseth fell in the midst of the
fight, aged 44 years. He was a noble-
looking Indian, and a man of inflexible
principle — honorable and humane.

25. Mountain, The Right Reverend
Jacob, D.D. Born in England, in 1751 ; con-
secrated first Protestant Episcopal Bishop
of Quebec, in July, 1798, and continued in
that office for 82 years. He died 16th June,
1825, aged 75 years. As a laborious and
excellent man, he was greatly esteemed.

i^The remaining notices are not placed in chronological order. They refer to distinguished
men now living, whose names are associated with the advancement of Canada.)

26. Strachan, The Right Reverend

John, D. D., first Protestant Episcopal
Bishop of Toronto, was born in Aberdeen,
Scotland, 12th April, 1778. He com-
menced life as a teacher; and in 1799,
was selected, at the request of Gov-
ernor Simcoe, to organize a College in

York in 1825 ; and Bishop of Toronto in
1889. He is an active, energetic man.

27. Papineau, The Honorabk Louis
Joseph, a native of Lower Canada; born
in 1789. He ha^ long been an active
politician and an eloquent speaker.
Elected a member of the Lower Canada

Upper Canada. He opened the first gram- House of Assembly, in 1809, and chosen

mar school in the Province at Kingston, and speaker in January, 1817. He was the

subsequently one at Cornwall. Among his leader of his countrymen in the political

pupils (in Scotland) were Sir David Wilkie struggles which preceded the outbreak of

and (in Upper Canada) the Chief Justice, 1887. In that year he was exiled from the

Sir J. B. Robinson, ex-Chief Justice Macau- Province. After his return, he occupied a

lay, (fee. He was rector of Toronto in 1812; seat in the united parliament, but has now

legislative councillor in 1818 ; archdeacon of retired from public life.

ISxercises.— Sketch the life and career of Sir Isaac Brock ; Tecumseth ; the first Protestant Bishop
of Lower Canada; the first Protestant Bishop of Upper Canada, and the Hon, L. J. Papineau.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

28. MacNab, The Honorable Sir Allan
Napier. A prominent politician, and
Speaker of the Upper Canada House of
Assembly. In IBS'?, he was appointed mil-
itary chief of the Upper Canada loyalists,
in suppressing the insurrection. For his
services he was knightoil in 1838. Pro-
jected the Great "Western Railway; Pre-
mier of Canada in 1855 ; created a Baronet
of the United Kingdom in 1856.

29. Durham, The Bight Honorable John
George Lambton, Earl of, was appointed
Her Majesty's Lord High Commissioner to
Canada, in May, 1838, to inquire into its
political grievances. His report upon the
political state of the Provinces (which
ultimately led to the union of the Canadas,
and the introduction of parliamentary, or
responsible, government into British Amer-
ica) was published in 1 839. He died in 1 840.

30. Sydenham, The Right Honorable
Charles Poulett Thompson, Baron. Born
in England in 1799 ; M.P. in 1826 ; Vice-
President of the Board of Trade in 1880;
President in 1834 ; and established the
English Schools of Design in 1837. Ap-
pointed Governor General of Canada m
1839 ; united the Canadas, and was created
Baron Sydenham and Toronto, in 1840;
opened the first united parliament, at
Kingston, in June, 1 841 ; established a
municipal system in Upper Canada in
A'^'gust, and died and was buried in Kings-
ton, in September, 1841, aged 42 years.

31. Robinson, The Honorable Sir John
Beverley. Born in 1191 ; for many years a
member of the legislature ; and Attorney
General, Upper Canada; appointed Chief
Justice of Upper Canada in 1829; created
for distingmshed civil services a C. B.
(Civil Companion of the Order of the Bath)
in 1850; and a Baronet of the United
Kingdom in 1854.

32. Lafontaine, The Honorable Sir
Lo^ns Hyppolite. Born in Boucherville,

Lower Canada, in 1801. For many years
he \t as a member of the legislature, and a
distinguished political leader in Lower Ca-
nada. Was Attorney General and Premier
of Canada in 1849. Appointed Chief Jus-
tice of Lower Canada in 1853, and created
a Baronet of the United Kingdom, in 1854.

33. Baldwin, The Honorable Robert,
C.B., son of the Hon. Dr. Wm. "Warren
Baldwin. For a length of time Mr. Baldwin
was a prominent leader of the liberal party
in Upper Canada, and the able advocate
of "responsible government." He was a
member of the legislature. Attorney Gene-
ral of Upper Canada, and Premier ; and
was, in 1854, created a Civil Commander
of the Bath, for distinguished civil services.

34. Bidwell, The Honorable Marshal
Spring. Born in Massachusetts, before the
revolution. Settled at Bath, Upper Canada,
in 1811; elected a member of the legis>
lature in 1824 ; speaker of the assembly in
1829 and in 1885.. The Colonial Secre-
tary, in 1837, directed Sir Francis Bond
Head, the Governor of Upper Canada, to
elevate him to the bench, which Sir Francis
refused to do. Mr. Bidwell left the Pro-
vince in 1837, and is now a prominent
member of the New York Bar. Sir Francis
retired in 1838.

35. Ryerson, The Reverend Egerton,
D.D., son of Col. Joseph Ryerson (a United
Empire Loyalist, of Ne\v Jersey, whQ
came from New Brunswick, in 1793.) Born
in Charlotteville, county of Norfolk, Upper
Canada, in 1808; entered the Wesley^n
ministry in 1825 ; editor of the Christian
Guardian (which he established) in 1829;
Principal of Victoria College (Cobourg) in
1841 ; appointed Chief Supermtendent of
Education for Upper Canada in 1844;
made a tour of inquiry in Europe in 1844-
5 ; and founded the present admirable sys-
tem of public instruction in Upper Canada
in 1846-50.

Exercises,— Qive a sketch of the career of Sir Allan MacNab ; Lord Durham ; Lord Sydenham ; Sir
J. B. Robinson ; Sir L. H. Lafontaine ; Hon. R. Baldwin ; Hon. M. S. Bidwell ; and Rev; Dr. Ryerson,

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — CANADA.

36. Elgin, The Right Honorable James,
Earl of. Born in London in 1811. M.P.
in 1841 ; Governor General of Jamaica
from 1842 to 1846; of Canada, from 1847
to 1854 (a period of her prosperity); laid
the corner-stone of the Upper Canada
Normal School, in 1851, and was an able
and enlightened friend to education; he
effectetl a treaty of commercial reciprocity
with the United States, in 1855; and was
appointed envoy extraordinary to China in
1857.

37. Hincks, The Honorable Francis.
Son of the late Rev. Dr. Hincks, of Belfast,
Ireland. Established the Toronto Exami-
ner newspaper, in 1839, and the Montreal
Pilot in 1844. A member of the legisla
ture, and an able financier ; Inspector Gen-
eral of Public Accounts; projected the
Grand Trunk Railway of Canada ; was ap-
pointed Governor-in-Chief of the Windward
Islands in 1855. Seat of his government,
Bridgetown, Barbadoes.

38. Logan, Sir Wm. E., appointed chief
of the Geological Survey of Canada, in
1842. His valuable scientific labors, and
his interesting collection of Canadian geolo-

gical specimens at the Great Exhibitions of
1851 and 1855, merited the attention of the
the Queen and the Emperor of the French.
He was knighted by the Queen; received a
gold medal of the highest class, and a deco-
ration of the Legion of Honor from the'Em-
peror; also the Wollaston Gold Medal of
1855, from the Geological Society of London.

39. Merritt, The Honorable William
Hamilton. Son of a United Empire Loy-
alist; served in the war of 1812 ; projected
the Welland Canal, in 1818; work com-
menced in 1824; canal opened in 1829 ; a
member of the legi.-^Iature ; President of the
Executive Council, in 1849 ; and Chief
Commissioner of Public Works, in 1851.

40. Jones, The Reverend Peter (Kak-
ke-wa-quon-a-by), an Indian chief; was
born at the Credit River, Upper Canada, in
1802. In 1826, he became a Wesleyan
minister ; and for thirty years he led a life
distinguished for piety, labour, and useful-
ness. He was twice in England, and had
audiences with two British Sovereigns. He
materially promoted the establishment of
manual labour schools among the Indians.
He died at Brantford, in 1856, aged 54.

GOVEENORS OF CANADA.

1. New France.

Sieur de Mesy, appointed Governor in 1 663

Sieur de Courcelles 1665

Count de Frontenac 1672 and 1689

Sieur de la Barre 1682

Marquis de Denonville 1685

Chevalier de Callieres 1699

Marquis de Vaudreuil 1703

Marquis de Beauharnois 1726

Count de la Glaissoniere 1747

Sieur de la Jonquiere 1 749

Marquis du Quesne de Menneville . . . 1752
Sieur de Vavidreuil de Cavagnal 1755

2. Province of Quebec.
General James Murray (Gov. Gen.) 1765

JJrercMC*.— Sketch the career of Lord Elgin, the Hon. F. Hincks, Sir Wm. Logan, Hon.Wm. H.
Merritt, and the Rev. Peter Jones. Who were the Governors of New France, Quebec, and L.C. ?

Province of Quebec — {continued.)

Hon. Paulus E. Irving (President) . . 1766
General Sir Guy Carleton (Lord Dor-
chester) 1766, 1774, 1776, and 1793

Hon. Hector T. Cramahe (Pres.) 1770

Hon. Frederick Haldimand 1773

Hon. Henry Hamilton (Lieut. Gov.). 1774
Hon. Henry Hope 1775

3, Loiver Canada.

Colonel Clarke 1791

Hon. Robert Prescott 1796

Sir R. S. Milnes 1799

Hon. Thomas Dunn (Pres.) 1805 and 1811

Sir J. H. Craig 1807

Sir George Prevost 1811

■.f'yi I

'»>

ga-aj

GEOGRAPHY AND HtSTORY OP

lii.

Ltmer Canada — (continued.)

Sir G. Drummond (Administrator) . . 1815

Hon. John Wilson (Adm.) 1816

Sir J. 0. Sherbrooke 1816

Duke of Richmond 1818

Hon. James Monk (Pres.) 1819

Sir Peregrine Maitland 1820

Earl Dalhousie 1820 and 1826

Sir F. N. Burton (Lieut. Gov.) 1824

Sir James Kempt (Adm.) 1828

Lord Aylmer (Adm.) 1830

Earl of Gosford 1835

Sir J. Colborne (Lord Seaton) (Adm.) 1838

Earl of Durham 1888

0. PoulettThompson (Lord Sydenham) 1839

4. Upper Canada.

Colonel J. G. Simeoe (Lieut.Gov.) .. 1792

Hon. Peter Russell (Pres.) 1796

General Peter Hunter 1799

Hon. Alexander Grant (Pres.) 1805

Hon. Francis Gore 1806 and 1815

Sir Isaac Brock (Pres.) 1811

Upper Canada-^ {continued.)

Sir R. Hale Sheaflfe (Pres.) 1812

Baron F. de Rottenburg (Pres.) 1813

Sir Gordon Drummond 1818

Sir George Murray , . 1 815

Sir Frederick P. Robinson 1816

Hon. Samuel Smith (Adm.) 1817 and 1820

Sir Peregrine Maitland 1818 and 1820

Sir John Colborne (Lord Seaton) 1828

Sir Francis B. Head 1836

Sir George Arthur 1838

5. Province of Canada.

Baron Sydenham and Toronto (Gov-
ernor General) 1841

Gen. Sir R. Jackson (Adm.) 1841

Sir Charles Bagot 1842

Sir Charles (Baron) Metcalfe 1868

Earl Cathcart 1846

Earl of Elgin and Kincardine 1847

Sir Edmund W. Head 1864

General Sir William Eyre (Adm.) ... 1867

XI. NOVA SCOTIA, INCLUDING CAPE BRETON.

<.'

1. Rank and Situation. — Nova Scotia, the second in importance
and population of the British North American Colonies, is situated to the
S. E. of New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. Including Cape Bre-
ton, it lies between North latitude 43^ 26' and 45^ 55', and West longi-
tude from Greenwich 59^ 45' and 66° 30'. Its area is 18,746 square miles..
Population about 286,000.

2. The Province of Nova Scotia is naturally divided into two parts :.
the Peninsula of Nova Scotia and the Island of Cape Breton. They are
united, however, under one government and legislature.

PENINSULA OP NOVA SCOTIA.

3. Boundaries, Size, &c.— The penin- Ocean, and on the W. by the Atlantic Ocean,
sula of Nova Scotia is bounded on the N. Bay of Fundy, Chiegnecto Bay and New
by i he Bay of Fundy, Northumberland Brunswick. Its greatest length is 280 miles ;
Strait, St. George's Bay, and the Strait of breadth, 120; and its area 15,627 square
Canseau ; on the E. and S. by the Atlantic miles. Population about 227,600.

Exercises.— Who were the Governors of Upper Canada, and the Province of Canada, until 1857 ?
Where is the Province of Nova Scotia ? How is it divided, and what are its boundaries, size, &c. ?

iL^iMmmi

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— NOVA SCOTIA.

ISLAND OF CAPE BBETON.

4. Boundaries, Size, Ac— The Island Ocean, and W. by Northumberland Strait

of Cape Breton is situated to the N. E. of and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is 100

Nova Scotia ; is bounded on the N. by the miles long, 85 wide, and 275 in circumfer-

Gulf of St. Lawrence ; E. by the Atlantic ance. Area 3,120 pquare miles. Popula-

Ocean; S. by Nova Scotia and the Atlantic tion 68,600. Called Breton by the French.

PHYSICAL TEATUEES OF THE PEOVINCE OF NOVA SCOTIA.

5. Shape and Surface. — The Nova
Scotia peninsula is somewhat triangular in
shape, and is connected with New Bruns-
wick by a short isthmus six miles in width.
Its surface is undulating and picturesque.
A range of high and broken hills run along
its northern and southern coasts. The Co'be-
quid are the most important ; tlie A.rdoise
hill rises to a height of 800 feet. Its
capes, bays, and harbors are numerous.
On the S. E. coast there are 26 harbours,
12 of them deep enough for ships of the
line.

6. Surface, &c. — Cape Breton Island
is nearly severed in two by the Bras d'Or
Lake. From the head of the lake to the
Strait of Canseau, the portage to be over-
come by a canal is only a quarter of a mile.
The island is rich in minerals and is well
wooded and fertile. The surface is undu-
lating, and the scenery very beautiful.

7. Capes. — In Nova Scotia the principal
are St. George, Canseau, Sambro, Sable,
Digby (neck), Chiegniecto, and Split capes.
In Cape Breton : St. Lawrence, North, Eg-
mond, Enfume, Dauphin, Murgain, Breton
and Mabou.

8. Bays. — N'ova Scotia is noted for its
numerous bays. The principal on the nor-
thern coast are : Fundy, Minas, Chiegnecto,
Verte, St. George's ; eastern : Chedabucto ;
southern : Margaret's, Chebucto, or Halifax,
Mahone ; western : Townsend, and St.
Mary's. Cape Breton. The chief are : Bras
d'Or (lake), Aspy, Sydney, St. Anns, Mir6,
Gabarus, and St, Peter's.

9. Fundy. — This is the great bay of
Nova Scotia, and, with its minor divisions,
separates it from New Brunswick. It is re-
markable for its high tides, fogs, and
storms. It is an arm of the sea, 170 miles
long, and from 30 to 60 wide. The Rivers
St. John and St. Croix flow into it from the
north, and the Annapolis from the south.
Its upper extremity is divided into Chieg-
necto Bay and Cumberland Basin, to the
north; and Minas Channel and Basin and
Cobequid Bay, to the south.

10. Straits. — Cumberland Strait sepa-
rates Nova Scotia from Prince Edward
Island ; and Canseau Strait separates it from
Cape Breton.

11. Rivers. — In J!^ova Scotia the rivers
are numerous. The principal ones to the
north are the Annapolis ; to the east (of Pic-
tou), Shubenac'adia ; and to the south, the
St. Mary's, Lahave, and Liverpool. In Cape
Breton, Mir6 to the east, Inhabitans to the
south, and Margarie to the west.

12. Lakes. — ^ova Scotia is dotted over
with many beautiful lakes. The principal
are: the Rosignol (:; miles long), Great
and College Lakes, in Cape Breton, Bras
d'Or and Margarie. The Bras d'Or is a fine
salt water inlet, running nearly the whole
length of the island, and is 20 miles long.

13. Lslands. — The principal, oflF Nova
Scotia, are Long and Sable islands ; the
smaller are Cape Sable, Bon Portage, Seal,
Mud, Tusket (south), and Bryer on the
west coast : Pictou and Caribou on the

JExercises.— Give the boundaries and size of Cape Breton ; and the physical features of the Pro-
vince of Nova Scotia,— shape, surface, capes, bays, straits, rivers, lakes, and islandi^.

QEOQBAPHY AND HISTORY OF

I !i'(

!■ I I

north, and numerous small ones on the S.E. of Canseau, is 25 miles long, and from

south. Near Cape Breton are Boulardie, one to two wide. It is noted for its sandy

Soatarie, Madame, Janvrin, and Sea Wolf, coast and numerous shipwrecks. A light

Boulardie Island, is situated at the entrance house station with men to aid shipwrecked

to Bras d'Or Lake. Sable Island, 87 miles mariners is maintained on the island.

THE PBOVINCE OP NOVA SCOTIA, INCLUDING CAPE BEETON.

14. Climate. — Nova Scotia, being in
nearly the same latitude as Canada, has a
climate somewhat similar to it. Within
the influence of the gulf stream (Mexico),
and being nearly surrounded by water, it is
more equable and less liable to the extremes
of heat and cold. Halifax harbor is very
rarely closed in winter. Fogs prevail on
the coast, (caused by the meeting of the
gulf stream and the northern current). The
autumn is an agreeable period of the year.

15. The Gulf Stream, (to which refer-
ence is made above) is, as Lieutenant Maury
observes, a great ^' river in the ocean. In
the severest droughts, it never fails, and in
the mightiest floods it never overflows. Its
banks and its bottom are of cold water,
while its current is of warm. The Gulf of
Mexico is its fountain, and its mouth is the
Arctic Seas. * * * j^jg -waters as far as
the Carolina coasts are of indigo blue."
Escaping from the Gulf of Mexico its course
is first through the narrow outlet between
Florida and the Island of Cuba, then along
the United States coast as far as Cape Cod;
diverging here it first strikes the southern
point of Nova Scotia, then that of New-
foundland, where, on the grand bank, it
meets the Arctic current from Baffin's Bay.
The unequal temperatures of the two great
currents of water which meet here cause
the perpetual fogs on the coast. Passing
the banks, its course is eastward till it meets
the British Isles. " By these it is divided,
one part going into the polar basin of Spitz-
bergen, the otiier entering the Bay of Bis-

cay, conveying heat and softness to these
shores." The influence of this stream makes
Ireland the Emerald Isle, and clothes the
shores of England with verdure ; while in
the same latitude on this continent, the
coasts of Labrador are fast bound in fetters
of ice. Its comparative velocity and tem-
perature are as follows: — Off the narrow
channel of Bemini, the velocity is 4 miles
an hour ; off Cape Hatteraa, where it is 76
miles wide, the rate is reduced to 8 miles ;
on the banks of Newfoundland to 1^ ; its
force then gradually abates ~as it progresses
eastward. The highest temperature of the
stream is 85° Fahr. Between Cape Hat-
teras and Newfoundland the temperature in
winter is 25° or 30° above that of the
surrounding water ; nor does it lose much
of its warmth until it reaches the western
coasts of Europe. {See Newfoundland^

16. Gteology. — Nova Scotia and Cape
Breton are noted for their Geological riches.
Coal, iron, and gypsum are found in abun*
dance. The rock formations of the Province
belong to the four following systems: 1.
Azoic, including granite, gneiss, quartz
rock, clay slate, and mica slate. 2. Silurian,
including slates, shales, irrits, and coarse
limestones, with fossil shells, &c. 3. Gar-
boniferous, including red and grey sand-
stones, shales, conglomerate, gypsum, lime-
stone, and coal. This system contains the
most important and valuable minerals. 4.
A newer Eed Sandstone, of an uncertain
age, including red sandstone and red con-
glomerate, associated with masses of trap.

Uxercises.—Wh&t is said of the climate and jreology of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton ? Describe
the celebrated stream of the Gulf of Mexico.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NOVA SCOTIA.

The first of these groups of rocks, which part metamorphosed. It forms hilly ranges

may possibly be lower Silurian beds in a in the interior. The two last groups oc-

metamorphosed state, extends along the cupv all the lower parts of the Province,

Atlantic coast. The second consists prin- with the exception of the alluvial flats of

cipally of upper Silurian rocks, in great the Bay of Fundy.

NATUEAL PRODUCTS.

17. Mineral.— The Province is rich in
minerals. Coal, iron, and gypsum are the
principal. In Nova Scotia there are five
independent coal fields; (1.) at Pictou, area
120 square miles; (2.) at Pomquit; (3.) at
Londonderry; (4.) at Cumberland ; (6.) at
Windsor, There are three in Cape Breton,
in Inverness and Cape Breton counties.
Gypsum is found in Hants, Colchester,
Cumberland, and Pictou counties, Nova
Scotia; and in the southern part t)f Cape
Breton. Iron is found in Cumberland. Col-
chester, and Pictou couuties, Nova Scotia ;
and in Cape Breton.

18. Vegetable.— The vegetable pro-
ducts of Nova Scotia arc similar to those
of Canada, viz. : wheat, oats, barley, pota-
toes, turnips, apples, pears, cherries, plums,
&c. Early Indian corn will ripen ; and
peach, melon, grape, only in some seasons.
Garden fruits and vegetables, however,
grow m abundance. In the dyked lands at
the head of the Bay of Fundy, frich allu-
vial deposit thrown up by the extraordinary
tides, and enclosed by dykes), the soil is
very productive. Governor Sir J. G. Ic
Marehant, in a despatch dated in 1853,
shows that the agricultural capabilities of
the Province arc very great, and that

although the wheat raised is scarcely suffi-
cient for the inhabitants, yet that in 1851, in
wheat growing, she beat five New England
States, and twelve other states and terri-
tories ; in rye she beat sixteen States and
territories ; in oats, thirteen ; buckwheat,
twenty-three ; in barley, every State except
Ohio and New York ; in hay, twenty-one ;
in potatoes, twenty-three.

19. Animals. — The usual domestic ani-
mals. Wild (Carnivora), bear, racoon, wea-
sel, wild cat, wolf, fox, seal; (Rodeq^ia),
wood chuck, porcupine, squirrels, beaver,
musk-rat, field-mouse ; (Rumantia), moose,
reindeer ; (Cetacea), whale,

20. Birds. — Eagle, hawk, owls, thrush,
crow, lunnming-bird, kingfisher, swallow,
grouse, pigeon, snipe, plover, duck, geese,
gulls, &c.

21. Reptiles sinnlar to Canada.

22. Fish. — In addition to the ordinary
kinds, the following are in abundance, and
form a staple: mackerel, herring, alewives,
shad, and cod. The fit^heries are prosecuted
in Nova Scotia with great success. The
value of the exports in fish and oil in 1852
.imounted to upwards of a million and a
half of dollars.

RAILWAYS, MANUFACTURES, AND COMMERCE.

23. Rail"ways. — The North American straw, leather, iron, cabinet ware, paper,
andEuropean, from Halifax to Amherst, on <fec, are carried on to some extent. Ship
the borders of New Brunswick, is under building is the staple. At the close of
contract in part. It is designed to con- 1852, the number of registered vessels was
struct branches to Windsor and Pictou. nearly 8,000 ; tonnage, 190,000.

24. Manufactures in woollens, linen, 25. Commerce. — The commerce of

Exercises.— What arc the natural products of Nova Scotia and Gape Breton— mineral and vegeta-
ble ? the animals, reptiles, and fish ? What is said of railways and manufactures ?

SCARBOROUGH TOWNSHIP
PUBLIC LIBRARY

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

Nova Scotia is very extensive. She has
1,200 miles of sea-coast, and in the fishing,
coasting, and foreign trade, she rivals larger
countries. In 18JS2, ehe had nearly one-
third as much tonnage as France ; exceeded
Austria by 69,000 tons; Belgium by 116,-
000 tons; two Sicilies by 38,460 tons;
Prussia by 91,000 tons; and Holland by
72,640 tons. Her imports in 1854 amount-
ed to $7,165,000; exports to $4,991,000;
the difference is made by freights, &c.
There are 48 free ports of entry. The
Provincial revenue in 1854 amounted to
$666,000.

26. Inhabitants —The Province of
Nova Scotia was originally settled by a
mixed population : nglish and Irish about
Halifax; Scotch in the Eastern Counties ;
American royalists in the Western aiid
Midland Counties ; German and Swiss in

^__ r . ''W «»ii ■iMil 'iiV ! JCJjl ' ''i.V ^' H '*'**'**'*JS^itt

Lunenburg County, (Nova Sc()tia) ; and
French, the original settlers, in various
parts of the Province. These races are
now blended into one, and form the present
population of 286,000.

27. Religious Bodies— The Presby-
terians are the most numerous; Roman
Catholics next ; Baptists, third ; Episcopa-

TUE CITY OF HALIFAX, FROM DARTMOUTH.

Exercises.— GxvQ a statement of the commerce of the Province of Nova Scotia ; its inhabitants,
and of the various religious denominations-

^•■<:"' ;?i

',t ■-

^k.^^MM

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA— NOVA SCOTIA.

lians, fourth ; Methodists, fiftli ; Lutherans,
sixth; and Congregationalistt*, seventh.
All are on an equal footing,

28. Education is well provided for by
the Legislature There ure col-
leges, besides numerous cotn-
mon and superior schools ; Dal-
housie College and St. Mary's
College, or Seminary, at Hal-
ifax; King g College, near Wind-
sor; Acadia College, at Wolf-
ville ; also Academies at Pictou
and in various other counties.
There are 1,200 Common Schools
attended by 35,000 pupils. The
Legislative grant for their sup-
port was increased in 1857 from
$44,000 to $60,000.

29. The Chief Towns in
Nova Scotia are, Halifax, Pic-
tou, Yarmouth, Liverpool, An-
napolis, (formerly Port Royal, and the
capital of the Province), Windsor; in Cape
Breton, Ar'ichat, Sydney and Louisburg,
which was formerly the capital of Cape
Breton.

30. Halifax is one of the chief cities in
British America, and the capital of Nova
Scotia, it was founded in 1749, by Gov-
ernor Cornwallis, and named by him after
the Earl of Halifax, the active promoter of
the settlement. The original name was
Chebucto. The harbor, formed by a bay 16
miles long, and Bedford Basin, is the finest
in America, and rarely freezes in winter-
It is well protected. So strong are the
fortifications on the citadel that it is called
the Gibraltar of America. The city is built
on the declivity of a hill, and is two miles
long by about a mile wide. The streets
are spacious, and cross each other at right
angles. The Province building and other
public edifices are fine structures. Many of
the private residences are built of stone and
are very handsome. The dockyard covers

14 acres, and is the chief naval station for
the royal navy in British America. The
wharves are numeron.H. By means of the
Cuuard and other steamers, and the tele-

graph, Halifax has direct communication
with Europe and the other parts of this
continent. The projected railway to Canada
via New Brunswick will have its terminus
here The commerce is extensive. Dal-
housie College is situated here. Population
about 28,000. — {See view on preceding page.)

31. Annapolis. — Founded by the
French settlers in 1605, and named Port
Royal. It was attacked and destroyed by
the Virginia Colonists in 1614; restored
again to the French in 1632, it remained in
their harids until 1656, when it was again
captured by the English, but restored a
second time by the Treaty of Breda. In
the war of 1689 it, a third time, fell into
the hands of the English, but was a third
time restored by treaty in 1697. It was a
fourth time captured, in the war of 1701,
and by the treaty of 1713, was finally ced-
ed to Great Britain, when its name was
changed to Annapolis after Queen Anne.

32. Louisburg was founded by the
French in 1720, and became their chief na-

ifi

Eocercises.—Whtd is the state of education in the Province ? AVhat are the chief toM-ns P Describe
Halifax, Annapolis, and Louisburg. Wliat steamers touch at Halifax ?

{

QEOORAPIIY AND HISTORY OF

II. ,

val station in North America. Its com-
mercial importance was also very great.
There wore at one time off the coast COO
vessels engaged in tishiug, and 500,000 quin-
tals of fish exported thence to France. The
fortress was taken in 1745 ; restored, 1749;
retaken by Generals Amherst and Wolfe in
1768. It was then blown up and destroyed
at an expense of |12,000. 220 pieces of
cannon were captured. {See the engraving
on page 80.)

33. The Counties in Nova Scotia and
Cape Breton are as follows :

Name.

Population.

County Town.

Guysboro

Halifax

ITants

Kings

Lunenburg ....

Pictou

Queens

Shelburn

Sydney

Yarmouth

11000
40000
16000
15000
17000
26000
8000
11500
14000
14000

Guysboro.

Halifax.

Windsor.

Keutville.

Lunenburg.

Pictou.

Liverpool.

Shelburu.

Antigonish. -

Yarmouth.

NOVA SCOTIA.

Name.

Population.

County Town.

Annapolis

Colchester ....
Cumberland . . .
Digby

15000
16000
15000
13000

Annapolis,
Truro.
Amherst.
Digby.

CAPE BRETON.

Cape Breton . . .

Inverness

Richmond

Victoria

18000
17500
11000
11000

286,000

CONSTITUTION AND CIVIL GOVEENMENT.

Sydney.
Port Hood.
Arichat.
Bedeque.

34. The Constitution, like that of
Canada, is founded upon Treaties, Orders in
Council, Royal Instructions, Imperial and
Colonial Acts. Nova Scotia, then called
Acadie, was settled by the French in 1604;
ceded to England in 1714; colonized by
Lord Halifax in 1749; (Cape Breton was
captured by the Eoglis-h in 1758;) constitu-
tion granted in a commission to the Duke
of Richmond as governor, in 1758; consti-
tution modified in commission to Governor
Parr, in 1784; Responsible or Parliament-
ary Government (as in Canada) introduced
in 1848 ; public statutes revised and con-
solidated as the code of Nova Scotia in
1851.

35. Governor.— The Lieutenant Gov-
ernor is the chief executive oflScer. His
cabinet consists of nine heads of depart-
ments, who are appointed by himself ; but

holding office only so long as they are sus-
tained by the legislature, as in Canada.
With the advice of his Cabinet, he appoints
the judges, custos, and nmgistrates of coun-
ties, &c. Can pardon criminals, except for
murder or high treason. He is commander-
in-chief of the militia. The Governor
General of Canada is his superior officer.

36. Legislative Council. — The mem-
bers of this council are appointed for life.
They can reject or modify all but money
bills sent in from the Assembly, and can
originate any bill except one granting
money.

37. House of Assembly consists of
about 40 members, selected from the coun-
ties and townships, for four years. It levies
taxes, controls the public expenditure, and
can originate all bills. Bills pasped by it
must be concurred in by the Legislative

Bxereises.— Give the counties and their chief towns. What is said of the political constitution
f the Province ? its Legislative Council and House of Assembly ?

•r

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NOVA SCOTIA.

Council, and assented to by the Governor,
before they can become law. The Queen
in council cao, however, disallow any law
within two years after its passing. The
three branches of the legislature include
the Assembly, Council, and the Governor.
The forms of procedure arc similar to
those in England and Canada.

38. The Courts of Law are : Chan-
cery, Error and Appeal, Supreme Court,
Vice- Admiralty, Probate, Marriage and
Divorce, General Sessious, and Justices'
Courts. The Governor is, cx-officio, head
of the Courts of Chancery, Error and Ap-
peal, Probate, and Marriage and Divorce.

XII, HISTORY OF NOVA SCOTIA AND CAPE

BRETON.

1. Indian Tribes. — When tirst discovered, Nova Scotia \va8 inhabited
by two tribes of Indians — the Micmacs, or Mikmaks, and the liicli-i-buc-
toos. The Micmacs belong to the great Algonquin iainily, and were
called Suriquois by the French. They greatly harassed the English Colo-
nies, but, in 1761, finally submitted. In 1760, they were reduced to 3.000 ;
afterwards to 1,000 ; and now they only number a few hundreds. The total
number of Indians in Nova Scotia and Cape Breton, in 1851, was 1,066.

2. Disoovery. — Nova Scotia, called of land, and was required to fit out six set-
Acadie by the French, originally included tiers, or pay 2,000 marks.

the adjoining British provinces and Maine. 4. Capture and Cesaion to France.

The name, however, is now confined to the — In 1628, Port Royal was captured by Sir

Seninsula alone. It was visited by the David Kirkt ; hut the French still held

abots in 1497 ; by the French, under possession of Cape Sable. In 1629-30,

Marquis de la Roche, in 1598 ; and, by Sir William Alexander conveyed part of

virtue of Cabot's visit and discovery, was his territory to Claude de la Tour. In

claimed and conquered by the Virginia 1332, Cbarlos I. ceded the entire colony to

colonists, in 1614. This was the first hos- the French, who immediately took pos-

tile act which occurred between the French session of it.

and the English, on the Continent of 5. Cromwell's Expedition— In 1654,

America. Cromwell sent Major Sedgewick, who retook

3. Settlement.— In 1604, De Monts the colony. The English only held possea-
(the French Governor), Champlain, and sion of Port Royal, and the French con-
others, founded Port Royal (Annapolis.) tinued their settlements in the interior.
In 1621, the name Acadie was changed to In 1656, Cromwell confirmed De la Tour's
Nova Scotia : and James I. granted a pa- claim, and granted to him, to Sir Thos.
tent to Sir Wm. Alexander, authorismg Temple, and to Wm. Crowne, the chief
him to settle the colony. In 1625, Charles I. part of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick,
renewed the patent, and, to promote the Temple and Crowne purchased De la Tour's
settlement of the colony, founded the order share, and expended $80,000 in repairing
of (150) Knights-Baronets of Nova Scotia, the defences. In 1667, the colony was
Each baronet was to receive 16,000 acres, again ceded to France.

JBxercises.—Wh&t are the courts of law ? Give an account of the Indian tribes ; the discovery
and settlement of Nova Scotia ; the capture and cession to France, and Cromweirs expedition.

•liV

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

.1 'I

6. NeTv-England Expedition. — In entrusted to General Pepperwell. At
1690, Sir "Wm. Phipps, from Massachusetts, Canseau they were joined by some English
took Port Roval, which he dismantled, but ships, under the command of Commodore
did not retain possession of the country. Warren, with 800 men. They reached
In 1707, another New England expedition, Gabarus Bay on the 9th May, and landed in
under Colonel Marsh, sailed from Nan- the rear of the town. Their encampment
tucket for Port Royal, but failed to do more extended in a curved line, outside the for-
than destroy property of considerable va- tress. They soon captured the outposts,
lue, outside the fort. Again, in 1710, an and the Royal Battery, of 400 men. War-
armament, under General Nicholson, left ren also captured a 74-gun ship, with 500
Boston. He captured the city, and changed men and military store**. To reach the
its name to Annapolis, in honor of Queen fort, cannon were dragged on sledges
Anne. In 1713, '.by the treaty of Utrecht, across the marsh, and on the 21st of May,
Acadia was ceded to England, and the the siege was commenced. Other ships
name Nova Scotia confirmed. soon afterwards arrived, and then it was

7. First Capture of Louisburg. — decided to attack the place. But, despair-
Cape Breton, originally called Isle du Cap, ing of a successful resistance, the French
then Breton by the French from Brittany capitulated on the 28th June, 1745. The
and, in 1713, Isle Royal, was taken posses- stores and prizes captured amounted to

sion of by French fishermen, in 1714. In
1720, the fortifications of Louisburg were
commenced by the French. They were
completed at a cost of $5,500,000. Shirley,
the Governor of Massachusetts, proposed
its capture, and carried
the measure, in the le-
gislature, by a majority
of one vote. Rhode
Island, N"ew Hamp-
shire, and Connecticut
joined and furnished
troops; New
York, artil-
lery ; and
Pennsylva-
nia, provi-
sions. The
command of
the expedi-
tion (3,200
strong) was

CAPTURE OP LOUISBUEG, IK 1795.

$5,000,000. In
1746, the Duke
d' Anville was
sent with a
French fleet to
retake the is-
land; but storms
and disease was-
ted his forces,
and the enter-
prize was aban-
doned. In 1748,
the Treaty of
Aix-la-Chapelle
restored Cape
Breton to the
French, against
the wish of the
New England
captors, (whose
expenses of up-
wards of a mil-

[ExPLANATiON OP THE UPPER PART OP THE MAP.— a. Glacls, or extreme outside slope of the
defences ; 4. Banquette, or step, upon which the soldiers stand to fire over the parapet (/) ; c. Covored
way into the fort, under the banquette ; d. Counterscarp, a bank or wall, outside the ditch (e) -, e. The
ditch or trench ; /. The parapet, or protection for men and guns inside ; g. The inner banquette ;
h. Ramparts, or most solid embankments of the fort ; i. Talus, or last slope inside the fort.]

Exercises.— QxvQ an account of Caq New-England expedition against Nova Scotia, and the first
capture of Louisburg. Describe the engraving. What names were first given to Cape Breton ?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NOVA SCOTIA.

was

lion of dollars were, however, repaid by
England); but confirmed the cesjioo of
Nova Scotia to the British Crown.

8. Halifax Founded.— In 1749, after
the peace, nearly 4,000 disbanded soldiers,
under Governor Cornwallis, arrived in
Chebucto Harbour, and on its shores com-
menced the settlement, of a town, which,
in honor of the then President of the
English Board of Trade and Plantations,
they named Halifax.

9. English Government. — On the
14th July, 1749, Cornwallis established the
government of the colony, and appointed
six members of council to aid him. In
1753, 400 Germans joined the colony, and
settled in the County of Lunenburg.

10. Old French War.— The great war
of 1756-63, called the French and Indian
war, which ended in the cession of Canada,
originated solely in territorial disputes be-
tween the French and English colonists
on the banks of the Ohio; it afterwards
involved the whole line of rival forts and
trading posts extending from the Ohio
through Canada to Acadia.

11. Expulsion of the Acadians. —

Fearing that the Acadian French would
aid their countrymen in invading Nova
Scotia, the English colonists collected the
Acadian population, at various points,
on pretence of conferring with them, and
then suddenly forced them on board several
ships, and conveyed them to New England,
New York, and Virginia. Their places
were filled by New England colonists. After

the peace of 1763, many of them returjned
to Nova Scotia and settled in the interior.

12. Final Capture of Louisburg.—

In 1758, Louisburg was finally captured
from the French, by Wolfe, Amherst, and
Boscawen, and its fortifications blown up
and destroyed. They are now in ruins.

13. Settled Government.— In 1758,
a constitution was granted to Nova Scotia
by England; and in 1761, the Indians of
the colony acknowledged the authority of
the Governor. After the American revo-
lution, many of the exiled Royalists settled
in Nova Scotia; and in 1784, Cape Breton
was erected into a separate government,
with a capital at Sydney; but in 1819, it
was again re-united to Nova Scotia, and
authorised to send two members to the
Legislature. In that year, efforts were
first formally made to protect the English
fisheries on the coast.

14. Present Period.— In 1838, a depu-
tation from Nova Scotia was sent to confer
with Lord Durham (Governor General), at
Quebec, on a proposed change in the con-
stitution ; and in 1840, a system of govern-
ment, responsible to the Legislature, was
instituted by Lord I'aukland. In 1851,
further efforts were made to protect the
fisheries; and in 1852, a Provincial force,
auxiliary to the Imperial, was placed
under the direction of the British Admiral
for that purpose. Since then, a fishing
treaty and a reciprocity treaty has been
effected with the United States and Canada.
Peace and prosperity now prevail within
the borders of Nova Scotia.

GOVERNOES OF NOYA SCOTIA.
Hon. E. Cornwallis. . . 1749 Hon. M. Franklin 1766 Hon. J. Parr 1782

Hon. P. Hobson 1752

Hon. C Lawrence . . . 1754

Hon. R.Moulton 1756

Hon. J. Belcher 1760

Hon. M. Wilmot 1764

Lord W. Campbell. .. 1772

Hon. F. Legge 1773

Hon. M. Arbuthyot . . 1776

Hon. R. Hughes 1778

Sir A. S. Hammond.. 1781

Hon. E. Fanning .... 1783

Hon. R. Bulkeley 1791

Hon. J. Wentworth . . 1792

Hon. A. Cooke 1808

Sir G. Prevost 1809

Exercises.— 8tate when Halifax was founded, and the Enf^lish govornment established. What is
said of the French war, the expedition of the Aca-lians, and the final c'aj)ture of Louisburg ?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

Sir J. Shei'brooke.... 1811

General Darrock 1811

General Smytb 1816

Earl of Dalhousie 1819

Sir J. Kempt 1820

Hon. M. Wallace 1826

Sir P. Maitland 1828

Sir C.Campbell 1836

Lord Fauklaud 1840

General Sir J. Harvey 1846
Gen. Sir J. G. le Mar-
chant 1852

XIII. PROVINCE OF NEW BRUNSWICK.

1. Extent and Boundaries. — New ' Brunswick (in shape, an ir-
regular square) is situated between the parallels of 45° and 48° north
latitude ; and the meridians of 03° 45 ' and G7° 50' west longitude. Its
area is 27,620 square miles, and includes 18,000,000 acres. It is bounded
on the N. by the Bay of Chaleurs and Lower Canada ; on the E. by the
Gulf of St. Lawrence and Nova Scotia ; on the S. by the Bay of Fundy ;
and on the W. by the State of Maine. It was formerly called Nurembega.

2. The Surface of New Brunswick is
most agreeably diversified Avith bill and
dale, mountain and valley. None of tbe
Provinces are more uniformly and plenti-
fully supplied witb running streams and
noble rivers. Its forests are well wooded,
and its intervals of land rich and fertile.

3. Geology. — Two belts of granitic
and other igneos rocks of the Appalachian
mountains, enter the Province from the
westward, and extend across it in a north-
easterly direction, accompanied by meta-
morphosed beds of Silurian and perhaps
Devonian age. The northern belt entei*^
near Woodstock, embracing Mars Hill and
the Tobique Mountains, which rise to the
height of 2,200 feet. The southern belt
embraces the Nerepis hills and the ranges
of hills extending eastward through the
counties of Kings, St. John, and Char-
lotte. The island of Grand Manan is a
remarkable specimen. The lower Silnri'
an rocks form a broad belt south of tlie
Tobique hills. The upper Silurian rocks
cover nearly the whole northern part of
New Brunswick. This is the most fertile
part of the Province. The lower carboni-
ferous rocks occur everywhere between the
Silurian rocks and the coal measures. They

abound in Jiypsum and give origin to salt
springs. The upper carboniferous rocks, or
coal measures, cover a large portion of the
central and eastern part of New Brunswick.
The iertiary and alluvial deposits are found
along the coast of the Bay of Fundy.

4. The Lakes are: Grand Lake, Te-
miscouata, and numerous smaller lakes.

5. The Rivers are: St. John, Ma-da-
was-ka, Ken-ne-becca-sis, Pe-tit-co-di-ac,
Rieh-i-buc-to, Mi-ra-mi-chi, and Res-ti-gou-
che, or " big-mouthed river" of the Indians.

6. The St. John, or principal river, is
450 miles long. Its Indian name was
Loosh-took, or Long River. It drains
0,000,000 acres in New Brunswick, 2,000,-
000 acres in Canada, and 6,000,000 in the
United States. It is navigable to Fred-
erickton, the capital, 84 miles from the sea.
From this point, email steamers ply to
Woodstock, GO miles further. In hiH\
water, they can go to the Grand P'alls, 220
miles from the sea. This cataract is 75 feet
high. The Madawaska is 40 miles further
up. The lakes and tributaries of the St,
John make it a noble stream.

7. The Restigouche, or boundary
river between Canada and New Brunswick,
is 200 miles long, draining 4,000 square

Exercises. — Who wore the Governors of Nova Scotia ? What is said of t\w extent and bouuda^
ries of Now Rrunswick; its surface, geology, lakes and rivers; the St. Jolui, and Restigouche?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NEW BRUNSWICK.

miles of richly timbered country. It falls
into the Bay of Chaleurs.

8. The Mlramichl is 225 milea long,
and 9 miles -wide at its mojth. The tide
flows up 40 miles, 30 of which large ves-
sels can navigate'.

9. The Bays are Chaleurs, Miraraichi.
Buctouche, Oocagne, She-di-ac, Chi-eg-nec-to,
Fundy, St. John, and Pas-sam-a-quod-dy.

10. The Chaleurs, a large inlet from
the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is 90 miles long,
by from 16 to 30 miles wide, and has nei-
ther shoal, reef, or other impediment to
navigation. On the Canadian side, the
shores are bold and mountainous ; on the
New Brunswick side, low and broken.
The bay is celebrated for the variety and
abundance of its fish.

CLIMATE AND NATURAL PRODUCTS.

11. The Climate is less severe than in
Lower Canada, and is very healthy. Fogs,
from the Bay of Fundy, sometimes extend
inland for 20 or 30 miles. The autumn is
beautiful. Winter begins in December
and ends in March.

12. The Mineral products of coal and
iron, are in abundance ; Albertile (asphalt,
or coal pitch), manganese, plumbago, lead,
granite, gypsum, limestone, marble, sand-
stone, grindstone, oil-
stone, Iceland spar,
slate, potter's clay,
peat, ochres, &c. <fec.
Salt and mineral
springs abound.

13. Vegetables,

Flowers, and Fruits,
are similar to those
generally grown in
Upper Canada.

14. Animals. — The caribou and other
deer are found, besides the animals common
to the other Provinces ; wild fowl, tfec.

15. Fish, as well as timber, is one of
the grand staples of New Brunswick. Its
bays and rivers abound with them. The
chief are the cod, pollack, hake, haddock,
herring, mackerel, halibut, shad, shell-fish,
salmon, and alewives. The value of fish
exported in 1854, was $230,000.

POPULATION, RELIGION, AND EDUCATION.

16. The Population of New Bruns-
wick is about 220,000. Tlie Province was
chiefly settled by American United Em-
pire Loyalists, a few French, and by emi-
grants from Great Britain.

17. Religion.— The clergy of the Pro-
vince is thus given for 1853: — Church of
England, 60 (I bishop); Church of Rome,
26 (1 bishop) ; Presbyterian, 2o ; Wesleyan,
33 ; Baptists, 80. Total places of Avor-
ship, 450.

(>i

18. Education.— King's College, Fred-
ickton ; Baptist Seminary, Frederickton ;
Mount Alison Wesleyan Academy, Sack-
v'ille; Roman Catholic Academy, St. Ste-
phen; 11 County Grammar Schools; 1
Collegiate School ; 900 Connnon Schools,
in 185.5, attended by 29,000 pupils ; besides
Madras and other schools. There is a Pro-
vi'ieial Superintendent, a Board of Educa-
tion, and a Training and Model School.
The yearly legislative grant is $60,000.

Ei"erc/se.'.'.— Describe tho I'liramichi. Give the bays. Describe Chaleurs bay. What is said of the
climate ; mineral, vearetable, iiud animal products; tlie population, relif^ion, and education ?

•«-2 if ■;

".rl'li

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

CITIES, TOWNS, AND COUNTIES.

19. Cities and Towns.—- Cities : Fred-
erickton, and St. John. Towns: St. An-
drews, Woodstock, Saekville, Dalhousie,
Bathurst, Miramichi, and Dorchester.

20 Frederickton, the capital, is plea-
santly situated on a level plain, on the
right bank of the river St. John, county of
York, 84 miles from the Bay of Fundy.
Its streets are wide, and cross each other
at right angles. In front of the city, the
river makes a bold sweep ; and in the rear
a range of hills extend, giving a handsome
appearance to the city. The Government
House is a large stone building ; as is also
King's College. The Parliament House is
of wood. There are barracks, and other
pubhe buildings, besides churches, &c.
Population, 5,000.

21. St. John, the chief city of the
Province, contains a population of 35,000.
It is situated at the mouth of the river St.
John, and was incorporated by Royal char-
ter, in 1785. It is well built, and contains
many fine houses of stone and brick. The
city stands on the declivity of a rocky pe-
ninsuU, projecting into the harbour, and
is regularly laid out, and when ap-
proached from the sea, has an imposing
appearance. A projecting rock divides the
city into two parts, called the Upper and
the Lower Coves. The principal buildings,
besides the churches, are : The Marine

Hospital, Barracks, Court House, Prison,
and Government store-houses. Carleton is
a thriving suburb. In 1837, a destructive
fire visited the city. The harbour is capa-
cious, s;ife, and free from ice. The en-
trance (two miles south of the city) is pro-
tected by a battery on Partridge Island.
The tide rises 20 ft. or 25 ft. The com-
merce of the port is very extensive. In
1856, the exports alone amounted to the
sum of $3,566,310.

22. The Counties, their chief towns
and population are as follows : —

County.

Population.

Chief Town.

Albert

Carleton , , . . .

Charlotte

Gloucester ....
Kent

6,500
11,500
20,500
12,000
12,000
19,500
15,500
11,000

4,500
39,000

5,500

6,000
18,200
18,300

Hopewell.
W oodstock.
St. Andrews.
Bathurst.
Richibucto.

Kings „ . , »

Kingston.

Northumberland.

Queen's

Restigouche ....

St. John

Sunbury

Victoria

Westmoreland . .
York

Miramichi.

Gagetown.

Dalhousie.

St. John.

Maugerville.

Perth.

Dorchester.

Frederickton.

Total

220,000

Halifax.

TEE CIVIL GOVEENMENT.

23. Government.— The form of go-
vernment is similar to that of Nova Scotia
and Canada.

24. Governor The chief executive

officer exercises the same functions as does
the Lieutenant Governor of Nova Scotia,
&c. He is aided by a Provincial cabinet of
nine heads of departments, whose tenure

of office depends upon legislative support.
The Governor General of Canada is his
superior officer.

25. The Legislature is constituted
like that of the other colonies. The Legis-
lative Council consists of 21 members, ap-
pointed by the Crown, for life. The House

Uxerclses.— Which are the chief towns ? Describe Prederickton and St. John. Give the counties
and their chief towns. What is said of the Government, the Governor, and the Legislature P

HHI

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NEW BRUNSWICK.

Prison,
L'letoQ is
itructive
is capa-
The en-
) is pro-
I Island.
lie com-
ive. In
I to the

f towns

* Town.

v\rell.

istock.

ndrews.

irst.

bucto.

iton.

aicbi.

own.

usie.

hn.

erville.

•

tester,
rickton.

ax.

support,
is his

&tituted
e Legis-
ers, ap-
e House

counties
•eP

of Assembly consists of 41 members, elected 27. The Courts are: the Supreme

by the people. Court, with Equity powers (1 chief and

26. Revenue and Expenditure. — 4 puisne judges) ; Vice Admiralty, Piracy,

The revenue for the year 1847 amounted to Probate, Marriage and Divorce; inferior

1660,000 ; and the expenditure to about Courts of Common Fleas, General Sessions,

the same sum. and Justices.

. COMMERCE, RAILWAYS, AND MANUFACTURES.

28. Commerce. — The fine rivers,
bays, and great extent of sea coast,
give New Brunswick great commercial
facilities. There are about 1,000 ves-
sels (15,000 tons), large and small, en-
gaged in trade, fishing, (fee. The prin-
cipal exports are timber, fish, iron, coal,
and gypsum, valued at $6,500,000;
imports, $6,500,000. In 1856, the ex-
ports amounted to $5,366,'755.

29. Railways. — 1. European and
North American, from St. John to
Snediac, 1 07 miles ; with a projected
branch to Nova Scotia, 37 miles ;
from Shediac to Miramichi, 90 miles ;
thence to Canada ; and from St. John
to the State of Maine, 75 miles. 2.
From St. Andrew's to Woodstock, 100
miles. Other lines of railway are also

J.^^^^.>'

projected. 150,000 dollars are annually granted by
the Legislature, for the improvement of roads and
bridges. One great road extends from St. John to
Canada ; another from the State of Maine, through
St. John, to Nova Scotia, Shediac, and Restigouche.
A suspension bridge crosses the St. John river at
the city of St. John.

30. Manufactures, include coarse woollens,
leather, soap, candles, wooden ware, cabinet ware,
cast-iron ware, &c. &c. There are about 150 ships
built annually, value $2,250,000. There are also

^^- 600 saw mills, 300 grist mills, 150 tanheries, 20

foundries, 60 carding and weaving establishments,
and 6,000 hand-looms.

Exercises.— What is the revenue and expenditure ? What is said of the courts; of commerce,
railways, and manufactures of New JBrunswick ?

86 GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

XIV. HISTORY OP NEW BRUNSWICK.

1. Indians, — There are two tribes : the Micmaes (Algonquin) and the
Mil-i-ce-tes (Huron-Iroquois.) The Micmaes are tall and powerful, and
reside near the Bay of Eundy. The Milicetes, who are agricultural, and
reside in the interior, call the Micmaes salt water Indians. In 1841, the
Micmaes numbered 935, and the Milicetes 442. In 1851, both tribes only
unmbered 1,1 16. The Echemins (canoe men), and Abenakies (Marachites,
or Armouchiquois), are supposed to be extinct in New Brunswick.

2. Discovery. — Jacques Cavtier made on condition that the baronets would colo-
his first voyage to the New World in 1634 ; nize the country.

and on the 9th of July, entered a deep bay, 5. Disputes and Seizure. —Failing to
which, from the intense heat he experienced gain* possession himself, Sir William, in
there, he named the "Baye de Chaleurs." 1627, despatched Sir David Kirkt and his
He was pleased with the country, and ex- brother forcibly to expel the French. They
perienceu kind treatment from the inhabi- soon captured Port Royal, St. Croix, and
tants. In 1604, De Monts was commissioned Pen-ta-go-et (Penobscot). They also made
by Henri IV. to make further discoveries ; a prisoner of Claude de la Tour, to whom
and after visiting Rosinol, Nova Scotia, he the French King had made a grant of a
entered la baye Frangois, since named the tract of country on the St. John.
Bay of Fundy ; and on the festival of St. 6. Compromise of Claims.— In Eng-
John the Baptist (24th June), reached the land, la Tour and Lord Stirling agreed to
great river Ou-an-gon-dy, which he named compromise their claims, each to receive a
St. John's river. Entering another river, part. La Tour's son, who resided at Sable
he erected a fort; and from the cross- Island refused; but in 1632, Charles I. ceded
shaped configuration of the stream and its the whole country to Louis XIII. and grant-
tributaries he name*! it St. Croix. ed Lord Stirling £10,000 as indemnity.

3. Part of Nova Scotia.— At this 7. Madame la Tour.— La Tour soon
time the entire country, extending from erected a fort at Gem-sec, on the St. John ;
Ist'w Enghuid to the Bay of Chaleurs, in but his success excited the jealousy of the
eluding the islands, was called Acadie. French Governor, Charnisse. In 1688,
Tl)e Engli-h claimed it from the discoveries Louis Xill, defined the territory of the
of I ab)t, and the French from possession, disputants. New Brunswick was assigned
Tiie chief settlements were at Port Royal to la Tour. Nevertheless, the dispute con-
(Anuaptdis) and St. Croix. tinned, and Charnisse, in the absence of la

4. Original Grants —In 1621, James L Tour, sought to capture the Fort at St.
of England gi anted to Sir Wm. Ah-xander, John. Madame la Tour gallantly defended
alterwards Earl of Stirli'ig, the whole of the Fort, and Charnisse retired m disgrace.
Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Again he made the attempt ; and Madame
Edward Island. In 1625, Charles I. re- de la Tour, being betrayed by a Swiss,
n wed thti grant, and included in it the capitulated. Charnisse, with great bar-
whole of the country from the St. Lawrence barity, hanged all the survivors, and com-
to California. Witlt the gra' it he instituted pelled his victim, with a halter round her
the order of the Baronets of Nova Scotia, neck, to witness their execution. Her suf-

^xerfises.— What said of the Indians? Trace the history of the Province, from its discovery
uiitil 1638. What is said of Sir W. Alexander, Sir D. Kirkt, Claude la Tour, aud Madame la Tom: ?

BRITISH KORTH AMERICA — NEW BRUNSWICK.

) and the
rful, and
;ural, and
1841, the
ribes only
arachites,
k.
sv^ould colo-

-Failing to
Villiam, in
rkt and his
such. They
Croix, and
r also made
f, to whom
grant of a
1.

3. — In Eng-
j agreed to
to receive a
ed at Sable
les I. ceded
, and grant-
smnity.
Tour soon
e St. John ;
ousy of the
In 1638,
ory of the
as assigned
ispute con-
tsence of la
^ort at St.
y defended
m disgrace,
id Madame
' a Swiss,
great bar-
and corn-
round her
Her suf-

ferings were too great, and she died soon
after.

8. Indian Inroads.— In 1639, French
settlements were made on the Bay of Cha-
leurs; and in 1672, on the river Miramichi,
and at other places on the eastern coast. The
colonists suffered much from the Indians,
and were involved in the contests between
the Mohawks and the Micmacs. The Mo-
hawks were victorious ; but in 1692, the
Micmacs, under their chief, Halion, attacked
the whites, burned their houses, and com-
pelled them to fly. To allay this enmity,
the French authorities offered bounties to
such colonists as would marry Indian
wives.

9. Captures and Cession. — In 1654,
Cromwell having directed Colonel Sedge-
wick to recover Nova Scotia from the
French, he defeated la Tour on the St.
John, and took the whole of Acadie. —
In 1667, the colony was again ceded to
France, by Charles II. In 1690, Sir Wm.
Phipps took Port Royal and St. John.
Villabon, however, soon re-captured them ;
and from St. John the Indians were sup-

})lied with arms to attack the English co-
onies in 'New England. The people of
Massachusetts retaliated ; and Lieu .-Col.
Church took Acadie, with the exception of
St. John. In 1696, the country was again
ceded to France, by the Treaty of Ryswick.
In 1704, Col. Church agait) attacked St.
John, but failed. In 1710, Gen. Nicholson
captured Port Royal, the chief pot t in Nova
Scotia which he named Annapolis and in
1713, by the Treaty of Utrecht, the whole
of the country was finally ceded to Great
Britain.

10. Local Contests. — From this pe-
riod until 1763, contests with the Indians
and attacks from the French, who endea-
vored to regain the country colonized by
their countrymen, and disputes as to the
boimdary, harassed the English settlements.

But by the treaty of 1763, which followed
the capture of Louisburg and Quebec,
France finally renounced all claim to either
Acailie or Canada.

11. Settlement and Early Priva-
tions. — In 1764 emigration from Great
Britain and the adjoining colonies flowed
into New Brunswick. William Davidson,
from Scotland, formed a settlement at Mira-
michi, which in 1777 was nearly destroyed
by the Inc'.ians who had declared in favor
of the American revolutionists. Privateers
also pilkged the settlement. In 1783 peace
was procl,\imed, and great numbers of the
disbanded troops and the United Empire
Loyalists settled in New Brunswick.

12. A Separate Province.— lu 1784,
New Brunswick was separated from Nova
Scotia and became a separate Province. A
constitution was granted to it by royal
charter. General Thomas Carlton was ap-
pointed governor. During his administra-
tion of 20 years, the country prospered
greatly. In 1809 a duty was impeded upon
timber coming from the Baltic into England
while that from New Brunswick and other
colonies was admitted free. This continued
to give a great impulse to the timber trade
of the country, until in 1825, from over
trading, a reaction took place. It again re-
covered, and although subject to fluctuation
the timber trade and commerce of New
Brunswick flourished

13. Fire in Miramichi Woods.— In
1826, a grean fire devastated the entire east
coast of Miramichi, covering an area of 6,000
square miles. 500 lives were lost, and
property to the amount of a million of
dollars destroyed. $200,000 were collected
in various places for the sufferers.

14. Fire in St. John.— In 1837 a de-
structive fire visited the City of St. John.
115 houses, and property to the value of
$1,000,000 were destroyed.

15. Revenue Surrendered. — In 1837,

ili'i

its discovery
neb. Tour?

Exercises.— Still further trace the history of the Province, from 1639 to 1837 ; Indian inroads,
captures and cession, local contests, early privations, separate province, fire in Miramichi, &c.

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

!tr

the revenues of the Province wore surren-
dered to the local government on condition
that the payment of the salaries of certain
civil officere, amounting? to $58,000 per au-
burn, be granted to Her Majesty.

16. Ashburton Treaty, &o. — In 1842,
the Ashburton Treaty between Great Brit-
ain and the United States was framed. By
this treaty the disputed boundary between
Maine and New JBrunswick was settled.
The territory in dispute couuiined 12,000
square miles, or 7,700,000 acres. Maine re-
ceived 4,500,000 acres, and New Brunswick,
3,200,000. Reciprocity treaties and ar-

GOVERNOBS OF

Oen. Thos. Carleton, Gov.-in-Chief. . . .1*784

Hon. G. G. Ludlow (Pres.) 1786

Hon. E. Winslow 1803

Colonel G. Johnston 1808

General M. Hunter 1809

General W. Balfour 1811

General E. P. Smyth 1812

General Sir J. Saumarez 1813

Colonel H. W. Hailes 1816

rangements with the United States and
Canada, and other Provinces, have since
been effected.

17. Responsible Qovernment, simi-
lar to that of Canada, was introduced in
1848. Since then the Province has in-
creased in wealth, population, and impor-
tance; and now equally with the other
North American colonies enjoys the protec-
tion of Great Britain, and the fullest exer-
cise of political freedom, compatible with
the maintenance of that cordial and happy
connection which subsists between New
Brunswick and the mother country.

NEW BBrNSWIOK.

Hon. Ward Chipman (Pres.) 1823

Hon. J. M. Bliss 1826

General Sir Howard Douglas 1829

Hon. W. Black (Prea.; 1829

General Sir A. Campbell 1831

General Sir John Harvey 1837

Colonel Sir "W. E. Colebrooke 1841

Sir E. Walker Head 1848

Hon. J. H. T. Manners-Sutton. ..... . .1854

XV. PRINCE EDWARD'S ISLAND.

1. Position and Extents — The crescent shaped Island of Prince
Edward, stretches along the southern portion of the deep semi-circular
basin of the Q-ulf of St. Lawrence, which lies between Cape Breton and New
Brunswick. It is equi-distant from both, and follows the curve of their
coast line.

2. Size. — It is 130 miles long and 30 3. Boundaries. — It is bounded on the
wide. Its area is 2,173 square miles, and it north-east and west by the Gulf of St.
contains 1,365,000 acres, 942,000 acres of Lawrence, and on the south by Northumber-
which are under cultivation. land Strait, which is nine miles wide.

PHYSICAL TEATTTEES.

4. The Surface is slightly undulating, numerous ; the chief are : Hillsboro' and
A chain of hills extends the whole length of Richmond Bays, penetrating the Island from
the Island ; but in no place do thoy reach opposite directions, and dividing it into
any high elevation. three separate peninsulas.

5. The coast Indentations are very 6. Bays.— The chief bays on the north

Exercises. — "What is said of the revenue, the Ashburton Treaty, and responsible government ?
Who were the Governors of the Province ? Describe Prince Edward Island, its position, size, &c.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.

aide are Holland and Richmond ; east, Col- 9. The Climate is rornaikably healthy ;

ville, Cardigan, and Murray ; south, Hills- and is milder than that of the adjoining

boro', Orwell, Bedeque, anil Egmont. continent. No epidemic prevails ; the

7. Geology. — The prevailing rock is Asiatic cholera, which ravaged the adjoin-
soft, reddish sandstone, probably of Per- ing coloiiios, has never visited Prince Ed-
mian or Triassic age, and covered by a red ward Island. The air is ilry and bracing,
loamy soil, of great fertility. Portions of Fogs arc rare ; and winter, though cold, is
the upper coal measures appear to occur in agreeable. Summer, owing to tlie insular
limited patches, on the south side of the character of the country, is tempered by
island; But no iron, coal, or gypsum has the sea breezes. The autumn is generally
been discovered. very line ; the blue sky, with the changing

8. The Soil is reddish loam and of ex- tints of the foliage in the day, and the hrlU
cellent quality ; it is free from rock, easy of liaut Aurora Borealis at night, render this
tillage, and very productive. the most beautiful season of the year.

NATURAL PllODUCTS.

^*-^ 10. Vegetable. — Agriculture is the chief resource

7^ of the colony. Oats, Avheat, barley, j)otatoes, and

/»;^7yg^ " .jmn0Bfi ^ fSE^^^-^ turnips, are the chief staples, Heinp and flax are also

l^j^f^'}*^^ cultivated. The ordinary fruits grow in abundance.

*#/Wtt 1*^^;. (The railroad in the engraving is only prospective.)

^*^ 11. Timber, — Beech is the prevailing timber;

' i? birch, maple, elm, oak, pine, hemlock, spruce, and

r^sm ->:,^^:^^sBBrssi^§ig:h"[ ^ jr^^ cedar also grow in abundance. Fire and the lum-

■-■— r-ii[minw^niwn-iiB iiiiii i mini berer's axe have, however, greatly thinned the forests

^^Km^KWg^^^^^', of these valuable trees.

12. The Animals, &c.— The birds, fish, reptiles

and insects, are similar to those of Nova Scotia. The

fishing grounds lying along the northern shore are

wii/^^^^Sfe^-' very productive in cod, hake or ling, mackerel, and

" '^^^ herring, which are caught in large quantities.

POPULATION, RELIGION, AND EDUCATION.

13. The Population is about 72,000, Roman Catholics 32,000

and is made up of descendants of the Scotch, Presbyterians 22,500

Irish, Acadian French, English and Colonial Protestant Episcopalians . . 6,700

settlers. The different nationalities prevail Methodists 5,500

in the order in which they are named ; but Baptists S,050

they soon become blended in the general Others 4,300

population of the island. .

14 ReUgion.— Nearly one-half of the Total population. . 72,000

population are Roman Catholics. The fol- 15. Education.— Prince Edward Is-

lowing are the chief religious persuasions : land is doing nobly for education. One-

Exercises.—'W^'aA, is said of the geology, soil, and climate of the island P What are the natural
products, the population, and religion of Prince Eilward Island P

'i ■ \

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

third of its revenue is devoted to its pro-
motion. There are a nornml and model
school, and an academy at Charlottetown.
A system of free schools has also been
lately established. There are about 280
district schools in operation, attended by

15,000 pupils, besides the national school
at Charlottetown, and private schools. The
legislative grant for education has lately
been increased to about $40,000 per annum.
A college has also been recently projected
by the Roman Catholic bishop.

CIVIL DIVISIONS or THE PROVINCE.

16. Towns, &c. — Charlottetown, the
capital, is the only city in the island ;
Georgetown, Princetown, St. Davids, and
Dartmouth, are the other principal towns.

17. The Counties are: King, Queen,
and Prince's, divided into sixty-seven town-
ships (numbered from 1 to 67), three royal-
ties, iind six isliiuds.

18. Charlottetown, the capital of the
island, is situated on the southern shore of
Hillsboro' Bay. The harbor is one of the
best in the gulf. The city is well built,
and is situated on gently rising ground.
The site is most agreeable, and overlooks
the Elliott river. It covers an area of 150
acres, and was incorporated in 1855. Its
principal streets, which cross each other at
right angles, are 100 feet in width. The

others are 80, 60, and 40 feet wide. There
are four public squares, on one of which,
called the Queen's Square, the Province
Building stands. It is 140 feet long by 50
feet wide, is built of stone, in the Grecian
style of architecture. It contains the
chambers for both branches of the legisla-
ture, the Supreme Court, the legislative
library, and the public offices. The govern-
ment buildings, churches, and barracks, are
the chief public edifices. There is an academy
and other schools. Ship-building is exten-
sively carried on. Population of the city
and royalty, 6,600. The Government House
stands on a plot of 80 acres, on the banks
of the Hillsboro' river, near the city. The
Lunatic Asylum, a fine building, stands to
the west of the city.

CIVIL GOVEENMENT, COMMEECE, BEVENUE, ETC.

19. The Executive Government con-
sists of a Lieutenant Governor, and a re-
sponsible cabinet of nine members, who
hold seats in either branch of the legisla-
ture, as in Nova Scotia and Canada..

20. The Legislature consists of the
Lieutenant Governor, a Legislative Council
of 12 members, and a House of Assembly
of 30 members. The forms of procedure
are similar to the other colonial legislatures.
The members of either house are paid $120
each for their services during the session.

21. The Judiciary consists, Ist, of a
Supreme Court, with a Chief Justice, a
Master of the Rolls, and two Assistant

Judges ; 2nd, a Court of Chancery, pre-
sided over by the Lieutenant Governor, as-
sisted by the Master of the Rolls, who is
one of the Assistant Judges ; 3rd, Vice-
Admiralty Court, the Criminal Court of
which is presided over by the Lieutenant
Governor and the Instance Court by the
Chief Justice ; and, 4th, of the Court of
Marriage and Divorce, presided over by the
Lieutenant Governor. There are also the
usual inferior courts.

22, The Commerce of the island
consists in the exchange of its agricultu-
ral produce, timber, ships built at the
island, and fish, for British and American

Exercises.— What is the state of education P Give the civil divisions. Describe the f?overn«
ment, legislature and judiciary. What is said of the commerce of the island P

BRd

manufactures,
colonies, — with

23. The

valued at $1,2
1856, the imp(
$1,208,640, inc
at $36 per ton.

24. Reven

timated at $i
In 1856, the
about $70,000.

25. The M

They consist o
Shipbuilding,
prosecuted wit
100 ships are
able. About 4

XVI. ]

1. Discove

covered this is
From this circ
Champlain, St.
it retained unti

2. Original
long included
France; and i
Bird, and Biro
Sieur Doublet,
fishing purpos
Utrecht, in 17:
moved to the is

3. Capture
the New Englj
the treaty of A
was again take
finally ceded t(

4. Removi
Many of the
aided the Mici
on the Englisl
were forcibly
in 1760, The

JSxercises.—G
Trace the histoi

BRITIHH NORTH AMKRICA—PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.

manufactures, and for the various products of the adjacent
oolonies, — with which it has reciprocity arrangements.

23. The Exports and Imports.— The exports are
valued at |1, 210,000, and the imports at $1,500,000. In
1856, the imports wore $1,426,260, and the exports were
$1,208,640, including $636,760 for 14,910 tons of shipping,
at $86 per ton.

24. Revenue and Expenditure.— The revenue is es-
timated at $63,000, and the expenditure about the same.
In 1856, the revenue was $162,648. The public debt is
about $70,000.

25. The Manufactures are chiefly for domcs^tic use.
They consist of cabinet-ware, linena, woollens, cast iron, &c.
Ship building, for the British and Newfoundland market, is
prosecuted with considerable skill and enterprise. About
100 ships are annually built. The fisheries are very valu-
able. About 400 vessels belouf? to the island.

XVI. HISTORY OF PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND.

1. Discovery.— Sebastian Cabot dis-
covered this island on St. John's day, 1497.
From this circumstance, it was called by
Cham plain, St. John's Island — a name which
it retained until 1800. {See page 98.)

2. Original Grant.— The island was
long included in the territory of New
France; and in 1663, with the Magdalen,
Bird, and Biron Islands, it was granted to
Sieur Doublet, a French naval captain, for
fishing purposes. After the Treaty of
Utrecht, in 1715, many French families re-
moved to the island from Cape Breton.

3. Captures.— In 1745 it was taken by
the New Englanders ; but was restored by
the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle. In 1768, it
was again taken, and by the treaty of 1763,
finally ceded to the British Crown.

4. Removal of the Inhabitants. —
Many of the French inhabitants, having
aided the Micmac Indians in their attacks
on the English settlements in Nova Scotia,
were forcibly removed with the Acadians
in l760i Their systematic aggression on

the British colonists was much censured in
France, as producing unnecessary irritation.

5. Survey and Settlement— In 1766,
the island was surveyed. Lord Egmont's
plan to erect it into feudal baronies was
not approved; but in 1767 it was divided
into townlands (or townships), of 20,000
acres, and distributed by lottery among
army and navy oflScers and others having
claiir?s upon the government. Only a small
portion of the island was reserved. The
settlement of the island progressed very
slowly under this system.

6. Separate Government. — The pro-
prietors having petitioned the king. His
Majesty, in 1770, erected Prince Edward
Island into a separate government, and ap-
pointed Walter Paterson, Esq., the first
governor.

7. Constitution Granted.— In 1773,
a constitution, similar to those of the other
North American provinces, was granted,
and in that year the first meeting of the
legislature took place. The government

)e the govern'

Hxercises.— Give the exports, imports, revenue, and expenditure. What are the manufactures
Trace the history of the island, from its discovery in 1497, to 1773.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

^ A^

<if

1.0

I.I

jjj ^^ ■■■
■0 Hi 12.2

£ li! 12.0

IL25 in 1.4

^j>-
>

PhotografJiic

Sciences
Corporalion

33 WIST MAIN STMET

WEBSTIR.N.Y. 145M

(716)872-4503

■'^

<^\^\

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

consisted of a Lieutenant Governor, aided
by an Executive Council of 9 ; a Legislative
douncil of 6, and the House of Assembly
of 24 members. Of the Executive Council,
three were members of the Legislative
Council, and one of the House of Assembly.
This constitution was modified in 1851-

8. Washington and the Islanders.
—In 1775, two American cruisers, taking
advantage of the defenceless state of the
island, attacked and plundered Charlotte-
town, carrying off the acting governor and
two other civil officer-^. The matter having
been reported to General Washington, he
reprimanded and dismissed the captains
of the cruisers, restored the plundered
property, and set the governor and his
officers free, with many courteous expres-
sions of regret for their sufferings.

9. Duke of Kent and the Islanders.
— The Duke of Kent (father to the Queen),
who for ten years resided, at different
times, on the island, as commander- in-chief,
paid great attention to the state of its
defences. He had batteries erected for the
protection of Charlottetown ; organised the
militia into infantry and cavalry troops,
and thus effectually guarded the island
from molestation during the revolutionary
war. He left in 1800 ; and as a mark of
attachment to their protector, the islanders
changed the name of the island from St.
John to Prince Edward.

10. Quit Rents Composition.— In
1776, the proportion of rents paid by the
proprietors not being sufficient to defray
the expenses of government, the British

parliament made an annual grant for that
purpose. In 1801, the arrears of quit
rents amounted to |300,000. To relieve
the proprietary of this heavy burthen, the
Government accepted a liberal composition
for the debt.

11. Increased Emigration.— The ef-
fect of this generous step was at once per-
ceptible in the increased prosperity of the
island. In 1803, the Earl of Selkirk (who
afterwards colonised Red River settlement)
took over 800 Highlanders : their numbers
were afterwards increased to 4,000.

12. The Governors. — Governor Pater-
son, being accused of impeding the settle-
ment and cultivation of the island, by
monopoly, was succeeded by Governor
Fanning, who, in his turn, was succeeded
by Governor Desbarres, and then by Col.
Smith , in 1 8 1 3. Smith's tyrannical conduct,
however, caused so much agitation, that he
was recalled ic 1823. Governors Ready
and Young (appointed in 1831), were suc-
ceeded by Sir John Harvey, in 1836 ; Sir
Charles Fitzroy, in 1837 ; Sir H. V. Huntly,
in 1841 ; Sir Donald Campbell, in 1847 ;
and by the present Governor, Sir Dominick
Daly, formerly of Canada, in 1 854.

13. Responsible Government.— The
House of Assembly having passed an ad-
dress to Her Majesty, in 1847, praying for
the introduction of responsible government
into the Province, that system was fully
introduced into the island in 1851. General
prosperity has since prevailed ; and every
effort is now made to develop the intellec-
tual and physical resources of this island.

XVII. THE ISLAND OP NEWFOUNDLAND.

1. Position. — This island, occupying so important a place between
Europe and America, lies at the entrance to the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
and between the parallels of 46^ 40' and 51° 37' north latitude, and the
meridians of 52° 25' and 59° 15' west longitude. St. John's, the capital,
in the peninsula of Avalon, is only 1,640 geographical miles from Ireland.

Uxercises.— What is said of Washington, and the Duke of Kent P How were the quit-rents ad.
justed f What is said of emigration, tne governors, and responsible government ?

lilii

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NEWFOUNDLAND.

2. Shape and Size. — It is triangular in shape, like England. Its
length, measured in a curve from Cape Eace to Grignet Bay, is 420
miles ; breadth, from Cape Eay to Bonavista, is 300 miles ; and its area
36,000 square miles, or 2,300,000 acres.

8. Boundaries. — It is bounded on the north by the Straits of Belle
Isle (twelve miles wide) ; east and south, by the Atlantic Ocean ; and
west, by the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

PHySICAL FEATURES.

4. The Coast Line is deeply serrated,
being pierced by many fine bays and har-
bours. On the eastern Atlantic side, the
chief are : White Bay, Notre Dame, Ex-
ploits, Bonavista, Trinity, and Conception
Bays ; on the south, St. Mary's, Placentia,
ana Fortune Bay ; and on the west, St.
George's Bay.

5. The Surface is much diversified by
mountains, rivers, and lakes. Mossy marsh-
es and barren rocky ridges, however, pre
vail in the interior.

6. Geology. — The stratified rocks which
occur along the coast line, consist of the fol-
lowing formations: coal, magnesian lime-
stone, upper slate, lower slate, gneisa, and
mica slate. The unstratified, or igneous
rock, consists of various kinds of trap,
greenstone, serpentine, hypersthene, por-
phyry, sienite, and granite. Eicept in
some very indistinct vegetable impressions,
in the coal formation, no organic remains
have yet been found. Nearly the whole

{)eninsula of Avalon is composed of the
ower slate formation. Granite boulders,
of large size, are found in all directions.
Nearly all the hill-ranges, lakes, and bays,
lie north and south in the island. In tnis
direction, too, are found the coal-beds.
They are evidently a prolongation of the
coal strata of Nova Scotia and Cape Breton.
Two mountainous ranges run parallel to the
^est coast.

7. Lakes. — The principal are the Grand
Pond, Victoria, or Red Indian Pond, George

IV., Bathurst, Jameson's, Terra Nevis, and
Gander Bay. There are numerous other
small lakes, or ponds, as they are called.
Fresh water covers nearly one-third of the
island .

8. Grand Pond.— This is the largest
lake in the island. It is near the west
coast, and is 60 miles long and 8 miles
wide. There is a large island at the southern
end, 20 miles long, by 4 or 5 miles wide.

9. Victoria Lake, or Red Indian Pond,
is 80 miles east of Grand Pond, and is
parallel to it. Length, 80 miles ; width,
6 or 6 miles. It is somewhat triangular in
shape. The western shore is curved the en-
tire length ; the southern shore is about
20 miles long. It communicates with
George IV, Wilmot, and Bathurst Lakes.

10. The Rivers are unimportant. The
principal are: Exploits, Great Rattling,
Gander Bay, and Terra Nevis rivers, run-
ning northwards; and the Humber river,
running southwards.

11. Islands. — Belle Isles (north and
south), New "World, and Fogo, on the north
and south; and St. Pierre and Miquelon
(belonging to France^, on the south coats ;
Belle Isle, north, which lies between New-
foundland and Labrador, gives the name to
the straits which divide these countries.
Wheat, potatoes, Ac, will readily grow
upon it.

12. The Strait of Belle Isle is the
northern outlet of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
between the coasts of Newfoundland and

uit-rents ad.

Uxercises.— Give the position, size, and boundaries of the island of Newfoundland. Describe the
•coast line, surface, geology, lakes, rivers, islands, and straits.

■^*^

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

Labrador. It is KO miles long, and 12 wide.
Its navigation is consitlered dangerous. It
is little frequented except by fishernnen.

13. Peninsulas. — St. George's, on the
west coast ; and Avalon, which forms the
south eastern portion of the Island, — from
which it is nearly severed by Trinity and
Placentia bays. This peninsula was origi-
nally settled by Sir George Calvert (Lord
Baltimore) in 1623. It was named by him
after Avalon, or Glastonburg, where Chris-
tianity was first preached in Britain.

14. Capes. — Cape Race, the extreme
end of Avalon peninsula ; the first and last
land seen on the voyage to and from Eng-
land ; Bona Vista, the first land seen by
Cabot in 1497 ; St. Francis, Breakheart
Point, Freels, St. John, Partridge, St. An-
thony, Bauld, Norman, Ferrol Point, Kiel
Point, St. Gregory, St. George, Anguille,
Ray, La Hune, May Point, Corbin Head,
and Cape St. Mary.

15. The Banks of Newfoundland,
which stretch along the eastern and southern
coast of the island, are extensive submarine

elevations, 600 or 700 miles long, and of
various widths. The depth of water varies
from 15 to 80 fathoms. The banks are at
the point of junction of the Arctic current
from Baffin's Bay and the celebrated Gdlf
Stream {see page 74), and have been made
up of band and the debris of earth, stones^
and gravel, carried down on icebergs, by
the northern polar current, from the Arctic
regions and Baffin's Bay. These icebei^s,
meeting the warmer waters of the Gulf
Stream, are here melted, and the debris de-
posited. This process, going on for ages,
has accumulated the vast banks of sand
which are now found off the coast. The
deep sea soundings confirm this view of the
formation of the banks. Coming from the
north, the bottom of the sea is shelving -,
but suddenly, after passing the outer ledge,
the depth of water increases by an almost
precipitous descent of several thousand
feet. Besides the Grand Bank, there are
several others. Their names are : the Outer
Bank to the east, and the Green, Mizen, Por-
poise, and Banquereau banks to the west.

CLIMATE AND NATURAL PRODUCTS.

16. The Climate, though severe, is
healthy. Winter is stormy. January and
February, as in Canada, are the coldest
months. Snow does not lie long on the
ground. Summer is short and warm. In
May and June, dense fogs prevail on the
Banks; but they are not injurious to health.
Thunder and lightning are rare. The lon-
gevity of the inhabitants is remarkable,

17. Minerals.— Coal is abundant south
of St. George's Bay and north of the Great
Pond, as they lie in the same north-easterly
direction. Gypsum, copper, iron, and lead
are also found. The iron pyrites found on
the coast by the first explorers were mis-
taken for gold, and caused great disappoint-
ment when their true value was known.
Salt springs are frequent on the west coast

18. Vegetable Products. — Though

not strictly speaking an agricultural country,
wheat and other kinds of grain are readily

cultivated. Potatoes
are a staple ; garden,
vegetables and fruit
grow in abundance.

19. Flowers and
Shrubs. — The Guel-
der and two other kinds
of roses and the pitcher
plant are natives of the
province. The iris, pan-
sey, lily of the valley^
tfec, grow in profusion,
besides a variety of re-
cumbent and trailing
evergreens, shrubs, <fec.

Exerciites.—G'wa the peninsulas and capes. Describe the formation of the "Banks" off the-
coast. What is said of the climate and natural products f

blUTlSH NORTH AMERICA — NEWFOUNDLAND.

20. Animals.— The celebrated New-
foundland dog is a native of the island;
and though it has degenerated in some
places, fine specimeas may still be found at
the north. There are two kinds: the short
wiry-haired Labrador dog, and the long
curly haired Newfoundland species. The
caribou, wolf, fox, and other animals exist
in numbers. Land birds are numerous in
the interior, and water birds on the coast.

CIVIL DIVISIONS, POPULATION

22. Districts,— The island is divided
into nine electoral districts as follows : (1.)
St. Johns; (2.) Conception Bay; (3.) Trin-
ity Bay; (4.) Bonavista Bay; (5.) Fogo and
Twillingate ; (6.) Ferrylaud ; (7.) Plaeentia
and St. Marys ; (8.) Burin, and (9.) Fortune
Bay. There is but one city, St. Johns, the
capital, and two towns : Harbour Grace and
Plaeentia, all in the peninsula of Avalon.

23. St. Johns is the most eastern sea-
port in North America, and the capital of
Newfoundland. The harbour is excellent.
It is enclosed by two mountains, between
which is the entrance, or "narrows," de-
fended by numerous batteries. There are
no perceptible tides. The city is situated
on an acclivity. The principal street is a
mile long. The chief public edifices are the
Roman Catholic and Protestant Episcopal
Cathedrals, and other churches ; the govern-
ment house, chambers of the Legislature
and Lunatic Asylum. The city is lit with
gas ; and is well supplied with water. It
has several times suffered severely from
fire. The trade consists in the exchange of

The seal, whale, grampus, and porpoise
abound ; but the sea-horse, like the auk or
penguin, has been nearly annihilated.

21. Fish is the chief source of the
wealth and importance of
Newfoundland, almost every
variety of which frequents the coast. Tho
cod is the staple fish, and abounds on tho
adjacent banks ; herring, mackerel, salmon„
mullet, and capclin, are also abundant.

, EELIGION, AND EDUCATION.

fish for the commodities of various coun-
tries, and the supplying of the fishermen
■with necessary articles. A submarine tele-
graph connects the city with the American
continent, via Prince Edward Island ; and it
is proposed to lay down another to Va-
lentia, in Ireland, 1,640 miles distant.

24. The Population is now about
100,000. The original settlers were chiefly
from Ireland, and the islands in the British
Channel, France, &c,

25. In Religion the utmost toleration
prevails. Nearly one-half the population are
Roman Catholics. Next, in pomt of num-
bers, are the members of the Church of Eng-
land ; then the Methodists. The members
of other denominations are not numerous.

26. Education. — Elementary schools
are established in every district in the
island. There are about 250 public schools
attended by 16,000 pupils, besides nearly
50 Madras and other schools, and ten or
twelve grammar schools and academies.
The expenditure for education, in 1854,
was $55,000.

SUBMARINE TELEGEAPHS,

27. Submarine Telegraph. — New-
foundland is destined to be famous, as be-
ing the connecting point for the submarine
telegraph between Europe and America.
Already the island is connected by tele-
graph with the adjoining continent. The
further distance from St. Johns to Valencia,

iiks" off the

FISHERIES, AIJD COMMERCE.

in Ireland, is 1,900 English miles. Sound-
ings have been taken every 30 miles of this
distance ; and over an area of 1,300 miles,
the bed of the Atlantic was found to be a
soft and almost unbroken level, or telegraph-
ic plateau, of calcareous rock, covered with
a layer of microscopic tropical shells. The

Exercises.— What is said of the animals of the island? Which is the staple flsh? Give the
civil divisions and population. What is said of religion and education P also of the telegraph ?

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

greatest depth sounded near the middle of
the ocean was more than two miles.

28. The Submarine Cables are made
of copper wire, coated with gutta percha,
and bound with iron wire. Each copper
wire is first covered with two or three coat-
ings of gutta percha, so as to insulate it.
These wires are then twisted together, and
surrounded with spun yarn soaked in tar
and grease. Around this rope is afterwards
twisted a number of stout iron wires, coated
with zinc, or galvanised, so as to preserve
them from rust. The cable is then ready
for laying, which is done by steamers. The
weight of cables varies from 1 to 7 tons per
mile : that between Ifewfoundland and Ire-
land, is 18 cwt. per mile.

29. Submarine Connections. — Al-
ready Ireland is connected with England
and Scotland by submarine telegraph ; Eng-
land with France, Belgium, and Holland ;
thus the connection between the continents
of Europe and America will be complete.

30. The Fisheries of Newfoundland
are prosecuted by the inhabitants of the
island, and, under treaty arrangements, by
the French and Americans off the coast.
The French occupy two islands to the south
of Newfoundland, St. Pierre and Miquelon.
The products of the fisheries include the
various kinds of fish, cod and seal, and oil
and seal skins. The total value of exports
from the island in 1855, of these products
of the sea, was $6,040,000. The value of
the French and American fisheries probably
amounted to a nearly equal sum.

31. The Commerce of the island con-
sists in the exchange of it's fish, &c., for the
produce of other countries. There are
about 1,000 vessels annually engaged in
this trade. In addition, about 400 vessels

usually engage in the spring seal fishery,
and about 15,000 of all sizes in the summer
cod and other fisheries.

32. Imports and Exports — The total
value of the exports from the island in
1855, including $1,260,000 for fish and furs
from Labrador, was $7,650,000. The value
of the imports for the same year was $8,-
100,000. The balance of trade is made up
in freights, and imports for the prosecution
of the fisheries. The chief export trade is
with Great Britain, the Colonies, Spain,
Italy, the West Indies, and the United
States. One year after the assent to the
reciprocity treaty of 1854 by the legislature
of the island, ihe exports to the United
States increased four fold. Newfoundland
has also entered into a similar commercial
arrangement witb Canada, <&c.

CIVIL GOVEENMENT.

33. The Executive Government con- Governor, a Legislative Council of ten mem*
sists of a governor, and a responsible cabinet bers appointed by the Crown, and an elec*

of nine members, who must hold seats in
either house of the legislature as in Can-
ada, &c. The Governor-in-Chief of the island
is independent of the Governor General of
British North America.
34. The Legislature consists of the

tive House of Assembly of thirty members.

35. The Revenue and Expenditure
are about half a million of dollars. In 1864,
the revenue was $405,000.

36. The Judiciary consists of a Chief
Justice of the Supreme and Circuit Courts,

JExerdses.—Kow are submarine tolef^aph cables made P What are the more noted submarine
telegraph connections P What is said of the fisheries, commerce, exports, and civil governmeat P

^**v.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NEWFOUNDLAND.

and two puisu6 judges. There arc also the presided over by magistrates at St Johns
Surrogate Court, and the Sessions Court, juid at each imtpost. '

XVIII. HISTORY OF NEWFOUNDLAND.

1. The Red Indians.— Tliis Algon- body, but failed. In 1001, Thorfinn, a per-
quin tribe, called Bceothic, or Bethuck, with son of illustrious lineage, is also said to
some Esquimo Indians, occupied the Islaud have made ti voyage to Helluland, Mark-
of Newfoundland when Sebas-
tian Cabot first visited it. Their
food then was raw flesh. They
resided chiefly in the vicinity
of the Exploits River, but are
now extinct. They were ruth-
lessly exterminated by the
Micmuc Indians and the whites,
who waged perpetual warfare
against them. From having
painted their persons with
the red ochre found on the is-
land, they received the name
of "Red Indians." Their mode
of capturing deer was ingeni-
ous. They cut down trees on
either bank of a river, so as to
form a brush fence, leaving
openings, at intervals, through
which the deer must pass — in

BED INDIAN HUNTEB.

land (Nova Scotia), and Vin-
hind. These statements are
disputed ; but tliey are suj)-
ported by various authorities.
3. Cabot's Discovery.—
In May, 1497, King Henry
VIII. despatched John Cabot
and his t^ons on a voyage of
discovery to the west. On
the 24th June, they reached a
point on the American coast,
either Labrador or, more pro-
bably, Newfoundland, as they
gave the name of l^rima Vista
to the island whicli they dis-
covered. Owing to the quan-
tities of cod-tish on the coast,
they called the place Bac-ca-
la-os (the Indian name for cod-
fish) — a name still given to a
doing which, these unsuspecting animals be- small island off the northern point of the
came an easy prey to the hunter. There are Avaion peninsula, and which would seem
now very few Indians, if any, on the island, to indicate the precise spot " first seen " by
2. Northern Discovery.— It is sup- t^® Cabots. In 1498, Sebastian Cabot, who
posed that Newfoundland, or Helluland, l>ecame so celebrated a navigator, again
was originally discovered by Biarne, son of visited the island, and sailed as far north as
Heriulf Bardson, a follower of Eric the Hudson's Bay. (See portrait on next page.)
Red, Earl of Norway, who, in the year 986, 4. Cortereal's Visit.— In 1500, Caspar
emigrated from Iceland to Greenland. Leif, Cortereal, a Portuguese, visited the islaud.
son of the Earl, is said to have made a He gave to Conception Bay and Portugal
second visit in the year 1000, and to have Cove the names they still bear,
gone as far south as Vinland (Massachu- 5. First Fisheries. — Cortereal's ac-
setts), a place of grapes. Thorwald, brother count of the abundance of fish on the banks,
of Lief, reached Vinland in 1002, but, re- induced the Portuguese, in 1502. to estab-
turning home, fell in with the Skrelling, or lish the fisheries, which have since become
Esquimo Indians, and was killed. His so famous and productive. The French,
brother Thorstein sought to recover his Spaniards, and English soon followed ; and

Exercises.— What is said of the Red Indians ? What are the theories in regard to early northern
discovery and Cabot's discovery ? When did Cortereal visit the island, and what was the result P

)

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

;,<S

in 1817, there were 50 vessels engaged in others, a patent to colonize the island. They
the enterprise. The Portuguese soon re- sent John Guy, from Bristol, who estab-
tired, leaving the fisheries chiefly in the lished a colony at Conception Bay. He
hands of the French and English. undertook a survey of the coast, and held

6. Verazzani's Visit.— In 1525. John friendly intei course with the Red Indians;
Verazzani visited the island, and carefully but sickness compelled Guy and some of
examined 2,000 miles of the American coast. ^^^ P^^^Y *» r<^'u»''i ^o England.

Upon his examination and report, the 10. Whitbourn's Admiralty Courts.
French laid claim to the whole country, — In 1614, permanent dwelling-houses were
under the name of New France. first erected in Newfoundland ; and in 1616,

7. Cartier's Visit. — In 1534, Jacques Capt. Whitbourn was despatched to the
Cartier reached the island

of Newfoundland, and so
pleased was he with the
scenery of the cape he first
saw, that he cplled it " Bona-
vista," — a name it still bears.
Sailing northwards, he pass-
ed through the Strait of
Belle Isle into the Gulf of
St. Lawrence.

8. Gilbert's Expedi-
tion. — In 1540, London,
Bristol, and other English
ports, actively engaged in
the Newfoundland fisheries ;
and in 1583, Sir Humphrey
Gilbert landed, after a slight
opposition, at St. John's, and
took formal possession of the
island in the name of Queen
Elizabeth. Collecting the
masters and merchants, he
read his commission, and af-
terwards promulgated seve-
ral laws. He was shortly
afterwards shipwrecked. In
1585, Sir Bernard Drake
made a voyage to Newfound-
land, and captured some
Portuguese ships laden with
fish, oil, and furs.

9. Guy's Expedition

In 1610, James I. granted

toLord Bacon and forty Sebastian cMoi -{See precedinff page.)

Exercises.— ^hai is said of Verazzani and Cartier's visits ; of Gilbert and Guy's expeditior's ;.
and of Whitbourn's admiralty courts ? Who was Sebastian Cabot P

l;.::!

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — NEWFOUNDLAND.

nd. They
ho estab-
Bfty. He
and held
] Indians;
1 some of

f Courts.
)U8es were
id in 1615,
cd to the

island, by the Admiralty, to hold courts,
empanel juries, and settle fishery disputes.
Whitbourn also planted a Welsh colony at
Oambriol, now called Little Britain.

11. Baltimore's Colony — In 1623,
Sir George Calvert, afterwards Lord Balti-
more, while Secretary of State, obtained
letters patent from James I. granting him
the entire peninsula formed by the Bays of
Flacentia and Trinity. This he erected into
a province, under the name of Avalon —
the ancient name of Glastonbury, in Eng-
land — and appointed Oapt. "Wyun local

f;overnor, who fixed his residence at Ferry-
and. Lord Baltimore also resided there
for some time ; but finding the soil and
climate unfavourable, he, in 1643, under a
patent from Charles I. founded the colony
of Maryland, of which Baltimore is now the
capital, and abandoned his estate iu New-
foundland. In 1754, his heirs claimed the
peninsula, but the claim was disallowed.

12. Regular Government.— In 1633,
Charles I. gave directions for the introduc-
tion of a more regular system of govtrn-
ment, in regard to the fisheries, crime, kc.
"Fishing Admirals," or certain masters of
fishing vessels, were appointed to execute
the law ; but ignorance and partiality gener-
ally characterized their decisions.

13. French Tribute.— In 16?'' the
French established a colony at P' • -tia,
which led to many disputes ; and ih '634,
rather than relinquish the fisheries, they
agreed to pay five per cent, on all fish
taken, for the privilege of fishing. The
impost continued for forty years.

14. Kirkt's Settlement.— In 1654,
Sir David Kirkt obtained a grant, and es-
tablished a settlement. In 1663, there
were 15 British settlements, and about 40C
families on the island. They would have
rapidly increased, but for the cruel policy of
those who monopolized the fisheries.

15. Islanders Disported. — Orders

were even sent out to break up the settle-
ments and remove the islanders; but Sir
John Berry, the governor, a humane man,
remonstrated ; and in 1676, the King or-
dered that the removals should cease. Fur-
ther emigration was, however, forbidden.

16. The War of 1692-8.— The renri-
minations between the rival colonies at
length resulted in a determination on the
part of England and France to gain entire
possesB'on of the island and its fisheries,
riaceutia was attacked in 1792; but the
French Governor made a spirited and suc-
cessful defence. In retaliation, the French
made two attacks upon St. John, in 1696,
and burned it to the ground. All the other
British settlements were destroyed, except
those at Bonavista and Carbonear, which
made a successful resistance. An attempt
was made to restrain the invaders. The
peace of Ryswick ended the war for a time .

17. The War of the Succession re

vived hostilities in Newfoundland. In 1702,
Queen Anne sent out Sir John Leake, who
made a successful attack upon the French
settlements, and captured a number of ves-
sels. In 1703, Admiral Graydon failed in
his attacks upon the French In 1705-8,
Placentia having been reinforced from
Canada, and further aid having arrived, the
French retaliated with such vigor, that with
occasional reverses, they had acquired in
1708, almost entire possession of the island.
The brave fishermen of Carbonear alone
held out. The French held possession un-
til 1713, when, by the Treaty of Utrecht,
Louis XIV. ceded Newfoundland to Fngland,
retaining only the islands of St. Pierre and
Miquelon, off the southern coast.

US. Separnte Province.— In 1729,
Newfoundland was separated from the gov-
ernment of Nova Scotia and made a sepa-
rate province. Captain Osborne was ap-
pointed the first governor under the new
constitution. He divided the island into

; s'1

■n

ipeditiors ;

Hxercises.—Wlifit is said of Lord Baltimore's colony ; regular jrovernment ; French tribute ;
Kirkt's settlement ; disportment of islanders ; the wars of 1692—1713 ?

100

GBOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

I !:

I li:

districta, and introduced several salutary
refurma into the administration of the laws.

19. Courts Established.— In 1734, a
Court of Oyer and Terminer was instituted ;
and in 1742, a Court of Admiralty ; in 1789,
a Court of Common Pleas ; in 1792, a Su-
preme Court (both rendered permanent in
1808), and in 1811, a Surrogate Court in
Labrador. Sessions Courts were also held
in the island. In 1826, a royal charter re-
organized the judiciary, divided the island
into circuits, and authorized the Supreme
Court to admit barristers aud attorneys.

20. War of 1756. — So unprotected
was the island left during this war, that in
1761 a merchant brig had to be equipped
for defence ; and in 1762, the French cap-
tured St. -lohns, Carbonear, and Trinity.
Lord Colville at once sailed from Halifax
and recaptured them. The noble and patri-
otic conduct of Messrs. Carter and Garland,
iu provisioning, under great difficulties, the
garrisons of Ferryland aud Carbonear, and
rendering other services, was appreciated
and handsomely rewarded by the British
Government. In 1768, the treaty of Paris
again put an end to the war and its evils.

21. Labrador Annexed. — In 1763,
the Labrador coast was politically annexed
to Newfoundland. Cook, the celebrated
navigator, surveyed the coasts.

22. Falllser's Act.— In 1764, Sir Hugh
Palliser was appointed governor. His ad-
ministration was highly beneficial, and his
maritime regulations were afterwards pass-
ed into a law. The navigation laws were,
in 1766, extended to Newfoundland.

23. American Treatment— In 1774,
the Americans prohibited the exportation
of food to Newfoundland, because tne island-
ers would not aid their cause. By tlie
greatest exertions, on the part of England,
the inhabitants were, however, saved from
starvation. Being acquainted with the coast,
the American privateers also harassed the

colonists and destroyed their property. Bj
the treaty of 1783, peace was restored.

24. Disasters.— In 1776, the island was
visited by a dreadful storm. The sea rose
20 feet ; hundreds of vessels of all sizes
were driven on shore, inland property was
destroyed, and about 800 persons lost their
lives. In 1816, St. Johns was nearly de-
stroyed by fire; loss, $600,000. In 1817,
two other fires occurred in St. Johns, de-
stroying property and provisions to the
value of fc.OOO.OOO. A great scarcity of
food was the consequence. Many riots oc-
curred. England sent relief, and the citi-
zens of Boston freighted a ship with food
for the sufferersi and thus almost wiped off
the stain of 1774. In 1882 Harbour Grace
was burned. In June, 1 846, another destruc-
tive fire visited St. Johns ; and iu Septem-
bcr, a furious hurricane ravaged the coast.
Much property and many lives were lost.

25. War again — In 1792, the French
republic declared war against England, and
before it terminated, the United States also
declared war in 1812. In 1796, the town
at the Baye des Boulea (Geulder Rose Bay,
misnamed the Bay of Bulls) was destroyed
by the French Admiral. The war was
otherwise advantageous to the trade of
Newfoundland. It was terminated in 1814,
when treaties of peace were signed. De-
pression in trade immediately followed;
but it revived again in 1818.

26. Social Progress In 1808, Sunday

Schools were introduced aud Benevolent
Societies established. In 1 807, a newspaper
was issued, now there are 8 ; in 1808, vol-
unteer militia were enrolled; in 1810, efforts
were made to establish friendly relations
with the native tribes, but fear, on their

{)art, prevented it; in 1822, the Newfound-
and and British North American School
Society established " free " schools ; in 1828,
the St. Johns roads were greatly improved;
in 1830, a stone court-house and the govern-

Hxercises.—When was Newfoundland made a separate Province, and courts established? What
is said of the wars of 1756 ; of Labrador ; Palliser ; American treatment ; Disasters ; and war again ?

It-

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — LABRADOR.

101

ment housie were erected ; in 1886, a bank-
ing house was establishecl ; iu 1839, a geo
logical survey was undortaki'ii ; the Roman
Catholic cathedral was commenced in 1841,
and the Protestant Episcopal cathedral in
1843; in 1846, gas light was first used in
the island, and grammar schools established ;
in 1847, St. Johns was supplied with water,
agriculture encouraged, and mechanics' in-
stitutes founded. Various improvements
have rapidly followed, and Newfoundland
now enjoys peace and prosperity.

27. Political Progress.— In 1832, a
Legislative Council of 5, and a representa-
tive Assembly of 15 members were granted,
and the island divided into nine electoral
districts ; in 1843, the assembly was incor-
porated with the council, and an amalga-
mated assembly of 26 members instituted ;
iu 1847, the union was dissolved, and the

two hf>usea met separately; in 1864, the
electoral districts were re-nrranged and the
number of members of the assembly in-
creased to 80; the Executive and Legisla-
tive Councils were also separated in 1854,
and responsible government fully estab«
lished. Thus has Newfoundland happily
reached a period in her history that, under
the paternal and powerful protection of
Oreat Britain, she may enjoy the highest
political and social prosperity. In com-
municating to the Governor of Newfound
land, the articles of the fisliery convention
with France in 1867, the Imperial Govern
ment nobly and disMuctly laid down the
important principle, that no changes affect-
ing the rights and privileges of the colonists
would be made without the free concur-
rence of their local legislature. This prin-
ciple applies to all the colonies alike.

GOVERNOES OF NEWFOUNDLAND,

Newfoundland is the nearest to England of the North American provinces, as well as
the oldest of all her colonies. Many distinguished Bi'itish naval captains have, from
time to time, held the office of governor of the island, as follows : —

Oapt. Osborne 1729

Capt Clinton 1729

Capt. Vaubrugh 1737

Oapt Lord J. Graham 1740
Capt. Hon. J. Byng . . 1741
Capt. Sir C. Hardy . . 1744

Capt. Rodney 1749

Capt. Drake 1760

Capt. Bonfoy 1753

Capt. Dorrit 1765

Capt. Edwards 1757

Capt. Webb 1760

Oapt. Groves 1761

Capt. Palliser 1764

Capt. Hon. J. Byron.. 1769
Commodore Molyneux 1772
Commodore Duff. .... 1775
Admiral Montague . . . 1776
Admiral Edwards. ... 1779
Admiral Campbell . . . 1782

Admiral Elliott 1786

Admiral Milbanke ... 1789

Admiral Kings 1793

Admiral Sir J. Wallace 1794
Admiral Waldegrave . 1797

Admiral Pole 1800

Admiral Gambler. . . . 1802
Admiral Sir E. Gower 1804

Admiral Halloway. . . 1807
Adml. Sir J. Duckworth 1810
Admiral Sir J. Keats. 1813
Admiral Pickmore ... 1816
Adml. Sir C. Hamilton 1818
Capt. Sir C. Cochrane 1826

Capt. Prescott 1834

Gen. Sir J. Harvey. . . 1841
Hon. F. W. A. Bruce . 1846
Col. Sir J. G. le Mar-
chant 1847

Hon. K. B. Hamilton. . 1862
Hon. C H. Darling . . 1855
Sir Alex. Bannerman. 1857

XIX. LABRADOR PENINSULA.

1. Position and Area. — This extensive peninsula is the moat
easterly part of British America. Its area is about 450,000 square miles.

2. Boundaries. — It is bounded on the the Atlantic Ocean ; on the south by the
north by Hudson's Strait ; on the east by Strait of Belleisle and the Gulf and River

JSrerme*.— Trace the social and political progress of the Province. Who were its Governors?
Describe the Labrador penins?ila.

1 1

102

GEOaRAPHY AND HISTORY OP

St. Lawrence ; and on the west by Canada
and James and Hudson's Bays.

3. The Surfaoe gradually rites as it
recedes from the coast. Near the centre,
a range, called the Wolchish MouDtaius,
forms a water-shed for the rivers.

4. Gtoology. — The prevailing rocks on
the coast are granite, gneiss, and mica
slate. Above tnese, in some parts, is a
bed of old red sandstone, followed by se-
condary limestone. Towards the interior,
the secondary formations disappear, and
the primary become predominant.

5. Soil and Timber, &o — In some of
the valleys, where the soil is sandy, juni-
per, birch, and poplar are found. Near
the coast, moss and stunted shrubs prevail.

6. Rivers. — ^The principal rivers are:
The East Main, or Stude, flowing westward
to St. James' Bay ; the Great and Little
Whale Kivcrs, flowing westward to Hud-
son's Bay ; the Kee-nog-an-is-see and Kok-
BO-ak, which, united, flow northward to
South Bay, Hudson's Straits; and the Mes-
chic-ke-mau, or North-West River, flowing
eastward to the Strait of Belleisle.

7. The Lakes are numerous ; almost
every river forming several, by expanding
in its course. The chief are : Clear Water,
in the west ; Mis-tas-chin-nie, in the south ;
and Meschickemau, in tlie east.

8. The Climate and Products. — The
climate is excessively severe. It is a region
of almost perpetual snow, from September
until June. Cereals will not ripen ; but
barley, cut green, makes good fodder. Po-
tatoes and other vegetables do well in some
seasons, in favourable spots.

9. The Inhabitants on the coast are
chiefly Esquimo Indians, who subsist by

Ashing and hunting. In the interior are
the Nas-co-pi, or ScofB, and the She-sha-ta-
push, branches of the Crce Indians, and
part of the Algonquin family. Besides the
fishermen who frequent the coast, the po-
pulation of Labrador is estimated at 6,000.

10. Settlements.— The chief Euro-
pean settlements on the cust coast are For*
teau and Bradore Bays, Anco la Blanc ; and
the Moravian settlements of Nain, Okhak,
Hopedale, and Hebron. The Hudson's Bay
Company have also several stations.

11. Fisheries and Commeroe.~Tbe
principal articles of commerce are whale
and seal oil and skins, fish, and furs. About
18,000 seals are annually taken. The an-
nual value of the fi»h and oil, Ac, taken,
is estimated at |4,000,000. The exports
are chiefly shipped from Newfoundland.
Those for 1855 were valued at $1,260,000,
including $60,000 worth of furs.

12. History. — The peninsula was dis-
covered by Cabot, in 1496, and visited by
Hudson, in 1610. By the Spaniards it was
called Labrador, or "Cultivable Land,"
to distinguish it from Qroo, or Oreen Land.
It is also said to derive its name from the
"good labour," or faithful services of its
inhabitants. It also received the uame of
Helluland, from the Scandinavian North-
men, who probably visited the coast about
the year 1000. In 1763, the coast of
Labrador was aimexed to the government
of Newfoundland. It was afterwards se-
parated from it, but, in 1808, re-annexed;
and in 1811, an Imperial act was passed,
authorising the holding of Surrogate Courts
on the Labrador coast. The whole of the
interior, to the shores of Hudson's Bay, is
claimed by the Hudson's Bay Company.

XX. HUDSON'S BAY TERRITORY.

1. Position and Extent. — This vast territory, stretching across
the northern portion of British America, includes nominally the following
areas: I. "Eupert's Land," embracing (as granted by the charter of

Uxercises—Vihat is sti\d of its surface, geoloey, soil, timber rivers, lakes, climate, products, in-
habitants, settlements, fisheries, commerce, and history of the Labrador peninsula?

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — HUDSON'S BAY.

108

it«rior ar«
ihe-sba-ta*
linns, and
tesides the
Bt, the po-
I nt 5,000.
ief Euro-
it are For-
llnno ; and
in, Okhak,
dson's Bay
)ns.

roe.— The
are whale
rs. About
, The an-
(fee, taken,
\\e exports
fuundiand.
11,260,000,

a was dis-
visited by
irds it was
le Land,"
een Land.
) from the
ces of its
16 uame of
an North-
oast about
coast of
)yernment
wards se-
i-annexed ;
M passed,
ite Courts
ole of the
's Bay, is
npany.

r across
allowing
arter of

aducts, in*

Oharlea II. in 1070) all the country watered by rivers falling iu
son's Bay. II. The "Indian Territories," leased in 1821, and ii

into Hud-
including
indefinite areas or sections drained by the Mackenzie, Coppermine, Atha-
basca, Saskatchewan, lied, and Frazer Rivers, Ac, extending from the
sources of these rivers to the Frozen Ocean ; and from the Rocky Moun-
tains to the Pacific Ocean. III. The whole of Vancouver's Island.

2. Title — The title to Rupert's Land is trade with Indians in those territories, for

based, 1st. Upon the charter of Charles IL ; twenty one years, from 183S. To Vancou-

2nd. Upon the act of 1690, confirming the ver's Island, the title is conditional that the

charter for seven years only ; and. 3rd. Company colonise it. The island may be

teritorics, the title is based upon a grant annex- the Red River and Suskatcbewaa
from the Crown, of the exclusive right to districts to Canada.

HUDSON S BAY SECTION.

3. Extent.— This portion of the Hud-
sons Bay Territory includes the whole of
the country watered by rivers flowing into
the Hudson's Bay. The eastern or Labrador
section has been already desciibed. {p. 101.)

4. The River System includes the
rivers to th? east {itee^ahrador\ south and
west of Huds m's Bay and its outlets. They
are separated from the other great rivers of
British North America by a water shed or
elevated chain runniug far inland, almost
parallel to the south and west shores of the
Bay itself. The principal ones urc as fol-
lows : the Chesterfield, Churchill, Sas katch-
e-wan, the Severn, and the Albany.

5. The Chesterfield is the most nor-
thern, and is a long inlet, fed by lakes, <&c.

6. The Churchill rises in the slope far
east of the Rocky Mountains, under the
name of the Beaver River ; flows north-east-
wards, receives the waters of Methy and
La Crosse Lakes, takes thence the name of

Missinipi, is again augmented by the waters
of Deer Lake, the southern outflow of Wol-
laston Lake, and thence bears the name of
Churchill River to Hudson's Bay.

7. The Sas-katch-e-wan, (or Nelson),
the largest river entering Hudson's Bay,
rises in the Rocky Mountains, where its
northern branch is fed by Mount Hooker.
Joined by the southern branch, about 600
miles from its source, the united river flows
into Lake Winnipeg, and issuing thence,
under the name of the Nelson River, it
keeps north-eastwards to Hudson's Bay. It
is 1,300 miles in length, and drains an area
of 868,000 square miles. Sas-katch-e-waa
means the swift current.

8. The Severn falls into Hudson's Bay.
It flows north eastward, from a source near
lake Winnipeg, if not from the lake itself.

9. The Albany has its source in Lake
St. Joseph, in latitude 51°, and flows east-
ward nearly 400 miles to James' Bay.

HUDSON S BAT AND TRIBUTAET LAKES.

10. Hudson's Bay is an extensive medi- The southern prolongation is called James*
terranean sea connected with the northern Bay, from which the distance to Repulse
Atlantic Ocean by the Hudson's Strait. Bay, in the north, is 1,000 miles. Its

Exercises.— WhtA, is the position and extent of the Hudson's Bay territory ? What is the natiu«
of the title to it ? Describe the Hudson's Bay section, its extent and river system.

104

GEOGBAPHY AND HISTORY OP

u t

it Im >
'll'
H ?
1!*

greatest width is 500 miles ; depth, in the
middle of the Bay, 1 50 fathoms. The coasts,
except at the south west, are high, rocky,
and rugged. It was discovered by Henry
Hudsuu, in 1610, who perished on its shore.
11. Tile Lakes.- -Winnipeg is about 240
miles long, and from 5 to 50 miles wide.
Directly westward, and parallel to it, are

the two lakes, Winnepegoos and Maintoba^
which, together, are nearly of the same ex-
tent as Winnipeg. The Lake of the Woods
is a fine sheet of water, 68 miles long, and
from 15 to 25 miles wide. It is dotted over
with beautiful islands. The other lakes to
the south are St. Joseph, Sal and God ; and
to the north, Deer and WoUaston lakes.

BED EIVEE AND SASKATCHAWAN SECTION.

12. Extent. — This section includes the
vallieg of the Assineboin, Saskatchewan, (2
branches), Beaver, (Churchill), Peace and
Athabasca rivers. It also includes the 250
miles of the navigable part of the Red
River, Lake Winnipeg, &c. Its length,
from the Lake of the Woods westward to
the rocky mountains is 900 milos, and its
breadth, from th«^ United States boundary
(49° N. latitude) to the mouth of the Peace
River, (Lake Athabasca^, '700 miles. It
includes an area of 500,000 square miles ;
and is equal to France and Austria. Red
River was settled by Lord Selkirk, in 1811.

13. Climate. — At the western part the
winters are comparatively short and mild,
similar to those at Chicago. Southward
the climate does not dififer much from that
of Canada. To the north it is colder.

14. Products. — Prairies abound, with
timber on the river banks, especially on the
Upper Saskatchewan. At the base of the
Rocky Mountains, immense coal fields exist.
It is also rich in other minerals. At the
south and east the soil is very good, and
grain and vegetabU are easily cultivated.
The principal animi s are the beaver, fox,
wolf, moose, red deer ilk, bear, and buffalo.

MACKENZIE EIVEB SECTION.

15. Exteut, Sec — This section extends
along the Mackenzie River from the Arctic
Sea, near Russian America, to the interior
waters of the Great Bear, Great Slave and
Athabasca lakes. Its area is about 442,-
000 square miles. Forests and coal abound.

16. The Mackenzie River is sup-
posed to be 2,500 miles long. It rises m
Mount Brown, near the sources of the Col-
umbia River and under the name of the
Athabasca empties itself into the lake of
that name. (The Peace River also flows
into this lake.) Under the name of Slave
River, it discharges the western waters of
Lake Athabtisca into Great Slave Lake, and
is here a mile wide. Emerging at the S. W.
extremity of this lake, it ta]kes the name of
Macken;s.ie River, and flows northward to
latitude 59°, where it receives the waters

of Great Bear Lake, lence to the Arctic
Sea, which it enters b several mouths. Its
other tributaries are Jay and Turn-again
rivers. The Macke isie flows through a
vast plain, and is sai to be generally navi-
gable except at the oasc of the Rocky
Mountains where it is interrupted by rapids.
Forts Simpson, Norman, and Good Hope
are on its banks. It was discovered and
navigated by Sir Alex. Mackenzie, in 1*789.
Fish, alum, salt, and mineral-tar abound.

17. The Chief Lakes in this section
are the Great Bear, Great Slave, and the
Athabasca. The Great Bear Lake lies
under the constellation of the Great Bear,
hence its name. Its area is 14,000 square
miles. It is the most northern lake in
America, and is very irregular in shape.
Its waters are transparent. Great Slave

Hxercises.—BescTihe Hudson's Bay and the tributary lakes : also the Red River, ^usKatchewan,.
and Mackeuzie^Rivcr sections, their extent, climate and physical featiures, &c.

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — HUDSON'S BAY.

105

Maintoba^
) same ex-
he Woods
loDg, and
otted over
' lakes to
Cod; and
lakes.

a part the
and mild,
Southward
from that
der.

und, with
,lly on the
ise of the
3lds exist.
, At the
arood, and
ultivated.
!aver, fox,
d buffalo.

le Arctic
iths. Its
urn-again
irough a
ally navi-
Rocky
)y rapids,
od Hope
ered and
in 1789.
)oand.

section

and the

ake lies

sat Bear,

square

lake in

shape.

at Slave

Ltchewan,

Lake is 800 miles long, by 50 broad. It is permine River (200 miles long) are north-
irregular in shape, and its northern shores east of this lake. Athabasca Lake ia 230
precipitous and rugged. Named from the miles long, by 20 wide. It discbarges by
Slave Indians. Ayimer Lake and the Cop- two outlets, an eastern and a western.

NEW CALEDONIA SECTION.

18. Extent. — This section, sometimes
called New Georgia or Columbia, extends
from the Arctic Sea to the United States
boundary (at 49° N. latitude), and lies be-
tween the two ranges of the Rocky Moun-
tains and the Pacific Ocean.

19. The Rocky Mountains proper,
extend from the Arctic Sea to South Amer-
ica, (where they are called the Andes), and
are 8,000 miles long. They have numerous
branches known under different names, in
various of the North American States. In
British North America they are sometimes
called the Chippewayan Mountains. In
Mexico they are called the Cordilleras. The
parallel ranges in New Caledonia are the
Blue and Cascade Mountains ; the princi-

pal peaks are Mounts Brown and Hooker,
the former 16,000 and the latter 15,690 feet
above the sea level. Between these two
peaks there is a pass called the Athabasca
Portage. Its summit is elevated 7,300 ft.
20. Rivers.— The Eraser is the princi-

{>al river in this section. It is 500 miles
ong, and falls into the Gulf of Georgia, op
posite Vancouver Island, 6 miles north of
the United States boundary line, where it is
a mile wide. The northern branch of the
Columbia river, which takes its rise near
Mounts Brown and Hooker, runs parallel
to the Fraser river, and is joined by Flat-
bow river at the United States boundary
line. The Columbia is the largest river oa
the Pacific coast. Length, 1,200 miles.

VANCOUVER S ISLAND SECTION.

21. Situation and Extent. — This
island, situate on the Pacific coast, is 278
miles long, and 50 or 6) miles wide. It is
separated from the New Caledonia by the
Gulf of Georgia and Queen Charlotte
Sound ; and from Washington territory
(U.S.) by the Straits of Juan-de-Fuca.

22. The Surface is marked by inter-
secting mountain ranges and extensive
prairies. Nimkis is the principal river.
The harbours are : Victoria, or Camosack,
and Nootka-Sound. There are also nu-
merous small islands and promontories.

23. The Climate is considered very^
fine. There is little frost, and vegetatioQ
begins in February. The summer is hot,
the autumn dry, and the winter stormy;
fogs prevail, and rains fall heavily.

24. Natural Products.— The agricul-
tural capabilities of the island are very
great. The principal products, in addition
to those of the soil, are furs, obtained chiefly
from the beaver, racoon, land and sea otter.
Fish of the most valuable kind abound on
the coast. Coal of an excellent quality is
also found in large quantities.

XXI. HISTORY OF THE HUDSON'S BAY TERRITORY.

1. Discovery. — The Hudson's Bay (or Hudson's Sea) is said to have
been reached by Sebastian Cabot, in 1517. In 1523-4, Verazzani
sailed up the coast as far as Davis' Straits, — which were reached by Davis,
in 1585. Various other English navigators sailed northwards, in quest

' Hxereises.—Bescrihe the New Caledonia and ■Vancouver's Island sections ; their extent, cUmat«,
physical features, and natural products. When and by whom was Hudson's Bay discovered ?

106

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF

i"p|

i;-

41"

ill

of a north- wrst passage to India ; but it was not until 1610 that Henry
Hudson reached the Straits and Bay now bearing his name.

2. Henry Hudson, a distinguished
English navigator. Early history unknown.
Was sent, in 1607, by some London mer-
chants, to discover a north-west passage .to
China and Japan, but reached only 80°
north latitude, and returned. In a second
voyage he went as far as Nova Zembla.
In 1609, he was despatched on a third
voyage, by the Dutch East India Company
(who called him Hendrick Hudson), and dis-
covered the beautiful river Hudson, in the
State of New York. In 1610, he under-
took a fourth voyage, in a bark named the
" Discovery," and in June reached Green-
land. P/oceeding along the Labrador
coast, which he named Nova Britannia, in
60° north latitude he discovered a strait
leadi:ig into the vast bay (both of which are
now called after him.) He entered it, and
went southwards. Unable to btar the se-
vere climate, he prepared to return ; but
having threatened his mutinous crew, they
entered his cabin at night, pinioned his
arms, and put him, with his son John, and
seven infirm men, on shore in a boat. They
were never heard of afterwards. A few
of the mutineers reached England, in 1611,
after having justly suflfered great hardships.

3. Other Voyages.— Button, an Eng-
lish navigator, visited the Bay in 1612 ;
Bylot and BaflSn, in 1615; and Fox and
James, in 1631. Baflin and James' Bays
were traced out and examined by these
navigators, and received their names.

4 The Connection with Canada
was'maintained by canoe, along the Sague-
nay river, and thence overland to the Bay,
by the Quebec Fur Company, established
by Cardinal Richelieu, in 1627. Tadousac,
at the mouth of the river, was their chief
trading post in Canada, {^ce page 51, § 1.)

5. English Trade.— T»iO treaty of St.
Qermains, in 1682, confirmed the whole of

the Hudson's Bay territory to France ; and
De Grozelier and Rodisson, two French
Canadians, visited it : but having failed to
induce their own government to promote
trade in it, they went to England. Prince
Rupert entered warmly into the matter,
and despatched them on a trading voyage.

6. Charter to the Hudson's Bay
Company. — They reached Nemisco, now
called Rupert River, and their report being
very favourable, Charles II. was induced
(though, by the St. Germains' Treatv, he
had relinquished his claim to the territory)
to grant Prince Rupert and others a charter
for traffic, in furs and peltry, in those ex-
tensive regions, then called Rupert's Land.
This was the origin of the famous Hudson's
Bay Company's charter, in 1670. This
charter was, in 1690, confirmed by an act
of the British Parliament, for seven years,
but has never since been renewed.

7. French and English Conflicts in
the territory were the cor sequences of this
charter ; and Chevalier de Troyes was
despatched with troops from Quebec, and,
in 1686, succeeded in capturing the princi-
pal forts of the company. At the treaty
of Rjswick, in 1697, and even up to 1718,
the compan\ had only Fort Albany left.

8. Cession to England. — In 1718,
however, the whole of the Hudson's Bay
territory was, by the treaty of Utrecht,
ceded to England; and in 1763, the whole
of British North America. The company
has since remained in possession of the ter-
ritory, but without any definite title.

9. North-VTest Company of Can-
ada. — In 1766, various traders, competi-
tors to the company, engaged in the fur
trade. Their head-quarters was at M ontreal ;
and they followed the old French routes
into the interior. In 1784, these traders
united, and formed the Nortli-West Com-

JSxercises.— What is said of Henry Hudson ; other voyages; connection with Canada; English
trade; charter to Hudson's Bay Company; French and English conflicts; cession ; N.W. Company P

BRITISH NORTH AMERICA — HUDSON'S BAY.

107

pany of Canada. This new company di-
rected its trade chiefly to the north-west,
vid Lake Superior, towards the Pacific
Ocean and Columbia River. They even
sent ships round Cape Horn.

10. North-West Company's Ex-
plorations. — In 1*793, Sir Alexander Mac-
kenzie, a partner in the North- West Com-
pany, made his famous journey from Canada,
across the Rocky Mountains, to the Pacific
Ocean (the first ever made north of Mexico),
and discovered Frazer River. He afterwards
discovered and explored the Mackenzie
River. In 1811, Mr. Thompson, the astro-
nomer discovered the northern, or main,
branches of the Columbia River, and de-
scended its stream to the Pacific Ocean.

11. Lord Selkirk's Colony In

1811, the Earl of Selkirk purchased a tract
of country from the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany, lymg between the United States
boundary and lakes Winnipeg and Wine-
pegooH, since called the Red River Settle-
ment. In 1812, he brought settlers from
Scotlatd for his new colony. (Swiss were
afterwards introduced ; and ir 1823, French
Canadians.) In 1814, he appointed Captain
Miles McDonell, who was governor of the
company's district of Assiniboia, superin-
tendent, who issued a proclamation for-
bidding the appropriation of provisions
except to the use of the colonists. This
assumption of exclusive jurisdiction on the
part of the Hudson's Bay Company, ex-
cited the bitterest feelings on the part of
the North- Western Company, and gave rise
to the fierce contests of —

12. The Rival Companies in the
Indian territories; during the progress of
which the colonists were twice expelled,
and many lives were lost, including that of
Governor Semple. In 1816, Sir Gordon
Drummond sent part of a regiment from
Quebec, to preserve order, and to restrain
the violence of both companies. In 1821, the
feud ceased, and the rival companies were

amalgamated. When Lord Selkirk died,
the company resumed the purchase, on con-
dition of paying a certain quit-rent. Most
of the original settlers left the colony.
The number of residents now amounts to
about 7,000. It is a mixed population.

13. New Lease.— In 1838, Her Majesty
granted to the company a license of exclu-
sive trade for twenty-one years. The
operations of the company were gradually
withdrawn to the interior. The license
expires in 1859, but may be renewed.

14. Vancouver's Island was sup-
posed to be part of the main land until
1789, when an American captain sailed
round it. It was visited, in 1792, by Van-
couver, who named it after himself and
Quadra, the Spanish Commandant at Noot-
ka Sound. In 1849, it was conditionally
granted by the Queen to the Hudson's Bay
Company, for the purpose of settlement,
until 1859, when it may be resumed on
payment of expenses incurred. The gover-
nor is appointed by the Crown, on the no-
mination of the company. He is aided by
a council of seven; and is authorised to
divide the island into electoral districts,
and convene an assembly.

15. Territorial Divisions.— The Hud-
son's Bay territory is divided into several
districts, which are embraced in four large
departments, viz. : Northern, with thirty-five
forts or stations, and a depot at York Fort
(the capital of the territory) ; Southern,
twenty-five stations, ard depot at Moose
Factory ; Montreal, thirty-four stations, and
depot at Lachine; and Columbia, twenty-
two stations, and its depot at Fort Van-
couver. Total: Four depots, and 112 forts
or stations, in each of which there is a force
of from four to forty men. There are also
numerous posts and outposts.

16. The Territorial Exports are
chiefly furs and skins, as follows : Beaver,
otter, fishers ; black, white, red, cross, and
silver fox ; buffalo, wolf, wolverine, martin,

Hxercises.—WhaX is said of the North West Company's explorations ; Lord Selkirk's colony ; the
xival companies ; new lease ; Vancouver's Island ; territorial divisions ; and exports ?

108

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF THE

i4,

mink, seal, bear, and musk-rat ; s-wan, deer,
racoon, and various smaller animals. Also
fish, oil, feathers, quills, and walrus ivory.
Annual value about $2,000,000, and the
net gains to the company, $200,000. The
chief portion of the furs, &c., are sent to
London, to be sold at the annual trade sale ;
but large quantities are exported direct to
the United States, Canada, &c,

17. The Territorial Government is
administered by a chief Governor and
Council, residing at Montreal ; and by dis-
trict superintendents and councils of chief
factors and chief traders in the various

districts, — at the principal of which there
is also a recorder, sheriff, and coroner.
Trial by jury has been established.

18. Composition of the Company.
— The company consists of 240 proprietors,
(representing a stock of $2,000,000,) who
elect a committee of seven. The affairs
are managed by a governor and deputy-
governor, resident in England.

19. The Population of this vast ter-
ritory is estimated at 90,000, including
63,000 aborigines belonging to the Blackfeet,
Assineboins, Cree, Athabascan, Chippewey-
an, Salteaux, and Slave tribes of Indians.

XXII. THE OTHER BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA.

1. General Remarks- — The oldest and youngest British Colony is
in the American group of dependencies, — Newfoundland, and the Bay
Islands. Nearly 300 years after Sir H. Gilbert took formal possession of
the Island of Newfoundland, in the name of Queen Elizabeth, a charter
was granted by Queen Victoria, erecting the Bay Islands into a separate
colony. During that time Britain has occupied, but has been dispos-
sessed of, the whole of the southern portion of North America; while
she, in turn, has dispossessed an ancient and chivalrous rival power at the
north ; and with a characteristic tenacity and vigour, has further extended
her conquests over many of the islands off the American coast, as if to
compensate for the irreparable loss of her thirteen noble colonies, in 1776.
The insular colonies so acquired are as follows : — The Bermudas, the
Bahamas, Jamaica, the eight Leeward Islands, the four Windward
Islands, Trinidad, St. Lucia, British Guiana, Honduras, Bay Islands, the
Falkland Islands, and Pitcairn*s Island. Total, including British North
America, twenty-nine colonies.

THE BERMUDA ISLANDS.

2. Situation, &c . — ^This cluster of 365 (Bermoothes), a Spaniard, who discovered
islands is situated in the North Atlantic them in 1527. They were also called
Ocean, 580 miles from Cape Hatteras, North Somers, from a hrother of Sir George
Carolina. Area, about 12,000 acres. They Somers, who colonized them in 1611, and
are almost surrounded by coral reefs (the on whose report the Virginia Company
only ones in the central Atlantic.) claimed them, and sold their right of them

3. Name and History, &o. — The is- to 120 persons, who received a charter from
lands received their name from Bermudez James I. in 1612. In 1619, a representa-

Exercises.— VfYivA is said of the territorial government ; composition of the Company ; and popu-
lation of the territory P Give the general remarks in regard to the other British colonies in America.

Bli.'

:h there
coroner.

npany.

prietors,
0,) who
e affairs
deputy-
vast ter-
Dcluding
lackfeet,
ppewey-
iidians.

RICA.

)lony is
he Bay
3sion of
charter
eparate
dispos-
; while
r at the
[tended
ts if to
til776.
as, the

dward
ds, the

North

^covered
called

George
111, and
jompany

)f them
ter from
Iresenta-

id popu-
* lenca.

BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA.

109

tive govemraent was estahlished. In 1824, Arrow-root, potatoes, onions, and palm-leaf,
the Bermudas were made a convict station. Population about 11,000. Capital, Hamil-
4. Commerce, &c. — Principal exports : ton, on Bermuda, or Long Island.

THE BAHAMA ISLANDS.

5l The Bahamas, a group of 600 is-
lands north-west of Cuba and east of
Florida, between which and the Bahama
Islands the Gulf Stream (see page 74) flows
into the Atlantic. Area, 6,000 square
miles. They are chiefly long and narrow,
and formed of calcareous rock.

6. History. — San Salvador, one of the
islands, is supposed to be the famous spot
first reached 1by Columbus, on his great
voyage of discovery. They were taken
possession of by the Spaniards, who re-
moved the inhabitants to Hispaniola and
Cumana, to work the mines, and act as pearl

divers. They were colonised by the Eng-
lish, in 1629; and in turn were occupied
by Spaniards, buccanneers, French, and
English. By the treaty of Versailles, in
1783, they were finally ceded to England.
A representative government was estab-
lished an hundred years ago.

7. Commerce, &c.— Chief exports:
Salt, sponge, and fruit. Value, about
$200,000. The revenue and expenditure,
$1.50,000. Schools, 50 ; pupils, 8,000. Po-
pulation, 30,000. Many of the settlers, in
1783, were United Empire Loyalists.
Capital, Nassau, New Providence.

THE ISLAND OF JAMAICA.

8. Situation, &C.— This most import- many places 7,000 and 8,000 feet high, tra-
ant of the Great Antilles, and the largest verse its entire length. Vegetation is exu-
of the British West India Islands, is 90 berant.

miles south-west of Cuba, in the Caribbean 9. History. — Jamaica' was discovered
Sea. Its general appearance is very beau- by Columbus, in 1494; colonised by the
tiful. Its length is 150 miles, width 50 Spaniards in 1510; taken by the forces of
miles, and area 6,400 square miles, or the English Commonwealth, under Crom-
4,000,000 acres. The Blue Mountains, in well, in 1656. In 1661, a constitution was

granted by Charles IL
In 1662,the island was
divided into parishes,
and a free tenure in-
troduced. In 1676, re-
presentative govern-
^ :^^ meat was suspended ;
but, in 1780, restored
and modified. The
Maroons, or runaway
slaves, obtained a
grant in 1738, and
built two towns on
the north side of the
island. In 1807, the
importation of slaves
was prohibited ; and

p 'I

COAXTNa AN OCEAN STEAMEE AT KINGSTON, JAMAICA.

^a?ermes.— Describe the Bermuda and Bahama Islands, and the island of Jamaica— their
position, areas, physical features, coramerce, and history.

110

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF THE

Mi- ''

M ' .^i

in 1883, slavery was abolished by the British mento, ginger, arrow-root, logwood, ma-
parliament, and apprenticeship instituted, hogauy and other fine woods, honey, bees-
This system was abolished by the local wax, and cocoa-nuts. Annual value about
legislature, in 1838. In 1848, Turk's Is- $5,000,000. Revenue and expenditure,
land and the Caicos were detached from the $1,000,000. There are nearly 250 schools,
Bahamas and annexed to Jamaica. In 1852, attended by 14,000 pupils. Military, 8,000
and 1864, the present constitution was mo- troops; militia, 18,000 men. Population,
dified and adopted by the local legislature. 400,000. Spanish Town is the capital, but
10. Commerce, &q. — Trade is exten- Kingston is the chief place of trade. Ocean
tensive. The chief exports are : Sugar, steamers frequently stop here to obtain a
rum, molasses, indigo, cotton, coffee, pi- supply of coal. {See preceding page.)

THE LEEWAED ISLANDS.

11. Position, &C. — This group consists
of several islands, as follows : Antigua,
Dominica, Montserrat, Nevis, St. Christo-

Eher, Anguilla, the Virgin Islands, and
larbuda. They are south-east of Porto
Rico, and the most north-easterly of the
West India Isles. Capital, St. John's.

12. Antigua, the principal island of
the group, contains 70,000 acres. It was
named by Columbus, who discovered it in
1493, after a church in Seville. It was
granted to the Earl of Carlisle, by Charles I.
in 1625 ; afterwards occupied by the
French, but captured by the British, and
declared a British colony, by the treaty of
Breda, in 1666. The coast is indented aud
rugged ; interior highly diversified ; climate
dry. Population, 40,000. Chief towns:
St. John's, Falmouth, and Paxham.

13. Dominica is 29 miles long, by 16
wide. Area, 18,000 acres. It was dis-
covered by Columbus, in 1498 ; settled by
the French, about 1600; was occupied as
neutial ground, in 1148 ; ceded by France
to England, in 1763; constitution granted
in 1764; seized again in 1778, but finally
restored in 1783. It is of volcanic origin,
and the highest of the lesser Antilles.
Though mountainous and rugged, the val-
lies are rich and fertile. Population, 23,000.
Chief towns, Roseau and St. Joseph.

14. St. Christopher's, or St. Kitts,
20 miles long, by 5 wide. It is traversed

in the centre by a mountain ridge of vol-
canic origin, in the middle of which rises
Mount Misery, 3,711 feet high. The scenery
is beautiful ; the soil rich and fertile ; and
the climate dry and healthy. There are
four rivers, and several salt ponds. Hurri-
canes occur occasionally : a terrible one
nearly destroyed the island in 1772. Sugar
and molasses are the chief exports. Colum-
bus discovered the island in 1493 : it was
then inhabited by Cariba. In 1625, the Eng-
lish and French simultaneously colonised the
upper and lower portions. Contests and
strife were the consequence. In 1783, it was
ceded to England. Basseterre is the capital.
Population, 7,000, and of the island, 21,000.
The island of Anguilla is a dependency.

15. Montserrat, an oval-shaped island,
is 12 miles long, by 7^ miles broad. Area,
30,000 acres. Named by Columbus after a
mountain in Barcelona. Colonised by Irish,
from St. Christopher's, in 1632 ; constitu-
tion granted in 1689 ; invaded by the
French in 1712, but confirmed to England
in 1783. Two-thirds of the surface is
mountainous and barren ; the remainder is
well cultivated. Population, 8,000, chiefly
blacks. Chief town, Plymouth.

16. Nevis, a single mountain, two miles
south of St. Christopher's. Area, 20 miles
square. Colonised by Sir Thomas Warner,
from St. Christopher's, in 1628 ; constitution
granted, 1664. Population, 10,500.

Uxerdses.—Descrihe the Leeward Islands : Antigua, Dominica, St. Christopher Monserrat, and
Nevis— their situation, extent, commerce, and history.

BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA.

Ill

rood, ma-

oeji

bees-

,lue about
penditure,
lO schools,
ary, 3,000
Population,
ipital, but
le. Ocean
> obtain a
age.)

ge of vol-
rhich rises
he scenery
irtile; and
There are
is. Hurri-
rrible one
12. Sugar
s. Oolum-
93 : it was
5, the Eng-
lonised the
ntests and
783, it was
he capital,
ad, 21,000.
ndency.
)ed island,
id. Area,
)ua after a
by Irish,
constitu-
by the
England
urface is
tnainder is
)0, chiefly

two miles
20 miles
3 Warner,
)nstitution
)0.

serrat, and

17. The Virgin Islands are a group by Dutch buccaneers, in 1648; afterwards

of 100 small isles, east of I'orto Rico, annexed to the Leeward Islands, and colo-

They occupy a space of about 100 miles nised by the Englisli, from Ang'uilla. Po-

long, by 20 wide. Fifty of them, including pulatioii, l0,00O. Tortola is the capital,
an area of 60,000 acres, belong to Britain, 18. Barbuda was first colonised from St.

of which Tortola is the chief. The others Christopher's, by Sir T. Warner. Area, 76

belong -to Denmark and Spain. The ex- square miles. Granted to the Codrington

ports are : sugar, cotton, rum, indigo, and family, in 1684, and is still held by them,

fruits, tfec. The islands were discovered by The island is fertile. Products: corn, cotton,

Columbus, in 1494. They were visited pepper, and tobacco. Population, 1,800.

THE WINDWARD ISLANDS.

19. Extent.— This group (also called
the Caribbees) includes Barbadoes, St. Vin-
cent, Grenada, the Grenadines, and Tobago.
They were consolidated into one govern-
ment, in 1833, under a Governor-iu-Chief,
resident at Barbadoes.

20. Barbadoes, the most easterly, and
the chief of the group, is 20 miles long, by
13 wide. Area, 166 square miles. It is
nearly encircled by coral reefs. The sur-
face diversified and picturesque. The
geological features are interesting. It is
rich in coal and other mineral, but no
precious metals. It is one of the healthiest
islands in the West Indian Archipelago.
Rains fall in November and December.
Hurricanes and violent thunder storms
occur in summer. Of the 106,470 acres
which it contains, 100,000 are under culti-
vation — 40,000 with sugar-cane. Exports:
Sugar, arrow-root, aloes, and cotton. Value,
$6,000,000. Population, 136,000. Bridge-
town is its seat of government. It is a
handsome and well-built city. Codrington
College is situated here.

21. History. — Barbadoes was first
visited by the Portuguese; and by the
English in 1606. In 1625, Sir W. Courteen
established a colony; and Jamestown was
built in 1634, in honour of King James I.
In 1635, Charles I. authorised the Earl of
Carlisle to make laws for the island, with
the consent of the free inhabitants. The
first act of the Assembly was recorded in

1646. Subsequently disputes took place
between Lords Pembroke, Carlisle, Wil-
loughby, Marlborough, and Kinuoul, as to
alleged claims, in respect to the island,
which had been extensively colonised du-
ring the civil war of the Commonwealth.

22. The Government consists of a
Go vernor-in- Chief over the entire group
(at present the Hon. Francis Hincks, of
Canada. See page 71), an Executive Legis-
lative Council of 10, and an Assembly of
24 members, elected annually.

23. St. Vincent Island, discovered by
Columbus, on the festival of that saint, is
100 miles west of Barbadoes. It is 17
miles long, by 10 wide. Area, 132 square
miles, or 84,000 acres. A ridge of high
volcanic hills, well wooded, run north and
south. SoufFriore, a volcanic mountain, is
3,000 feet high; crater, three miles in
circuit, and 500 feet high. A great erup-
tion occurred in 1812. The valleys are fer-
tile and beautiful. The climate is humid.
Exports : Sugar, rum, molasses, arrow-root,
and cotton. Value, $1,500,000. Population,
32,000. Capital, Kingstown. After many lo-
cal contests, the island was ceded to England,
in 1763, and received a constitution. First
legislature, 1767. It was occupied by the
French from 1779 to 1783, when it was re-
stored to England. 120 islets, called the
Grenadines, are annexed to this government.

24. Tobago, twenty-four miles north-
east of Trinidad, is 32 miles long, by 12

^a?erme«.— Describe the Virgin Islands and the Windward Islands ; Barbadoes, St. Vincent, and
Tobago— their situation, extent, commerce, and history.

112

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OP THE

■b

■wide. Area, 97 square miles, op 62,084
acres. It is a mass of rocks, with small
pictm'esque vallies between ; well watered,
and free from hurricanes, though unhealthy.
Exports: Sugar, molasses, and rum. Value,
$300,000. Population, 16,000. Scarboro'
is the capital. The island was discovered
by Columbus, in 1498 ; colonised by the
Dutch, in 1677, who were expelled by the
French ; ceded by France to England, in
1763; and by England to France, in 1783;
retaken in 1794 ; a^aiu ceded to France by
the Treaty of Amiens, in 1 803 ; again re-
taken in 1804, and finally ceded to England
in 1814. First legislature convened in
1768 ; constitution confirmed in 1794.
25. Grenada, north-west of Tobago, is

a very beautiful oblong island, 2^ miles
long, by 10 wide. Area, 76 square miles,
or 80,000 acres. The interior, traversed
by irregular volcanic mountains (some of
them 3,000 feet high), is rugged and pic-
turesque. In the centre is a circular lake,
1,700 ft. above sea level, 2^ miles in circuit,
and enclosed by high mountains. Streams
are numerous. Chief exports : Sugar, rum,
molasses, and cotton. Value, f 600,000. Pop-
ulation, 82,000. Capital, St. George. Dis-
covered by Columbus, in 1498 ; inhabited by
Caribs, who were exterminated by the
French. Colonised by France in 1760; taken
by England in 1762, and ceded to her in
1763; received a constitution in 1765; re-
taken by France in 1779 ; restored in 1783.

THE ISLAND OF TEINIDAD.

26. Physical Features. — This, next to
Jamaica, is the most important West In-
dian Island. It lies immediately off the
north-east coast of Venezuela, south of
Tobago, at the mouth of the Gulf ofoParia,
and opposite the northern debouches of the
Orinoco river. It is oblong, with three
long angular projections. Length, 50 miles ;
breadth, 80; area, 1,703 square miles, or
1,536,000 acres. From the north it appears
like an immense ridge of rocks; from the
Bouth, the panorama of hill, valley, and
plain, covered with unfading verdure, is
magnificent. The mountains, some 3,000
feet high, run east and west. The rivers
are large. In the south-west of the island
there are mud volcanoes, constantly bub-
bling, but never overflowing. Some throw
out salt water. Submarine volcanoes oc-
cur on both sides of the island. One dis-
charges petroleum ; the other bitumen,
black as jet, accompanied by loud detona-

tions. On the leeward side there is an as-
phaltum, or pitch lake, 1^ mile in circuit,
and 80 feet above the sea. It is hard at
the edge, but soft and bubbling in the
centre. The climate is not unhealthy;
dews are copious. The soil is generally
fertile, and timber abundant. Exports:
Sugar, cocoa, coffee, cotton, molasses, rum,
<fec. Value, $2,500,000. Population, 80,000.
27. History.— Trinidad was discovered
and named by Columbus, in 1498; was
visited by Sir Walter Raleigh, in 1695.
It belonged alternately to Spain and France ;
but, in 1797, it -was taken by Sir Ralph
Abercrombie, and confirmed to England by
the peace of Amiens, in 1802. By Royal

f)roclamation, in 1818, the ancient Spanish
aws in force in 1797 were confirmed, sub-
ject to subsequent modification. Trinidad
is a Crown colony, and has no legislative
assembly. Port-of-3pain, the capital, is
one of the finest towns in the West Indies.

THE ISLAND OF SAINT LTTOIA.

28. Extent, &c.— This island, 21 miles is 27 miles long, by 14 wide. Area, 270
north by east of St. Vincent, and 20 miles square miles, or 150,000 acres. It has a
south of the French island of Martinique, rugged and mountainous surface : many of

Exercises.— Describe Grenada and the Islands of Trinidad and St. Lucia
physical features, commerce, and history.

their situation,

id, 24^ miles
square miles,
)r, traversed
ins (some of
;ed and pic-
circular lake,
lea in circuit,
ins. Streams

Sugar, rum,
100,000. Pop.
Jeorge. Dis-

inhabited by
ited by the
n neO; taken
led to her in

in 1765; re-
ared in 1*788.

)here is an as-

lile in circuit,

It is hard at

ibling in the

t unhealthy ;

is generally

;. Exports :

aolasBes, rum,

Ration, 80,000.

as discovered

1498; was

gh, in 1695.

and France ;

)y Sir Ralph

England by

By Royal

cient Spanish

mfirmed, sub-

)n. Trinidad

10 legislative

e capital, is

"West Indies.

Area, 270
BS. It has a
ice: many of

leir situation,

BRITISH COLONIES IN AMERICA.

lis

the heights are fantastic in appearance.
Evidence of former volcanic action is
abundant. The climate is insalubrious ;
and the existence of the "rat-tail," a ve-
nomous serpent, endangers life still more.
The forests are dense ; but the valleys are
fertile and well cultivated. Chief products :
sugar and cocoa. Population, 26,000.

29. History.— The English colonised
the island in 1637; but were expelled the
next year. It was held alternately by the
French and English. By the treaties of
Utrecht, in 1713, and of Aix-la-Chapelle,
in 1748, it was declared a neutral territory.

By the treaty of Paris, in 1763, and the
peace of Amiens, in 1 S02, it was ceded to
France ; but was finally confirmed to Eng-
land, by the treaty of Paris, in 1815. The
laws, except where subsequently modified,
are the ancient laws of France (antecedent
to the code of Napoleon) ; the customs of
Paris ; the ordinances of French kings ; the
code Noire, of 1685, approved and signed
by Colbert; and the edict of 1685. The
laws are called the "Code do Martinique."
A Supreme Council was established in 1831 ;
but, as St. Lucia (St. Lucy) is u Crown
colony, there is no representative assembly.

THE SOUTH AMEEIOAN COLONIES : I. BRITISH OUIANA.

30. Extent, &c. — Quiana, situated on
the north-east coast of South America, is
divided into three parts : French, Dutch,
and British Guiana. The last is the
westerly portion, and is 560 miles long,
and 200 broad ; coast line, 280 miles. Area,
100,000 square miles. Includes the districts
of Demerara, Essequibo, and Beibice.

31. Fhyaical Features. — The coast
line, for ten miles inland, is low and sandy.
Like Holland, it is banked to keep out the
sea. The first elevations are sand hills;
behind them the land is undulating, with
some striking eminences. The interior is
traversed by chains of mountains. In the
Pacaraima, the loftiest range, an elevation
of 7,500 feet is attained. The Sierra
Acarai chain is densely wooded.

32. Geology. — Granite is the prevailing
geological formation. Some of the de-
tached masses of granite are of singular
shape, chiefly conical, and of great height.
Ataraipu, an isolated granite rock, rises
1,300 feet above the sea. A column of
granite, 60 ft. high, in the Pacaraima range,
resembles the decayed trunk of a tree. A
pure white clay is found in Essequibo.

33. Hivers, &c. — The Essequibo is
400 miles long, and 15 or 20 miles wide at
its mouth; the Demerara, 200 miles long

and navigable for 100 ; the Berbice, 250
miles long, is navigable for 50 miles, and
for small craft, 105 miles. Up this river
was discovered the splendid water-lily, the
Victoria Regia. The cascades in several
of the rivers are grand and picturesque:
some of them from 300 to 1,500 feet high.

34. Climate and Products.— There
are two wet and- tF^ ^^T seasons — spring,
and fall, wint?iT)ytcH, I'vaner. During the
dry season the clinish»^4y«eab!e. There
are violent thunder storms, but no hurri-
canes. Vegetation is luxuriant. Of the
forest trees, the mira is the finest. The
pine-apple, marmalade, and other tropical
fruits abound. Chief exports : sugar, rum,
coffee, and hardwood. Value, $5,000,000.

35. History.— -It is not settled whether
Columbus, in 1498, or Vasco Nunez, in 1504,
discovered Guiana. It was colonised by
the Dutch, in 1580; who, in 1621, advanced
their settlements to what is now British
Guiana. It was held alternately by Hol-
land, France, and England. In 1781, it
was taken by Sir George Rodney, but re-
stored to the Dutch in 1801. It was again
taken in 1803 ; and in 1814, confirmed to
Great Britain. In 1831, the districts of
Demerara, Essequibo, and Berbice, were
united into one colony. In August, 1834,

JStecr<Jwe«.— Describe the South American Colonies: I. British Guiana— extent, physical features,
geology, rivers, climate, products, and history.

114

QEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF THB

:^^'.|

slavery was abolished, and the apprentice-
ship system in 1838. The colony is go*
verned by the Roman*Dutch law of the
United Provinces, as promulgated by the
States General, in 1774. The government
now consists of a Governor and a " Court
of Policy" of ten members — five official
persons and five non-official; the latter
chosen by an electoral "College of Kie-

zers," who are chosen for life by the rate-
payers. There is also a College of six Fi*
nancial Representatives, elected for two
years. This college and the Court of Policy
form the combined court, or General As-
sembly of the colony. Population, 150,000,
including 8,000 aborigines. The chief
towns are George Town (the capital), Am-
sterdam, Berbice, and Demerara.

II. HONDURAS AND THE BAY ISLANDS.

36, Honduras is east of Yucatan, in recognised; and also by the treaty of

Central America. Length, 170 miles; Utrecht, in 1713. Sir Wm. Burnaby in-

breadth, 100 miles. Numerous islands lie troduced representative government, and

along the coast, which is swampy. Inte- other Englisn forms, in 1766. A code of

rior, wooded. Soil, in the valleys, fertile, laws was drawn up in 1809. The civil

Olimiate moist, but not unfavorable to vege- government now consists of a Superintend-

tation, and not unhealthy. The principal ent, an Executive Council of nine members,

rivers are Belize, Rio Hondo, and Siboon. and the " Public Meeting," or Legislative

Sugar, cotton, coffee, indigo, mahogany. Assembly, of 21 members, — 17 elected, and

cedar, dye-woods, and turtle are the chief four nominated by the Superintendent,

exports. Value, $2,500,000. Capital, Ba- 37. The Bay Islands (in Honduras

lize, Belize, or Waliz, a Spanish corruption Bay) are dependencies of Honduras, under

for Wallace, — the name of a noted English a chief magistrate, appointed by the Su-

pirate, who frequetttfi^the principal river, perintendent. In 1852, they were, by

The coasts yfQlj^H^S^^^^obi^^ Spaniards, letters patent, erected into a colony, under

* ' '""^ ^ j^pjecf.yoi^ii occupation was the name of the Ruatan " Bay Islands."

III. THE FALKLAND ISLANDS AND PITCAIRN's ISLAND.

38. The Falkland Islands are si- kins, in 1692-4. In 1690, they were visited

tuated to the east of Patagonia. They and named by Strong. In 1710, a French

consist of two large and about 150 smaller vessel touched at them, and named them

islands, comprising an aggregate area of Isles Malouines. They were alternately

3,600,000 acres. East Falkland is 85 miles held by France, Spain. England, and the

long, by 53 wide; and "West Falkland, Argentine Republic. In 1838, they were

80 miles long, by 40 broad. They are taken possession of by Engand, for the
separated by a narrow sound. The whole
group of islands is very much indented
with bays, sounds, and harbours. One
divides East Falkland nearly in two.
Ridges of rocky hills prevail, between
which, in many places, are found streams
of stones. The climate is equable and
salubrious. There are no trees ; but sweet-

protection of the southern whale fishery.
Stanley is the capital.

39. Fitcedrn s Island, in the Pacific
Ocean (24° south latitude, 130° west longi-
tude), was discovered in 1767, by a son of
Major Pitcairn, on board of H. M. sloop
"Swallow." It contains 2,000 acres. Its
chief interest is derived from the history
scented flowers abound. Cattle, horses, of the remarkable colony founded here by
and vegetables are the chief products. The John Adams, one of the mutineers of the
filands were discovered by Davis or Haw- English ship " Bounty," and twenty-six

Uxercises.— Describe, II. Honduras and the Bay Islands ; III.
oairn's Island. For what is Pitcairn's Island noted P

The Falkland Islands and Pit<

the rate-

of six Fi-

for two

of Policy
ineral As-
1, 160,000,
'he chief
XaX), Am-

treaty of
irnaby in-
nent, and
A code of
The civil
periDtend-
I members,
jegislative
lected, and
ident.

Honduras
iras, under
y the Su-

were, by
my, under
}lands."

ere visited

a French

med them

iltemately

and the

ley were

for the

e fishery.

he Pacific
rest longi-
y a son of
M. sloop
cres. Its
le history
i here by
rs of the
wenty-six

s and Pit-

BRITISH COLONIES IN ASIA.

116

other persons, in 1790. The .colony was of Her Majesty, nnd drew up laws for the

first visited in 1814. In 1825, it had in- government of the inlunders. In 1861, the

creased to 66 persons. In 1888, Com- population was lUO. Whalers visit it for

mander Elliott took possession in the name provisions. The colony has been removed.

XXIII. BRITISH COLONIES IN ASIA.

1. This Group includes British India, and the Islands of Ceylon,
Hong Kong, and Labuan, and the Stations at Aden and Isle of Ferim.

BBITISn

2. Area. — British India, continental
and insular, comprises an area of nearly
1,000,000 square miles. It is divided into
four —

3. Classes of Territories, viz. : I.
Those governed directly through the East
India Company ; II. Dependent Native
States; III. Independent Native States un-
der British protection ; and, IV. Stations.

4. Hindostan belongs to the first class.
It is triangular in shape. Is bounded on
the north by the Himalayan Mountains ; on
the east by Burmah and the Bay of Bengal ;
on the south by the Indian Ocean ; and on
the west by the Arabian Sea, Bcloochistan,
and Affghanistan. Its area is nearly 1,500,-
000 square miles : British, 837,412 ; Native,
627,910; French, 188; Portuguese, 1,066.
Its great rivers are the Indus and the
Ganges. The Himalayan Mountains, at the
north, are the largest in the world — some
of the peaks being 28,000 feet above the
level of the sea.

5. The Political Divisions include
the three Presidencies, viz.: Bengal to the
east, Madras to the south, Bombay to the
west; the northwest Provinces, and the
Malacca Straits settlements south of the
Malay peninsula.

6. The Supreme Oovernment is
vested in the East India Government, re-
presented by a Court of 18 Directors, and
under the supervision of a Board of Con-
trol, appointed by the Crown, and con-
sisting of certain Cabinet Ministers. The

INDIA.

Governor General is appointed by the Com-
pany, subject to the approval of the Crown.

7. The Local Qovernment consists
of a Governor General and Council of 11
members, with the Lieut. Governors of the
other four subordinate divisions. The seat
of government is at Calcutta, in the Presi-
dency of Bengal, and on the Hoogly. It
is 5,000 miles from London.

8. History. — Hindostan was, for 1,800
years, alternately the seat of Greek, Tartar,
Mahammedan, and Mogul rule. At the
latter end of the fifteenth century, it was
colonised by the Portuguese ; and in the
17th, by the Dutch, French, and English.
In 1699, the British East India, or London,
Company, was formed ; received its charter
in 1600; and established its first factory at
Bantam, in 1602. Its charter was fre-
quently renewed, and additional factories
established. In 1662, the island of Bom-
bay was ceded as dower, on his marriage,
to Charles II. In 1698, Fort William was
erected, and the district around Calcutta
purchased. Victorious wars have since
added to these possessions, until British
India has now become a mighty empire. In
1857, an extensive mutiny broke out among
the Sepoys, or native soldiers.

9. The Chief Exports are: indigo,
opium, cotton, sugar, silk, wool, salt, coflfee,
pepper, saltpetre, and rice. The annual
value is about $100,000,000.

10. Population, &c.— The population
of the East Indies is estimated at nearly

'I'

Exercises.— Which are the various British colonies in Asia? Describe India, or Hindostan.
Give its political divisions, government, history, exports and population.

116

GEOQRAPUT AND HISTORY OF THE

rli

' .1-

11. Cltiei. — Oalcuttn, in the Presidenoy
of Bengal, is the capital of British India.
The otiier chief cities are : Semmpore and
Patua (Bengal), Benares, Delhi, and Agra,
in the north-west Provinces; Lucknow, in
Oude ; Lahore, in the Punjaub ; Bombay ;
Hyderbad, in Scindo; Madras; and Singa-
pore, in the Malacca Straits settlements.

200,000,000: viz., British States, 182,000,-
000; Native, 60,000,000 ; French, 204,000;
Portuguese, 814,000,— chiefly Hindoos and
Mahammedans, and about 100,000 Euro-
peans. Army, 800,000 men ; nav^, 60
vessels, 26,000 tons. Brahmnnisni is the

Srevailing religion of the Hindoos ; but
hristianity has been extensively intro-
duced by the various mis8iouarie9.

THE ISLAND OF CEYLON.

12. Physioai Features, &0.— The is- of Kandv. In 1606, the Portuguese e8>
land is pear-shaped, and is 60 miles south- tablishecl trade, and became its protectors
east of Hindostan, with which it is almost against the Arabian pirates. The Pbrtu-
oonnected by two islands, and a shottl called guese were expelled by the Hutch, who
"Adam's Bridge." It is 270 miles long, by were in turn expelled by the British. In
100 broad. Area, 24,664 square miles. The 1816, the Kandyans sought the interven-
Dorth coast is flat,but picturesque at the south t ion of the British to depose their tyranni-
and east, where the interior is mountainous, cal king. This was done; and Ceylon has

13. Products, &c. — The island is highly since become a British colony. In 1818
fertile, and produces coffee, cinnamon, and and 1849, disaffection showed itself, but
cocoa-nuts. The talipot, tamarind, bread- was suppressed. Trial by jury was in-
frult, and palm-trees also flourish. Ex- troduced in 1811. The Cingalese and
ports, $7,600,000. Roman-Dutch laws, unless when repugnant

14. History and Government.— to British law, are still administered. Hie

Ceylon, anciently Taprobane, is called by government consists of a Governor, an

the natives Singhala. It was known to the Executive Council of five, and a Legisla-

Greeks ; visited by traders in the 6th, by tive Council of fourteen members.
Marco Polo in the 18th, and by Sir J. Man- 15. The Chief Towns are Colombo,

deville in the 14th centuries. Originally the capital ; Trincomalee, Kandj, Jaffna, and

divided into a number of petty kingdoms. Point de Galle. There are six districts.

it was finally reduced to one under the King Population, 1,600,000, chiefly Hindoos.

IHB ISLAND OF HONG KONG, OR " RED HARBOUR.

16. This Island lies a quarter of a mile commercial value is very great. Victoria,
off the Chinese coast, and 76 miles from the capital, is situated on a splendid bay
Canton. Length, 10 miles; breadth, 7^; and harbour of the same name. The po-
area, 27 square miles. It was ceded, as pulation, chiefly Chinese, increased from
part indemnity, to Great Britain, in 1841-2. 6,000, in 1842, to 37,000, 3n 1862. By the
It is chiefly composed of lofty, barren rocks ; Chinese it is called Hiang-Kiang, *'the
but since it became a British colony its fragrant, flowing streams."

THE ISLAND OP KABUAN.

17. This Island is 80 miles north-west and, by treaty with the Sultan of Borneo,
of Borneo, in the Malay Archipelago, was made a British colony in 1846. Sir
Length, 10 miles ; breadth, 6. It was co- James was appointed governor. Coal is
Ionised by Sir James, or Rajah, Brooke ; found in the island.

Exercises.— Wh&t is the population and chief cities in India? Describe the island of Ceylon,
Hong-Kong, and Labuan, their situation, extent, &c.

PreHidenoy
tish India,
mpore and
aud Agra,
jckDow, in
Bombay ;
and Sioga-
[einents.

uguese QB-

protectors

rhe Pbrtu-

>utch, who

iritish. In

) interven-

ir tyranni-

^eylon has

In 1818

itself, but

y was in-

^alese and

repugnant

red. The

ernor, an

f!':

Legisla*

Colombo,
Jaffna, and
: districts,
idoos.

Victoria,
endid bay

The po-
ised from
By the
ng, " the

if Borneo,
846. Sir
Coal is

of Ceylon,

BRITISH COLONIES IN AUSTRALASIA.

117

XXI r THE BRITISH COLONIES IN AUSTRAL. OR

SOUTHERN, ASIA.

1. This Grou^ includes the Provinces in the great island or conti-
nt of Austrftlifi (or New Holland), Tasmania (or Van Diemeu's Land),

nent

and Ntv4'

Zealand.

TIIK ISLAND OH CONTINENT OF AUSTRALIA.

2. Size and Fhyalcal Features.—

Australia is 2,600 miles loug, by 1,900
broad. Area, 8,000,000 square miles. It
is compact, the coast having few large in-
dentations. Tho gulfs arc: Carpentaria
and Cambridge to the north ; aud Spencer
and St. Vincent to the south. Tho buys
are : Moreton aud Botauy Bays, to the
east ; Port Philip to the south ; and Shark
Bay to the west. The south and enst coasts
are mountainous. Tho ranges are called
the Warragongs, or Australian Alps, and
are divided into the Liverpool and Blue
Mountains, &c. Torrens, a Salt Water
Lake, shaped like a horse-shoe, extends
northwards from Spencer Gulf. The Mur-
ray, at the south east, with its tributaries
(the Darling, &g.), 1,500 miles long, is the
only large river. The interior is supposed
to be an immense plain, destitute of vege-
tation, with island hills here and there.

3. Climate and Products. — The
climate, although anomalous and variable,
is salubrious. From the interior come hot
winds and a fine dust, which insinuates
itself everywhere. Long droughts, and as
long rains, prevail. Most of the water is
absorbed in salt marshes and swamps.
When the rain falls, vegetation is rapid,
and pasture abundant. In addition to the
gold-fields, Australia is rich in iron, copper,
tin, coal, and other minerals. Next to gold,
wool and tallow are the chief exports, as
Australia is a vast grazing country, and
abounds in flocks and herds. Annual valtie
of exports, $70,000,000. The animals are
of the marsupial (or opossum) tribe, of

which there are forty kinds, from the great
kangaroo to the kanguioo lat. There are
no ruminiiting animals ; and the on'y oirni-
vorous land animal is the dinpoe, or vild
dog. Tho platypus, or duek-billed ottci ,
flying fox and the lyre bird, are the most
singular of the animal tribe. Reptiles
arc abundant. Tho trees are also pe-
culiar: tho principal a., the leafless beef-
wood, the gum-ttr's the giusstree, myrtle,
or tea tree, and the yollow wood.

4. The Politloai Divl#lons are New
South Wales, Victoria (gold col«/ul<?»), South
Australia, and Western Australia. In
New South Wales, South Australia, and
Victoria, constitutions similar to that of
Canada have been established ; and West-
ern Australia has a single nominated Coun-
cil. The population of the various Pro-
vinces is about 736.000.

5. The Chief Towns are Sydney, the
capital of New South Wales. It contains
many fine public buildings. Population,
70,000. Melbourne, capital of Victoria:
population, 100,000. Also Geelong, 26,000,
and Ballarat, 80,000; Adelaide, 20,000^
capital of South Australia ; and Perth,
capital of West Australia. A railroad
will shortly connect Melbourne with Mount
Alexander gold-fields. (.See view of Sydney
071 the next page.)

6. History. — Torres, a Spaniard, visited
the northern coast in 1605 ; the Dutch
about the same period ; and Dampier about
1770. In 1770, Capt. Cook visited and
named Botany Bay. He took possession of
the coast in the name of George III. In

Bxercises.— Which are the British colonies in Australasia?
features, cUmate, products, divisions, and chief towns.

Describe Australia— its physical

i < .1

118

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF THE

1788, Capt. Phillips landed at Port Jack-
son, with 180 convicts. New South Wales
remained a convict station until 1840. In
1808, an insurrection of the colonists de-

STDNEY, THE CAPITAL OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

and a college established in 1831. Consti-
tutions gn'nted in 1860. In 1851, gold
was discovered by Edward Hargreaves;
since which time emigration has poured in,

posed Governor Bligh. A Legislative and now the colonies gained by George III,
Council and trial by jury were established in 1170, bid fair to rival, in wealth and
in 1829. The first steamboat was launched prosperity, the American, lost in 1776.

TASMANIA, OR VAN DIEMAN's LAND.

7. Size, &c.— This island, 100 miles
^outh of Victoria, is heart-shaped. Length,
186 miles; breadth, 165. Area, 24,000
square miles. The north-east and west
shores are bold and rocky. At the north
and south there are good harbours. The
interior is mountainous and rugged, and the
peaks numerous. The scenery along the
coast opposite Bruni Island is very fine.
The principal rivers are the Tamar and
and Derwent. Several beautiful lakes are
found in the interior.

8. The Climate and Products. —

The climate is colder and more humid than
in Australia ; but the natural products and
animals are nearly the same. The chief
exports are wool, wheat, flour, gold-ore, and
timber. Value, $7,500,000.

9. The Government, &c., is similar
to that of Canada. The population is 7 1,000.
Hobart Town is the capital.

10. History. — Tasman, a Dutch navi-
gator, discovered the island in 1642, and
called it Van Dieman, after the Dutch East

JE!xercises.—Gi\e a synopsis of the history of Australia,
eatures, climate, products, and government.

Describe Tasmania— its size, physical

l|i I

BRITISH COLONIES IN OR NEAR AFRICA.

119

Indian Governor. Capt. Cook visited it in
1*769. Dr. Bass circumnavigated it in 1797.
The first convict settlement, from New
South Wales, was made in 1803. These
stations were, in 1853, confined to Tasman
Peninsula and Maria Islrud. In 1854, the
present constitution was granted; and in
1855, the name of Tasmania formally given
to the colony, by the Queen.
11. Norfolk Island is 900 miles east

of Australia, and until lately attached to
the government of Tasmania. Its area is
9,000 acres. It is a beautiful island ; and
until 1853, a penal colony for desperate
oflfendera. It was discovered by Capt. Cook,
in 1774. Her Majesty has been authorised
to declare it a separate colony, and the in-
habitants of Pitcairn's Island are being
removed hither. {See page 115.)

THE ISLANDS OF NEW ZEALAND.

12. This Group is directly east of Tas-
mania, and consists of three principal and a
number of smaller islands: New Ulster,
Munster and Leinster, &c. ; length through
their centres, 1,200 miles; area, 105,115
square miles. They are mountainous and
volcanic. The climate is humid and beauti-
ful, and the soil fertile. Owing to their
geographical position, June is mid-winter
and January midsummer — the compass also
points to the south. The rivers are numer-
ous ; none of them large. Ferns of almost
every variecy and size, and flax,

luxuriantly. The wingless bird is the only
remarkable specimen of the animal king-
dom; fish is abundant; copper, sulphur,
iron, gold, &c., are also found. The islands
were first discovered by 'iasman in 1G42.
It was first settled in 1815, and erected
into an independent oolony in 1840. —
Auckland, the capital, Wellington, Nelson,
and Canterbury are the chief towns. Popu-
lation 150,000, of which 30,000 are whites.
The Maories or natives belong to tho Malay
family, and are an intelligent race and
easily civilized.

XXV, THE COLONIES IN OR NEAR AFRICA.

1. These Colonies include the Cape, KafFraria, Natal, Sierra Leone,
Gambia, Gold Coast, Mauritius, Seychelles, St. Helena, and Ascension.

THE CAPE COLONIES.

grow

2. The South African colonies include
the Cape of Good Hope, British Kaffraria,
and Natal. The most important is —

3. The Cape Colony, which is bounded
on the S.E. and W. by the Atlantic and
Indian Oceans, and on the ]N'. by the Orange
River and tributaries; length, 520 miles;
breadth, 430; area, 150,000 square miles.
It is divided into provinces and districts.
The coast is not bold, but consists of a series
of headlands, the principal of which is the
celebrated Cape itself. The interior con-
sists of a series of plains and mountain
ranges, rising one above the other, until the

continuous line of the Roggeveld, Nieuwe-
veld and "Winter Mountains is gained. On
the other side of this range the country
again recedes towards the Orange River.
Olifant is the only other river of importance ;
both fall into the Atlantic. The climate is
variable ; hot S.E. winds sometimes prevail.
There is little rain.

4. Natural Products. — Wheat is ex-
tensively cultivated. Of the native plants
the heaths and silver tree are the most cele-
brated. A thorny vegetation, (aloes, <fec.,)
called the bush, prevails in the eastern part.
The pork tree, yellow tree, Hottentot's bread,

Exercises.— Give a sketch of the history of Tasmania. Describe the islands of New Zealand.
Which are the African colonies ? Describe the Cape colony, its natural products.

120

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY OF THE

I 'i

i :||

and many rar<» botanical plants also abound.
The most important animals are the giraffe,
elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, lion,
panther, hyena, buflfalo, antelope, springbok,
<fec., snakes and other reptiles are abundant.
Chief exports, wool, skins, wine, iron,
ostrich feathers, &q. ; value $2,000,000.

5. Inhabitants. — The mild Hottentots
and intelligent Kaffirs are the two great
native races of negroes. These are divided
into ten or twelve different tribes. Popula-
tion 200,000, of which 75,000 are coloured;
the remainder are chiefly Dutch and British.
Cape Town (25,000), the capital, and Gra-
ham's Town, are the principal places.

6. History. — The Cape was discovered
by Diaz, a Portuguese, ml486; not being
able to double it, he called it Cape Torment,

Tempest Cape. The Portuguese hing

knowing that it was an important step gained
towards India, called it the Cape of Good
Hope. Vasco de Gama at length doubled
it in 1497. In 1620 the English took pos-
session, but did not settle it. The Dutch

colonised it in 1650, and retained the colony
for 156 years. In 1795 the English took it,
but restored it in 1802. In 1806 it was
again taken, and confirmed to the British in
1814. Wars with the native races have
since followed ; but peace now prevails.

7. Kaffrarla is situated on the coast to
the N.E. of the Cape Colony. Though now
a separate colony, it was colonised from the
Cape, and formed part of that government
until 1854. Kaffraria is 250 miles long and
80 wide ; area, 20j000 square miles. Rain
prevails in the winter months, as we pro-
ceed north from the cape. The rivers run
in deep beds owing to the torrents ; of these
the Kei is the largest. Maize, millet, and
water-melons are the chief products.

8. Natal lies to the K of Kaffraria. It
is 200 miles long ; area, 18,000 square miles.
The surface is undulating and well watered.
The climate is healthy and soil fertile. It
was colonised from the Cape. Chief pro-
ducts : cotton, indigo, sugar, coffee, wheat,
tobacco, &c.

THE MATTEITITJS AND SEYCHELLES ISLANDS.

9. The Mauritius lies 500 miles east
of Madagascar. It is 40 miles long and 25
wide ; area, 700 square miles. Surrounded
by coral reefs, the interior is rugged and
mountainous. The chief peaks are the
Brabant and Peter Botte. The plains are
fertile and well watered ; climate salubri-
ous; but hurricanes prevail. The mango,
mimosa, and other tropical plants are found
in abundance. Chief exports: sugar, rice,
maize, mandioc, &e. The island was dis-
covered by the Portuguese in 1 505 ; taken
possession of by the Dutch in 1598 and
called after Prmce Maurice of Nassau.

Captured by the French in 1721, and by
the British in 1810. The well known
French tale of " Paul and Virginia " is laid
in this island. Port Louis is the capital,
and French the principal language. Popu-
lation 170,000.

10. The Seychelles (Sa'-shel) are 30
islands which lie 850 miles directly north of
Mauritius. They are divided into four
groups ; area, 50,000 acres. They were
colonised by the French in 1743 ; taken by
the British in 1794, and annexed to Mauritius
in 1814. Population 7,000. Mah6, the
largest island, is 16 miles long by 4 broad.

SIERRA LEONE, GAMBIA AND THE GOLD COAST SETTLEMENTS.

11. Sierra Leone, a peninsula near miles. The interior is rocky; soil fertile,

Liberia on the west coast of Africa, is 18 Chief products: rice, maize, yams, plantains,

miles long by 12 wide. Including the ad- cocoa, banana, pine apple, orange, &c. The

jacent islands, the area is 25,000 square guinea-fowl and guinea-pig are natives.

Hxercises.—Vfh&t is said of the natural products and inhabitants of the Cape? Give its history.
Describe Kaffraria, Natal, the Mauritius, Seychelles and Sierra Leone.

BRITISH DEPENDENCIES IN EUROPE.

121

the colony
sh took it,
06 it was
British in
'aces have
•evails.
ic coast to
lough now
a from the
overument
s long and
les. Rain
,s we pro-
rivers run
8 ; of these
aillet, and
icts.

ffraria. It
uare miles.
11 watered,
fertile. It
Chief pro-
Tee, wheat.

21, and by
ell known
ia " is laid
he capital,
e. Popu-

el) are 80
y north of

into four
hey were
; taken by
Mauritius
Mah6, the

4 broad.

)il fertile.

I plantains,

&c. The

natives.

its history.

The colony was discovered by the Portu-
guese in 1463. Made a free colony for
liberated slaves in 1787, by Clarkson, Wil-
berforce, and Sharp ; several of which were
sent from Nova Scotia in 1792. The cli-
mate is unhealthy for Europeang. Popula-
tion 50,000. Free Town is the capital.

12. The Gambia River settlements
N.W. from Sierra Leone, include the island
of St. Mary and several forts on the river.
The climate is healthy. Chief exports:
wax, hides, ivory, rice, <fec. ; value, $1,000,-
OOOi Population 6,000, chiefly free negroes.
The first settlements were formed for trade
and traffic in slaves; but in 1749 the British

government indemnified the owners and
established a free colony.

13. The Gold Coast settlements in Up-
per Guinea lie east of Sierra Leone, and
are chiefly trading forts and stations; area,
8,000 square miles. The soil is fertile. The
colony was first settled by the Portuguese,
in 1610; who were dispossessed by the
the Dutch; but confirmed to England in
1672. The Danish settlements were pur-
chased by England in 1860, for $50,000.
Chief stations: Cape Coast Castle (the
capital), where Miss Landon, the poetess,
died ; Axim, and Accra.

ST. HELENA AND ASCENSION ISLANDS.

14. The Island of St. Helena is 1,400
miles west from Africa, and is 10^ miles
long, by 7 wide. Area, 30,000 acres. It
is an important stopping-place for vessels
from Europe to the East. It is of volcanic
origin, and is pyramidal in shape. Its
coasts are precipitous. Diana's Peak, and
Lot and Lot's Wife, are the chief moun-
tain tops. The island has acquired its chief
celebrity from being the place of the first
Napoleon's exile, at Longwood, from 1816
till his death, in 1821. His remains were

removed to Paris, with great pomp, in 1840.
Capital, James Town. Discovered by the
Portuguese, in 1502; held by the Dutch
till 1651 ; and by the English East India
Company from that time until 1833, when
it was surrendered. Population, 5,000.

15. Ascension Island, 280 miles north-
west ot St. Helena, is 8 miles long, by 6
wide. Area, 85 square miles. Discovered
on Asceosion-day, 1501, and taken posses-
sion of by Great Britain, in 1815. It is of
volcanic origin ; and is famous for its turtles.

XXVI. BRITISH DEPENDENCIES IN EUROPE.

1. These Dependencies are the Ionian Islands, Malta, Gibraltar,
Heligoland, Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands. They are not
colonies, in the ordinary sense of the term.

THE IONIAN ISLANDS.

2. This Group lies off the west coast
of Greece, opposite the Gulf of Lepanto,
and includes Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante,
Santa Maura, Theald (or Ithaca), Paxo,
Cerigo, and several other smaller islets.
United area, 1,092 square miles. Tht-ir
surface is mountainous, with some fertile
plains. Products : wheat and other grains,
wine, olives, currants, &e. Ship-building

is a branch of industry. Value of ex-
ports, $2,000,000. Population, 230,000.
Chief towns: Corfu, Zante, &c.

3. History.— Corfu, the ancient Core vra,
was originally a Corinthian colony; after-
wards it became part of the Roman em-
pire; under Venice, from 1386 to the dis-
solution of that republic, in 1796, when it be-
came a French colony ; in 1799, it was

Exercises — Describe the Gambia River and Gold Coast settlements; St. Helena and Ascension
Islands. Which are the British Dependencies in Europe P Describe the Ionian Islands.

i'i

122

GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY, ETC.

taken by the Russian and Turkish fleets, the protection of Great Britain, she occu-
and placed under the protection of Turkey ; pying all the fortresses and fortified places,
again restored to France in 1806-9; taken The government of the republic is in the
by England in 1810; and by the treaty of hands of the islanders, subject to the appro-
Paris, in 1814, declared a free state, under val of the British Lord High Comniissioner.

THE ISLANDS OF MALTA, GOZO, AND CUMINO.

4. This Group lies in the Mediterra-
nean Sea, between the island of Sicily and
Africa. Malta is the chief. It is 17 miles
long, by 9 wide. Area, 988 square miles.
Except at the south side, the coast is deeply
indented. The surface is rocky, with very
little soil. Cotton is the staple. The vine,
figs, oranges, and olives are abundant.
The Maltese cats are found here. Being
central in the Mediterranean, it is a great
commercial depot. It has fine docks, and
is well fortified. Valetta is the capital.
Population, 141,000. Gozo, 9 miles long,
by 4^ wide, is more fertile. The Giant's
Tower is its jhief object of interest. Cu-

mino is only one mile and a half long, by
three-quarters wide.

5. History. — Malta is said to be the
Melita on which St. Paul was shipwrecked.
Peopled by the Phoenicians, and held by
them, it passed successively under the do-
minion of the Carthaginans, Romans,
Saracens, and bicilians ; and in 1530, was
granted by the Emperor Charles V. to the
Jerusalem Knights of St. John; held by
them until 1798, when it was taken by
Napoleon I.; by England in 1800, and
ceded to her in 1814. Representative
government was established in 1690. The
Governor, as President, has two votes.

GIBEALTAE, HELIGOLAND, ISLE OF MAN, AND CHANNEL ISLANDS.

6. Gibraltar, one of the Pillars of
Hercules, and a perpendicular rock, at the
extreme south of Andalusia, in Spain,
forming the key to the Mediterranean. Its
fortress of 1,000 guns, is the most cele-
brated in the world. Caverns and galleries
have been cut in the solid rock, for com-
munication and defence. The town, on the
western declivity, is a single, spacious
street, paved and lighted. It is the chief
entrepot for British commerce with adjoin-
ing States. Founded by a Moorish chief,
in 711 ; ceded to Spain in the loth cen-
tury ; and captured by the English in 1704.

7. Heligoland, or Holy Land, an island
in the North Sea, 46 miles north-west from
the mouths of the Elbe and Weser. It is a
rock, 200 ft. high, with a village and light-
house. Was taken from Denmark in 1807,
and is now a watering-place. It was held

in high veneration in the middle ages. Its
principal trade is in smuggling, and in cigars.

8. The Isle of Man is practically part
of Great Britain itself. It is 35 miles from
England, between it and Ireland. Its area
is 220 square miles. From the 10th and
13th century it was under the dominion of
Norway. In 1266, it was ceded to Alexan-
der, King of Scotland. It descended to
the Duke of Athol, who, in 1765, ceded it
to the Crown, for £72,000.

9. The Channel Islands lie chiefiy
off the French coast. They are Jersey,
Guernsey, Alderney, and Sercq (or Sark.)
Having formed part of the Dukedom of
Normandy they were retained by England
when the Duehy was relinquished, and
were, in 1108, formally annexed by Henry
I. to the British Crown, under the dominion
of which they have since remained.

Exercises.— Doscrihe Malta, Gozo and Cumino; Gibraltar, Heligoland, Isle cf Man, and the
Channel Islands ; their position, size, history, &c.

Mat

123

CONCLUSION.

Ill, and the

"We have now finished our survey of the great colonial empire of
Britain, extending, as it does, from the mouth of the Mackenzie River,
away in the far north, down along the British North American Provinces
to the "West Indies, Honduras and British Guiana, to the Falkland Islands,
off the southern extremity of South America ; thence, stretching from the
rocky station at Aden, in Arabia, to the mighty territories of India and the
Chinese island of Hong-Kong, in the far east ; then again skirting Africa,
from the Seychelles and Mauritius, to Natal and Cape Colony, Ascension
Island, St. Helena and the Gold Coast, Gambia, Sierra Leone, Gibraltar,
Malta, the Ionian Islands, to the Channel Islands near Britain, and Heligo-
land, in Northern Europe.

To the statesman, the contemplation of so vast an empire acknow-
ledging the sovereignty of the little islands of Britain, enjoying the poli-
tical privileges conferred by their free institutions, the prestige of their
traditional greatness, and the protection of their national flag, might well
caU forth the utterance of those beautiful and impressive words of the
Honorable Daniel Webster, which have been so often quoted. Standing,
some years ago, on the summit of the famous citadel of Quebec, while
the drums of the soldiers beat the morning reveilh, he referred to the ter-
riorial greatness and conquests of Great Britain, and spake of her as *' a
power which has dotted over the surface of the whole globe with her pos-
sessions and military posts ; whose morning drum-beat, following the sun,
and keeping company with the hours, circles the earth with one continuous-
and unbroken strain of the martial airs of England!"

124 CHRONOLOGICAL PACTS.

^''$

1 I

iLMiMla

XXVII. CHRONOLOGICAL FACTS.

CONNECTED WITH THE HISTORY OF BRITISH AMERICA, <feo.

Columbus discovers America, October 1, 1492

Cabot discovers the island of Newfoundland, June, 149*7

Henry VII. grants a patent for the establishment of Colonies in America 1502

Newfoundland settled 1522

Jacques Cartier enters the St. Lawrence, visits Hochelaga, and discovers Canada. . 1585

Cape Breton discovered 1586

Jacques Cartier, Captain General of Canada 1540

First English Act of Parliament relating to America (Newfoundland fisheries) passed 1648

Death of the first French Viceroy of Canada, on his voyage from France 1549

Frobisher's expedition from England to Labrador 15*76

French trade with Canada renewed 1581

Sir H. Gilbert takes possession of Newfoundland, the first colony in America, in

the name of Queen Elizabeth 1583

Sir Walter Raleigh introduced smoking into England 1686

Virginia Dare, the first English child born in North America 1587

First newspaper published in England , 1588

Marquis de la Roche, the Viceroy, authorised to conquer Canada 1598

Ohauvin and Pontgrave Viceroys of New France 1699

Pierre du Cast receives a patent of territory in America from 40° to 46° N. lat. . . 1603

Do Monts explores and names the Bay of Fundy 1604

Quebec founded by Champlain 1608

River Hudson discovered by Henry Hudson 1609

First contest between France and England in America at Nova Scotia 1614

Acadia named Nova Scotia and granted to Sir William Alexander by James I. . . . 1621

Colony and trade of Quebec placed in the hands of the Company of 100 associates 1627

Quebec captured by Sir David Kirkt .* 1630

Charles I., by the treaty of St. Germalns, cedes to Louis XIII. New France 1632

•Jesuit College founded at Quebec, and Seminary of St Suipice, at Montreal 1635

Iroquois massacre of 400 persons at St. Ignace 1649

Extermination of the Eries by the Iroquois 1654

Conquest of Jamaica 1655

First authentic account of the Falls of Niagara 1668

F'*an§oia de Laval, first Roman Catholic Bishop of Quebec 1660

Quebec Seminary (Laval University) established 1663

Pontiac's capture of nine British forts on the great lakes 1663

Translation of the Bible into Indian by the Rev. J. Eliot .... 1664

Horses first introduced into Canada <, 1 665

French West Indian Colonies granted to French West India Company by Colbert. . 1665

M. de Tracy's expedition 700 miles inland against the Indians 1666

Peace with the Indians, and visit of Perrot 1,200 miles west of Quebec, 1667

Ravages of small pox among the Canadian Indians 1670

2S=S

CHRONOLOGICAL FACTS.

125

Formal submission of the ludians to the French King

Hudson's Bay Company establislied

Forts Frontenac and Michilimackiuac built

Father Marquette's discovery of the Mississippi

First vessel launched on Lake Erie by De la Salle

Father Hennepin visits the Falls of Niagara

Stockade fort built at Niagara by De la Salle

Louisiana visited and named by Father Hennepin

De la Barre's menace of and treaty with the Iroquois

Estimated population of Canada 17,000 in

Deuouville's expedition against the New York and English Colonies

English treaty with the Iroquois renewed 27th June,

Iroquois massacre at Montreal, 26th July,

Unsuccessful attack on Quebec by Sir William Phipps

Death of Frontenac at Quebec, aged 78

Peace concluded with the Indians by Governor De Callieros

First newspaper published in America

Gibraltar taken by the British

Hemp and flax first raised in Canada

Colonel Schuyler and live Indian Chiefs went to England to induce Queen Anne to

reduce Canada

Ginsging discovered in Canada by Lasitan

Acadia ceded to England and settled

Halifax, Nova Scotia, founded

New Style adopted, and eleven days gained in Great Britain

Great earthquake in Canada

Massacre of British soldiers of Fort William Henry (Sorel) by French Indians . . .

Cape Breton, Isle Royal, St. John, and Fort Frontenac captured

First Assembly in Nova Scotia

Capture of Quebec by Wolfe, and Niagara by Sir William Johnson

Surrender of Montreal, Detroit, and Fort Michilimackinac to the English

Treaty of Fontainbleau, and cession of Canada, Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, tfcc,

Captain James Cook surveys the Gulf of St. Lawrence

First newspaper published at Quebec, 21st June

Sir James Murray, first British Governor of Canada

Stamp Act agreed to by Canada and Nova Scotia •

Address to the Canadians asking them to join in the American Revolution

Defeat of Montgomery and Arnold before Quebec

American Declaration of Independence •

Landing of American United Empire Loyalists in Nova Scotia

Removal of the Iroquois Indians to Canada

English Criminal Law introduced into Canada

New Brunswick made a separate province

Australia colonised in

Site of Frederickton selected by Sir Guy Carleton

Bar of Lower Canada organised

First Session of the General Assembly of St. John, New Brunswick

1671
1672
1672
1673
1678
1678
1679
1682
1684
1685
1687
1689
1689
1690
1698
1699
1704
1704
1705

1710
1716
1749
1749
1752
1766
1757
1758
1758
1759
1760
1763
1763
1764
1765
1766
1776
1776
1776
1783
1784
1784
1784
1785
1786
1786
1786

126

CHRONOLOGICAL FACTS.

i^' J

Botany Bay first visited by CaptniD Cook 1787

Division of Upper and Lower Canada 1791

Colonel John Graves Simcoe, first Lieutenant Governor of Upper Canada 1792

First Upper and Lower Canada Parliaments 1 792

Upper Canada divided into Districts 1792

Trial by jury established in Upper Canada, 15th October 1792

First Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Quebec 1793

First Marriage Act of Upper Canada passed 1793

Slavery abolished in Upper Canada 1793

Court of Queen's Bench established in Upper Canada 1794

Upper Canada Law Society incorporated 1795

Extradition of Criminals from Canada to other British Colonies authorised 1797

Upper Canada divided into Counties 1798

Malta taken by the British 1800

English Criminal Law, as revised, introduced into Upper Canada, 4th July, 1800

Slavery abolished in Lower Canada 180S

Grammar Schools established in Upper Canada 1807

First Steamer in America ; Falton's, on the River Hudson 1807

First Steamer at Quebec 1811

American declaration of war and invasion of Canada 1812

Detroit taken, and battle of Queenston. 1812

Battle of Stouey Creek, 6th June, 1813

York (Toronto) taken by the Americans, 28th April, 1813

Battle of ChryBtler's Farm, November, 1813

Battle of Niagara, 19th December, 1813

Oswego and Fort George taken by the Canadians 1814

Treaty of Ghent between the United States and England, 24th December, 1814

Treaty of Paris, and French right to Newfoundland fisheries confirmed 1814

The Upper Canada Parliament grants $4,000 to erect a monument to Sir Isaac Brock 1815

Common Schools first established in Upper Canada 1816

Her Majesty the Queen, born 24th May 1819

Uniform Provincial currency (5s. to the dollar) established 1821

Tithes abolished in Upper Canada (in 1821) assented to 1823

Welland Canal Company incorporated 1824

Patent Law introduced into Upper Canada 1826

First Roman Catholic Bishop of Upper Canada 1826

Bounty of $500 to each paper-mill established in Upper Canada 1826

King's College, Frederickton, New Brunswick, chartered 1826

Construction of Rideau Canal authorised 1827

Toronto University chartered 1827

Presbyterians, Methodists, Baptists, Congregationalists, &c., authorised to hold

church property 1 828

Naturalisation Laws of Upper Canada assented to 1828

Upper Canada College established 1829

McGill College (Medical Faculty), Montreal, established 1829

Ministers of various religious persuasions authorised to solemnise matrimony .... 1831
Upper Canada Academy (Victoria College), Cobourg, established 1832

CHRONOLOGICAL FACTS.

127

First cholera at Quebec Ig32

Canada Provincial Penitentiary established at Kingston .'.'.*.*.*.'.*.'*.. 1838

Remarkable aurora and shootinsf stars in America *......!! 1885

Standard weights for grain fixed in Upper Canada .*.*.*!!!!!! 1836

Regiopolis College at Kingston established !!'..!!!.'! 1835

Court of Chancery established in Upper Canada .*..'!!.. 1887

Agricultural Societies established in Upper Canada '.*.*....] 1837

Accession of Queen Victoria .'!... 1837

Great fire at St. John, New Brunswick !.'!.'].! 1887

Canadian insurrection ' 1837

Lunatic Asylum established in Upper Canada 1839

First Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Toronto 1839

Lord Durham's Report published [ 1839

Union of Upper and Lower Canada 1840

First Cunard steamers to Halifax * ' /_ I840

University of Queen's College, Kingston, Upper Canada, established 1840

Upper Canada Magnetical Observatory established ]] 1840

University of Victoria College, Cobourg, incorporated i840

Congregational Theological Institute, Toronto, established 1840

Municipal system introduced into Upper Canada 1841

Common School system revived in Upper and Lower Canada 1841

Treaty of Washington, N.E. boundary settled 1842

Oregon treaty and extradition of criminals agreed to 1 843

Toronto University opened 1 843

Bishop's College, Lennoxville, Lower Canada, incorporated 1843

First General Assembly of Newfoundland 1843

Knox' College, Toronto, established 1844

United Presbyterian Divinity Hall established 1844

Geological Survey of Canada authorised 1845

First Roman Catholic Bishop of Toronto 1845

Great Fire at Quebec 1845

Educational System of Upper and Lower Canada established 1846

Normal School of Upper Canada established 1847

Journal of Education for Upper Canada established 1848

St. Joseph's College, Bytown, established 1849

Post Office management transferred to Canada 1849

Canada at the Industrial Exhibition, London , 1851

University of Trinity College, Toronto, established 1851

Laval University, Quebec, chartered 1 852

St. Michael's College, Toronto, established 1852

Reciprocity Treaty with the United States 1854

Grand Trunk Railway 1854

Clergy Reserve Question settled 1 854

First Roman Catholic Bishop of Hamilton and London, Upper Canada 1856

Belleville Methodist Episcopal Seminary established. ., 1857

Three Normal Schools and Journals of Education established in Lower Canada. . . 1857

First Protestant Episcopal Bishop of Huron, Upper Canada. 1857

L "'i

128

XXVIII. TABLE OP PRECEDENCE,

fob canada, nova scotia, new beunswick, newfoundland and fbincb

edwaed's island.

The Governor Gcnernl.

The Lieutenant Governor, or Adminis-

tffttor.
The Commander-in-Chief.
The Bishop.

The Chief Justice, Queen's Bench.
The Chancellor.

The Chief Justice, Common Pleas.
The Vice-Chapcellors.*
The Puisnfi Judges.*
The Members of the Executive Council,
The Speaker, Legislative Council.

• In the order of their appointment.

The Members of the Legislative Council.
The Speaker of the House of Assembly.
The Members of the House of Assembly.
Heads of Departments not in the Cabinet.
The Archdeacon.

Commissioner, or Comptroller of Customs.
The Surveyor General.
The Clerk of the Executive Council.
The Clerk of the Legislative Council.
The Clerk of the House of Assembly.
The Deputy Heads of Departments.
Other Civil and M'litary Officers,

FINIS.

LOVELL ASD OISSON, PEINTEES, YONGE STBEET, lOBOITTO.

ilD PEI5C18

ye Council.
Assembly.
' Assembly,
the Cabinet.

■ of Customs.

Jouncil.

Council.

.ssembly.

tments.

cars.

ERRATA.

[Note. — ^Tfae following typographical errors accidentally escaped the
notice of the proof-reader. The Teacher, before assigning a lesson,
will please direct each pupil to correct his copy of the work, with the
pen, aa directed below.]

Page 18, Section 42-4, for Georgina, vtod Georgian.
" 67, Section 18, for 1669, read 1'769.
." 6T, Section 18, for 1668, read 1168.
'* 72, Date of Sir 0. Metcalfe, fw 1863, read 1843.

SCARBOROUGH TOWNSHIP
PUBLIC LIBRARY